ML20150D116
| ML20150D116 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | San Onofre  |
| Issue date: | 11/30/1978 |
| From: | Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation |
| To: | |
| References | |
| NUREG-0490, NUREG-490, NUDOCS 7812040265 | |
| Download: ML20150D116 (400) | |
Text
{{#Wiki_filter:3 G i NUR EG-0490
+
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS
'.< POOR QUAUTY PAGES -
4 DR AFT ENVIRONMENTAL STATEMENT related to operation of SAN ONOFRE NUCLEAR GENERATING STATION, UNITS 2 AND 3 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY SAN DIEGO G AS & ELECTRIC COMPANY Docket Nos. 50-361 and 50-362 s Published: November 1978 U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION ' OFFICE OF NUCLEAR REACTOR REGULATION WASHINGTON, D. C.
.7812040265
- 4 m -
i NUREG-0490 NOVEMBER 1978 i l DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL STATEMENT by the U. S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION OFFICE OF NUCLEAR REACTOR REGULATION FOR SAN ON0FRE NUCLEAR GENERATING STATION, UNITS 2 AND 3 proposed by I SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDIS0N COMPANY SAN DIEGO GAS & ELECTRIC COMPANY Docket Nos. 50-361 and 50-362 l
y.. _
SUMMARY
AND CONCLUSIONS i This Environmental Statement was r.repared by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Of fice of Nuclear Reactor Regulation (hereinafter referred to as the staf f).
- 1. The action is administrative.
- 2. The proposed action is the issuance of Operating Licenses jointly to the Southern California Edison Company (SCE) and the San Diego Gas and Electric Company (SDG&E)
(the applicant) for the startup and operation of Units 2 and 3 of the San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station, adjacent to San Onofre Unit 1, located on the Pacific coast in the State of California, County of San Diego (Docket Nos. 50-361 and 50-362). Both units will employ pressurized water reactors to produce up to 3410 thermal megawatts (MWt) each. Steam turbine-generators will use this heat to provide a net power output of 1057 electrical megawatts (MWe) each. The exhaust steam will be cooled by once-through flow of water pumped from the Pacific Ocean and returned to it through a diffuser-type system.
- 3. The infomation in this statement represents the second assessment by the staff of the environmental impacts associated with the San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station, Unit Nos. 2 and 3, pursuant to the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969 and 10 CFR Part 51 of the Commission's Regulations. After receipt of an application (1970) to construct this plant, the staff carried out a review of impacts that would occur during the construction and operation of this plant. This evaluation i was issued as a Final Enviroruental Statement in March 1973. As a result of this environ-mental review, a staff safety review, an evaluation by the Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards, and a public hearing in San Diego, California during January 16-24, 1973 and a May 14-22, 1973, and in San Clemente California, during March 13-15, 1973, the U.S.
, Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) [now Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC)] issued permits in October 1973 for the construction of Units 2 and 3. As of October 1978, Unit 2 was approximately 68% complete and Unit 3 was approximately 52% complete. With a proposed fuel-loading date of February 1980 for Unit 2 and May 1981 for Unit 3, the applicant g has applied for licenses to operate the nuclear units and has submitted the required safety and environmental reports to support this application (March 1977). The staff has reviewed the activities associated with the proposed operation of these units and their potential impacts, both beneficial and adverse, are summarized as follows:
- a. Cooling water heated to about 11 C (20F*) above inlet temperature will be discharged f from each unit to the Pacific Ocean at a rate of about 53 m /s 3 (846,000 gpm) (Sect.
j 3.2.2). The heated water may result in the destruction of at least a portion of f the San Onofre Kelp Bed during the summer months. However, the long-term thermal 3 impacts are not likely to be severe (Sect. 5.4.2.1) and violations of the state } thermal standards are unlikely (Sect. 5.3.1). j b. An impact on aquatic resources may occur in the cooling water intake structure t through m trcinment of plankton and impingement of fish. These losses are not 1 expected to have a significant impact on the overall biotic populations in the l area. 1 I c. Chemical effluents from Units 2 and 3 should cause only minimal impact in the area of the discharge, and no significant impact on the aquatic biota in the Pacific Ocean (Sect. 5.4.2.2). j'
- d. The program for construction and maintenance of transmission lines has been designed
! to reduce environmental impact. Existing transmission lines and towers will be used 3 where possible. About 7.2 ha (17.8 acres) will be occupied by new towers, access j roads, and switchyards (Sect. 2.2.2).
- e. About 16 ha (40 acres) of coastal land which could otherwise have been used primarily
- for recreation or maintained as wildlife habitat will be occupied by Units 2 and 3 j (Sect. 2.2.2).
4 iii 4
y m i , . I. 4 4 f. The removal of approximately 1.4 km (0.85 mile) of beach from unrestricted public use is a significant cost of operation. 9 No detectable impacts are anticipated from releases of radioactive materials as a consequence of normal operation (Sect. 5.5.1.0).
- h. The risk associated with accidental radiation exposure is very low (Sect. 7).
1
- i. Nothing of known local historic or archaeological interest will be disturbed by the operation of Units 2 and 3 (Sect. 5.3).
- 4. The following Federal and State agencies were asked to comment on the Draft Environmental i Statement:
- Department of Agriculture
- Department of Army (Corps of Engineers)
- Department of Comerce
- Department of Energy
- Department of the Interior
- Department of Health, Education and Welfare
- Department of Housing and Urban Development
- Department of Transportation j
- Environmental Protection Agency
- Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
- Advisory Council on Historic Preservation
- California Department of Health (Water Pollution Control Commission, Air Pollution Control Commission, Occupational Health Office)
- California Department of Natural Resources
- California Department of Parks and Recreation
- 5. Inis Draf t Environmental Statement was made available to the public, to the Environmental Protection Agency, and to other specified agencies in November 1978.
. 6. On the basis of the analysis and evaluation set forth in this statement, and af ter j weigning tne environmental, economic, technical and other benefits against environmental j costs and af ter considering available alternatives at the construction stage, it is ,
concluded that the action called for under NEPA and 10 CFR Part 51 is the issuance of { operating licenses for Units 2 and 3 of the San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station subject ; to the following conditions for the protection of the environment: i (A) License Conditions Before engaging in activities that nvy result in a significant adverse environmental imoact that was not evaluated or that is significantly greater than evalcated in this Environmental Statement, the licensee shall provide written notification of such activities to the Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation and receive written approval from that office before proceeding with such activities. (B) Significant Environmental Technical Specification Requirements (1) If, during the operating life of the Station, effects or evidence of potential irreversible damage are detected, the licensee will provide to the staff an analysis of the problem and a proposed course of action to alleviate the problem. (2) The licensee will carry out the preoperational and operational environmental mor toring programs outlined in Section 6 of this Statement and as modified i by staff requirements stated in Section 6. iv
. ~ _. . _ . . _ - _ . . . .
CONTENTS P_ ale
SUMMARY
AND CONCLUSIONS .. . . . .. . . . . iii FOREWORD .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . xiii
- 1. INTRODUCTION . .. . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1.1 HISTCRY . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1.2 PERMITS AND LICENSES . . . . . . . . . 1-1
- 2. THE SITE .. . ., . . . . . . 2-1 2.1 R$50M[ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2.2 REGIONAL DEMOGRAPHY AND LAND USE . . . . . . 2-1 2.2.1 Population change .. . , , , , 2-1 2.2.2 Changes in land use . . . . . . . . . , 2-2 2.2.3 Changes in the local economy . . . . . . . . 2-3 1 2.3 WATER USE . ... .. .. . . .. . . . 23 l I
2.3.1 Surface-water hydrology . . . . . . . 2-3 2.3.2 Groundwater hydrology . . . . . 2-4 l 2.3.3 Water quality . . . . . 2-4 2.3.4 Stormi runoff . . . . . . . 2-6 2.4 METEOROLOGY ,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2.4.1 Regional climatology . . . . , . . . 2-6 2.4.2 Local meteorology .. . . . . . , , . 2-6 2.4.3 Severe weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 2.4.4 Atmospheric dispersion . . .. . . . . . . 2-8 2.5 SITE ECOLOGY . .. . . .. . . . . . 2-9 2.5.1 Terrestrial ecology . ... . 2-9 2.5.2 Aquatic ecology . . .... ... . . . . 2-9
2.6 BACKGROUND
RADIOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . 2-26 REFERENCES FOR SECTION 2 .. .. . . . . . . 2-27
- 3. THE PLANT . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . 3-1 3.1 RESUMf . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3.2 DESIGN AND OTHER SIGNIFICANT CHANGES . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3.2.1 Plant water use . . . ... . . . . . . 3-1 3.2.2 Heat dissipation system . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3.2.3 Radioactive waste treatment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 3.2.4 Chemical, sanitary, and other waste effluents . . 3-15 3.2.5 Transmission lines . . .. . . . . . . . . 3-17 3.2.6 Probable maximum flood berm . .. . . . . .. . 3-22 REFERENCES FOR SECTION 3 . . . . .... . . . . . 3-25
- 4. STATUS,0F SITE PREPARATION AND CONSTRUCTION . . . . , , . . 4-1 4.1 RESUME AND STATUS OF CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
- 5. ENVIROFjMENTAL EFFECTS OF STATION OPERATION . . , . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5.1 RESUME . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 5-1 5.2 IMPACTS ON LAND USE , . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5.3 IMPACTS ON WATER USE . . . .. . . . . . . . . 5-1 5.3.1 Thermal discharges . ... . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5.3.2 Chemical discharges . . . . , , . . . . . . . 5-24 5.4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS . . ...... . . . . . . . . . 5-24 5.4.1 Terrestrial environment ..... . , , . . . . . . . . . 5-24 5.4.2 Impacts on the aquatic environment . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 5.5 RADIOLOGICAL IMPACTS . ... . . . . . . 5-30 5.5.1 Radiological impact on man .... . . . . . . 5-30 5.5.2 Radiological impacts to biota other than man . . . . . . . 5-35 5.5.3 Environmental ef fects of the uranium fuel cycle . . . . . 5-36 i 5.6 SOC 10 ECONOMIC IMPACTS . ... .... . . . . . . . . . 5-40 5.6.1 Introduction . .. . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40 a
5.6.2 Impact of the construction labor force . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
- V
Page 5.6.3 Impact of the operating labor force . . . 5-41 5.6.4 Economic impacts ... ... .. .. ... . . 5-41 5.6.5 Impact on recreational resources . ... 5-44 5.6.6 Summary and conclusion ... ... .. . ...... . 5-45 REFERENCES FOR SECTION 5 ..... . . .. . . .. . 5-46
- 6. ENVIRONMENIAL MONITORING . ... .. .. . .. . .... 6-1 6.1 RESUME . . . . . . . ...... . 6-1 6.2 PRE 0PERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS .. . 6-1 6.2.1 Aquatic biological monitoring program . . . 6-1 6.2.2 Oceanographic monitoring program .... .. . .., 6-4 6.2.3 Onsite meteorological- monitoring program . . .... .... 6-4 6.2.4 Terrestrial monitoring program . . ... .. .. 6-5
) 6.2.5 Radiological monitoring program . .. . .. . . . 6-5
- 6.3 OPEDATIONAL MONITORING PROGRAMS . . .. ... 6-6 l 6.3.1 Water quality monitoring program .. .. . . 6-6 6.3.2 Terrestrial monitoring program .... . .. 6-6 I 6.3.3 Aquatic biological monitoring .. . . ... 6-6 4 6.3.4 Radiological monitoring program ... .. . . .. 6-7 6.3.5 Requirements for environmental technical specifications 6-7
~
- 6.4 RELATED ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENTS AND MONITORING PROGRAMS . . 6-8 j 6.4.1 Thermal exception studies . . .. . .. . . . 6-8
; 6.4.2 Marine Review Committee studies . . . . .. . 6-8
6.5 CONCLUSION
S ..........
. .. . .. . . . . C-8
! REFERENCES FOR SECTION 6 .... ... . . ... . . . 6-9 I i
- 7. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OF POSTULATED ACCIDENTS . . .. . .. . .. 7-1 l REFERENCES FOR SECTION 7 .. ...... . . . 7-4 !
1 l ! 8. NEED FQR THE STATION . .. .. . . . 8-1 l 8 8.1 RESUMf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 8-1 8.2 APPLICANT'S SERVICE AREAS AND REGIONAL RELATIONSHIPS . . . 8-1 8.2.1 Applicant's service areas . .... ... .. .. . 8-1 l 8.2.2 Regional relationships . ... . ... 8-l l q 8.3 BENEFITS OF STATION OPERATION . ....... ... ... 8-1 8.3.1 Minimization of production costs .. ... . .. . 8-1 8.3.2 Energy demand .. . . . .... .. . 8-4 4 REFERENCES FOR SECTION 8 .... ..... ...... . . ... 8-7
- 9. CONSEQUENCES OF THE PROPOSED ACTION . ... .. .. ., .. . 9-1 I 9.1 ADVERSE EFFECTS THAT CANNOT BE AVOIDED . .. .. .... . .... 9-1
! 9.2 SHORT-TERM USES AND LONG-TERM PRODUCTIVITY . . . . . . .... .... 9-1 9.3 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENT OF RESOURCES .. . .. 9-1 9.3.1 Replaceable components and consumable materials . 9-1 l 9.3.2 Uranium resources availability , ...... . . .. 9-1 1 9.4 DECOMMISSIONING .. ...... ....... . .. . 9-15 ) i REFERENCES FOR SECTION 9 . ... ..... . . . . . . . 9-19 , 10. BENEFII-COST
SUMMARY
,.. .. . . . .... . . . . . 10-1 10.1 RESUME . . . . .
.. . .. .... . . . .. 10-1
- 10.2 BENEFITS . . . . . ........... .......... ... 10-1 1
10.3 ECONOMIC COSTS . . . . . . . .... .. . .. . . . ... 10-1 10.4 ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS ............ ....... ....... 10-1 10 5 SOC I AL COSTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .. 10-3 10.6' ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS OF THE URANIUM FUEL CYCLE AND TRANSPORTATION . . . . 10-3
! 10.7
SUMMARY
OF BENEFIT-COST ,.. ... ..... . .. . . . 10-3 1 Appendix A. (Reserved for comments) ........... .. . .. . A-i Appendix B. NEPA POPULATION DOSE ASSESSMENT . . .......... . ... B-1 B.1 NOBLE GAS EFFLUENTS ..................... . B-1 B.2 10 DINES AND PARTICULATES RELEASED TO THE ATMOSPHERE ...... . B-1 B.3 CARBON-14 AND TRITIUM RELEASED TO THE ATMOSPHERE , . . . . .. . B-1 B.4 LIQUID EFFLUENTS , . . . . . . . . . . . ... ........ B-2 vi 2 I
k fi9E Appendix C. EXPLANATION AND REFERENCES FOR BENEFIT-COST
SUMMARY
..... C-1 C.1 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF STATION OPERATION ... .... . . C-1 C .1.1 Direct benefits ... ... .. . C-1 C.l.2 Economic costs . .. . .. . C-1 Appendix 0. FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL STATEMENT, CONSTRUCTION STAGE, SAN ONOFRE NUCLEAR GENERATING STATION UNITS 2 AND 3 . . .... .... . 9-1 Appendix E. ENVIRCNMENTAL IMPAC1 APPRAISAL BY THE DIVISION OF SITE SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS SUPPORTING EXTENSION OF CONSTRUCTION PERMITS CPPR-97 AND CPPR-98, SAN ON0FRE NUCLEAR GENERATING STATION UNITS 2 AND 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1 )
l I vii i _. i
,m. _ . _,
i' d 4 i ! i i i LIST OF FIGURES l . f.igu.y1 i P,aje, ! 2.1 Daily temperatures and decompositions into various frequency bands i at San Clemente .. . .... .. ... . . . . . 2-5 l
- 2.2 Directioral fregency of wind at the San Onofre site .. ... .. 2-7
! 2.3 Environmental Technical Specifications plankton station locations and environmental surveillance zones, San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station j Unit 1 ,.. . . ... . ..... .. 2-13 2.4 Zooplankton concentrations from 1975 surveys 2-15 { . . ... . i 2.5 Seasonal distribution of the 16 most abundant zooplankton taxa in 1976 .. 2-16 4 j 2.6 Environmental Technical Specifications nekton station locations and , 1 ' environmental surveillance zones San Onofre Nsclear Generating Station ' Unit 1 . .. . .. .. .. . . ,. ... 2-17 l 2.7 The mean number of individuals and species per net by zone and species j diversity of zones OA and 6 by survey during 1975 and 1976 . . . 2-19 j 2.8 California Department of Fish and Game catch statistic blocks in the vicinity of San Onofre . ..... . , , 2-20 2.9 Environmental Technical Specifications environmental surveillan% zones, 1 benthic station locations, San Onofre Nuclear Generating Sta* ion Unit 1 . , 2-21 1 l 2.10 Estimated relative total carapy area of San Mateo, San Onofre, and Barn ' kelp beds during 1975 and ' 176, based on planimeter irtegration of aerial infrared photographs . . ... ... . . ... .. . 2-23 2.11 Environmental Technical Specifications intertidal station locations and environmental surveillance zones, San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Unit 1 . ...... . . .... .. . .. 2-25 3.1 Plant water use . . .. ... . ... 3-2 1 3.2 Design details of the velocity-cap intake structure and typical l diffuser port . . .. .. . . . ..... .. 3-3 4 I 3.3 Design details of the intake screenwall area . . .. . .. 3-4 i 3.4 Circulating water flow paths for normal plant operation, intake heat treatment, and discharge heat treatment ... ... .. .. .. 3-6 l 3.5 SONGS 2 & 3 radioactive liquid waste treatment systems . .. . M J 3.6 SONGS 2 & 3 radioactive gaseous waste treatment systems . .. ... 3-13 1 3.7 Schematic diagram of proposed Southern California Edison Company 1 transmission lines for SONGS 2 & 3 ....... .. .. ... . 3-18
3.8 Senemati
diagram of proposed San Diego Gas and Electric Company transmission lines for SONGS 2 & 3 ... ... ... . . .. 3-19 3.9 Steel horizontal portal structures used by Soutnern California Edison Company and by San Diego Gas and Electric Company . . . . . ..... .. 3-20 3.10 Typical steel lattice tower design used by Southern California Edison Company . .. .. . .. . . .. .. .. . 3-21 viii
- _ _ _ . . - _ _ _ _ ._ _ _ _ _ . .- _~ . - _ . _ ___ _ __ - _ . . _ _ _ _ __ _ -
l figure Page , 3.11 Wooden H-frame tower used by San Diego Gas and Electric Company . . . . . . 3-22 3.12 Typical steel lattice tower design used by San Diego Gas and Electric Company ... ... .. .... . . . . . . 3-23 l 4.1 Photograph of San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station taken in May 1977 . . 4-2 5.1 Layout of basin used for the physical model study .. .. . . . 5-2 5.2 Bottom profile used for the physical model study . . .... . 5-3 5.3 Excess temperature at the surface predicted in the physical model study, ; for the case of no ambient flow . ... .. . . 5-4 i 5.4 Plot of region and grid system used for the mathematical model applications 5-5 5.5 Predicted, depth-averaged, plant-induced flow field for Units 1. 2, and 3 5-6 5.6 Plots of meteorological variables as a function of time for use in the thermal model . . ... . .. . .. . . . 5-7 ; 5.7 Predicted natural flow field in the San Onofre region at 2:00 am on the fifth day .. ... . .. . . 5-8 5.8 Predicted excess temperatures in the San Onofre region at 2:00 am on the fifth day . . .. . . . . . 5-9 5.9 Predicted natural flow field in the San Onofre region at 8:00 am on the fifth day . . .,. . . .. . . 5-10 l 5.10 Predicted excess temperatures in the San Onofre region at 8:00 am on the fifth day . . . ... . .. .... . . 5-11 ! 5.11 Predicted natural flow field in the San Onofre region at 2:00 pm on the fifth day .. . . ... . . . . 5-12 5.12 Predicted excess temperatures in the San Onofre region at 2:00 pm on the fifth day ...... . .......... . . . . 5-13 5.13 Predicted natural flow field in the San Onofre region at 8:00 pm on the fifth day .. . .. . . . . 5-14 5.14 Predicted excess temperatures in the San Onofre region at 8:00 pm on the fifth day . . ... ....... .... . . .. . 5-15 5.15 Predicted natural flow field in the San Onofre region at 2:00 am on the seventh day ... ... .... . .. . . . 5-16 5.16 Predicted excess temperatures in the San Onofre region at 2:00 am on the seventh day . .. .,.. ... . . . . . 5-17 ll 5.17 Predicted natural flow field in the San Onofre region at 8:00 am on the seventh day . . .......... . .. . . . . . 5-18 5.18 Predicted excess temperatures in the San Onofre region at 2:00 pm . on the seventh day .... ....... .... .. . . .. . . 5-19 5.19 Predicted natural flow field in the San Onofre region at 2:M pm on the seventh day . . . . . ... ..... ..... . . . . . 5-20 5.20 Predicted excess temperatures in the San Onofre region at 2:00 pm on the seventh day ..... .....,. ... . . . . . 5-21 l 5.21 Predicted natur&l flow field in the San Onofre region at 8:00 pm on the seventh day .. ,............. . .. .. . . . .. . 5-22 l ix l- -
- I
) f i ! Figure i Page j 5.22 Predicted excess temperatures in the San Onofre region at 8:00 pm j on the seventh day 4
. . . . . . . . .. . ... . . . . . . 5-23 l 5.23 Exposure pathways to man . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
] 6.1 Environnental monitoring zones for SONGS 2 and 3 preoperational j monitoring program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 l 8.1 Service areas of the member utilities of the California Power Pool . . . . . . 8-2
- 9.1 DOE uranium resource categories . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
- 9.2 Natural uranium resource evaluation (NURE) regions . .. . . . . . 9-4 i
- 9.3 Principal U.S. uranium resource areas . .. . . . . .. . . . . 9-5 9.4 Principal uranium resources by region ($30 per pound of U30e) . . 9-6
- 9.5 NURE preliminary potential and favorable areas . . . . . . . . . 9-7 e
{ 9.6 Nuclear reactor capacity (GWe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 1 i j 9.7 U.S. exploration activity and plans . . . . . . . . 9-9 { 9.8 Uranium resource strategy . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . 9-11 1 , 9.9 World uranium resources reasonably assured reserves at $50 per pound of ," U0 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16 5 1 f i l~ , I I 4 1 1 < 1 2 4 i i l i 1 1 1 l i ! I i I i 1 I l l l l x l l
, - ~ - - - - . . -- - - - - .. - - - -
1 i i I LIST OF TABLES l Table Ea.ge 2.1 Population by sector and distance within 16 km of the San Onofre site (1976) . . . . . .. .. .. . . ... . . . . 2-1 2.2 Projected population and annual growth rate within 16 km of the San Onofre site . . . . . ... . .. . . .. . . 2-2 2.3 Wind direction with greatest frequency of occurrence by time of day at San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station .. . ...... . . . . 2-7 2.4 Endangered animal species whose ranges include Orange and San Diego counties, California . . . . . .. . . .... 2-10 2.5 Endangered plant species of Orange and San Diego counties, California . . . . 2-11 2.6 Trophic composition (percent) of benthic taxa at discharge (zone OA) and control (zone 6) based on the number of taxa of each trophic type present during 1975 . . . . .. .. .. . . 2-22 2.7 Trophic composition (percent) of benthic taxa at San Mateo (SMK), San Onofre (50K) and Barn (BK) kelp beds based on the number of taxa of each trophic type present during 1975 . . . .. . . . 2-23 3.1 Principal parameters and conditions used ia calculating releases of radioactive material in liquid and gaseous effluents from SONGS 2 & 3 . . . . 3-10 3.2 Calculated releases of radioactive materials in liquid effluents from SONGS 2 & 0 , . . . . . ... . . . . ... . . 3-12 3.3 Calculated releases of radioactive materials in gaseous effluents from SONGS 2 & 3 . . . . . ...... .. .. . . .. . . 3-14 3.4 NPDES chemical ef fluent limitations . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 3-17 5.1 Summary of atmospheric dispersion factors and deposition values for l selected locations near SONGS 2 & 3 . . .. .. ..... . . . . 5-32 l 5.2 Maximum annual dose commitments to an individual near the SONGS 2 & 3 plant caused by particulate and liquid effluents . . ... . .... 5-32 5.3 Maximum calculated dose cmmitments to an individual and the population from SONGS 2 & 3 . . . . . ............... . ... 5-33 5.4 Annual total-body, skin, and air doses at the nearest site boundary of SONGS 2 & 3 caused by gaseous radioactive effluents . . ... . 5-33 5.5 Annual total-body population dose cmmitments in the year 2000 ... . . 5-33 5.6 Summary of hydrologic transport and dispersion for liquid releases from SONGS 2 & 3 . . . . . . . ...... .......... . . . . . 5-34 5.7 Environmental impact of transportation of fuel and waste to and from one light-water-coaled nuclear power reactor . ..... . . . . 5-35 5.8 Summary of anviromnental considerations for uranium fuel cycle . . . . . . 5-37 5.9 Estimated 100-year environmental dose commitment per year of operation of the model 1000 MWe LWR . . . . . . ..... . .. . . . . . 5-39 5.10 Operating personnel for a two-unit PWR .. .... ..... .. . . . . 5-42 xi l saw y T T- , 3
i e l i J Table , j Page { '{ 5.11 Housing availability in Orange and San Diego counties . . ..... . . 5-43 , 5.12
- Distribution of property tax revenues by jurisdiction for operating
- life of SONGS 2 & 3 . .
... . . 5-43 I
5.13 Estimated property tax revenues and tax rates for school districts in
! tax area 75,001 .. ..
1
. . . .. ... . .... 5-44 j 6.1 SONGS onsite meteorological instrumentati6n . . .
1
. . . 6-5 7.1 Classification of postulated accidents and occurrences i . . . . . . 7-1
- 7.2 Summary of radiological consequences of postulated accidents a
. .. .. . 7-3 i 8.1 Southern California Edison Co. thermal-electric generating stations and j produ: tion costs 1
.. . ...... .. . .... . 8-3 3
8.2 San Diego Gas and Electric Co. thermal-electric generating stations and
- production costs .. . ..... .
.. 8-3
! 8.3 Southern California Edison Co. forecasts of peak demand, energy requirements, f installed generating capacity and reserve margins through 1985 . . 8-4 j 8.4 San Diego Gas and Electric Co. forecasts of peak demand, energy requirements, ' j installed generating capacity, and reserve margins through 1985 . . . . 8-5 8.5 San Diego Gas and Electric Co. modified electric energy sales forecast . . 8-6 9.1 U.S. uranium resources (tons U 30s) . . .... . . .. 9-4 g 9.2 Uranium deposits ... . . . .. .. .. . . . 9-9 t 9.3 DOE aerial radiometric reconnaissance program . . . . . . . 9-11 1 9.4 Hydrogeochemical and stream sediment reconnaissance program . . . . 9-12 i 9.5 Allowable foreign uranium enricNnent feed (Domestic End Use) . .... .. 9-13 9.6 Foreign resources (thousand tons U330 ) . . ... . . ... 9-14 10.1 Benefit-cost summary for the operation of SONGS 2 & 3 . . . . .... . 10-2 t A i s i i 4 e s l i xii l l !
FOREWORD This environmental statement was prepared by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Convuission, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation (hereinaf ter referred to as the staff) in accordance with the Com-mission's regulations,10 CFR 51, which implement the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA). The NEPA states, among other things, that it is the continuing responsibility of the Federal government to use all practicable means, consistent with other essential considerations of national policy, to improve and coordinate Federal plans, functions, programs, and resources to the end that the Nation may:
- Fulfill the responsibilities of each generation as trustee of the environment for succeeding generations.
- Assure for all Americans safe, healthful, productive, and aesthetically and culturally '
pleasing surroundings.
- Attain the widest range of beneficial uses of the environment without degradation, risk to health or safety, or other undesirable and unintended consequences.
- Preserve important historic, cultural, and naturc' aspects of our national heritage, and maintain, wherever possible, an environment that supports diversity and variety of individual choice.
- Achieve a balance between population and resource use which will permit high standards cf living and a wide sharing of life's amenities.
- Enhance the quality of renewable resources and approach the maximum attainable recycling of depletable resources.
Further, with respect to major Federal actions significantly affecting the quality of the human environment, Sect.102(2)(C) of the NEPA calls for preparation of a detailed statement on: (i) the environmental impact of the proposed action; (ii) any adverse environmental effects which cannot be avoided should the proposal be implemented; (iii) alternatives to the proposed action; (iv) the relationship between local short-term uses of man's environment and the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity; and, (v) any irreversible and irretruvable commitments of resources which would be involved in the proposed action should it be implemented. An environmental report accompanies each application for a construction permit or for a full-power operating license. A public announcement of the availability of the report is made. Any conments by interested persons on the report are considered by the staff. In conducting the required NEPA review, the staf f r.t. cts with the applicant to discuss items of information in the environmental report, to seek new information from the applicant that might be needed for an adequate assessment, and generally to ensure that the staff has a thorough understanding of the proposed project. In addition, the staff seeks information from other sources that will assist in the evaluation and visits and inspects the project site and surrounding vicinity. Members of the staff may meet with state and local officials who are charged with protecting state and local interests. On the basis of all the foregoing and other such activities or inquiries as are deemed useful and appropriate, the staff makes an independent assessment of the considerations specified in sect.102(2)(C) of the NEPA and 10 CFR Part 51. This evaluation leads to the publication of a draft environmental statement, prepared by the Of fice of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, which is then circulated to Federal, state, and local xii;
_ _ _ _ ~ - - --- ._- ~ - _ .-. - - _ _ . . _-- . - - l 1 governmental agencies for coment. A summary notice of the availability of the applicant's l environmental report and the draft environmental statement is published in the Fderd &J iater. Interested persons are also invited to coment on the proposed action and on the draf t statement. Coments should be addressed to the Director, Division of Site Safety and Environmental Analysis, at the address shown below, i Af ter receipt and consideration of comments on the draft statement, the staff prepares a final environmental statement, which includes a discussion of questions and concerns raised by the comments and the disposition thereof; a final benefit-cost analysis, which considers and balances the environmental effects of the facility and the alternatives available for reducing or avoiding adverse e.nvironmental effects with the environmental, economic, technical, and other benefits < of the facility; and a conclusion as to whether - af ter the environmental, economic, technical. l and other benefits are weighed against environmental costs and af ter available alternatives have been considered - the action called for, with respect to environmental issues, is the issuance or denial of the proposed permit or license or its appropriate conditioning to protect environmental values. This final environmental statemes ' and the safety evaluation report < l prepared by the staff are submitted to the Atomic Safet) and Licensing Board for its consider-ation in reaching a decision on matters in controversy regarding the application. This environmental review deals with the impact of operation of San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Units 2 and 3 (SONGS 2 & 3). Assessments that are found in this statement supplement i or modify those described in the Final Environmental Statement (FES-CP) that was issued in March 1973 in support of issuance of construction permits for tne units. The information found in the various sections of this Statement updates the FES-CP in four ways: (1) by identifying differences between environmental effects of operation (including those which would enhance as well as degrade the environment) currently projected and the impacts that were described in the preconstruction review, (2) by *eporting the results of studies that had not been completed at the time of issuance of the FES-CP and that were required by the NRC staff to be completed before initiation of the operational review, (3) by evaluating the applicant's preoperational monitoring program and t'y factoring the results of this program into the design of a post-operational surveillance program and into the development of environmental technical specifi-cations, and (4) by identifying studies being performed by the applicant that will yield additional information relevant to the environmental impacts of operating SONGS 2 & 3. The staff recognized the difficulty a reader would encounter in trying to acertain the environmentd affects of operation of SONGS 2 & 3 fully with only " updating information." Consequently, a copy of the FES-CP will be included in the Draft of this Statement as Appendix D. Introductory resumes in appropriate sections of this Statement will summarize both the extent ' of " updating" and the degree to which the staff considers the subject to be adequately reviewed. Copies of this statement are available for inspection at the Comission's Public Document Room, 1717 H Street N.W., Washington, D.C., the Mission Vieje Branch Library, 24851 Chrisanta i Drive, Mission Viejs, California, and the NRC Office of Inspection and Enforcement, 1990 N. California 30ulevard, Walnut Creek, California. Single copies of this statement may be obtained by writing the Director, Division of Site Safety Environmental Analysis Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, D.C. 20555 > Mr. O. D. T Lynch, Jr., is the NRC Environmental Project Manager for this project. Mr. Lynch may be contacted at the abo e address or at (301)492-8438. l l l l xiv i 1
i
- 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 HISTORY On May 28, 1970, the Southern California Edison Company and the San Diego Gas and Electric Company filed an application with the Atomic Energy Commission (now Nuclear Regulatory Commission) for permits to construct San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Units 2 and 3 (SONGS 2 & 3).
Construction Permits Nos. CPrR-97 (Unit 2) and CPPR-98 (Unit 3) were issued on October 18, 1973, following reviews by the AEC regulatory staff and the Commission's Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards, as well as a public hearing before an Atomic Safety and Licensing Board in San Diego and San Clemente California on January 16 to 24, March 13 to 15, and May 14 to 22,1973. An additional session of the hearing was held in Los Angeles, California on May 19, 20, and 21, 1976. The conclusions reached in the staff's environmental review were issued in a Final Environmental Statement (FES-CP) in March 1973. As of October 1978, construction of Unit 2 was about 68t complete, and the reactor is expected to be ready for fuel loading in February 1980. Unit 3 is about 52% complete and has an expected fuel loading date of May 1981. Each unit has a pressurized-water reactor that will produce up to 3410 MWt and a net electrical output of 1057 MWe. In November 1976 Southern California Edison Company and San Diego Gas and Electric Company (hereafter referred to as the applicant) submitted an application including a Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) and Environmental Report (ER) requesting issuance of operating licenses for Units 2 and 3. These documents were docketed on March 22, 1977, and the operational safety and environmental reviews were initiated at that time, 1.2 PERMITS AND LICENSES The applicant has provided a status listing of environmentally related permits, approvals, licenses, etc., which are required from Federal, regional, state, and local agencies in con-nection with the proposed project (ER, Sect.12). The staff has reviewed that listing. An amendment to the permit from the California Coastal Comri.ission may be required to obtain approval for the modified exclusion area plan. The staff is not aware of any other potential non-NRC licensing difficulties that would significantly delay or preclude the proposed operation of the plant. 1-1
- 2. THE SITE 2.1 RESUME The staff visited the SONGS site in May 1977 primarily to deter' ;ne what changes had occurred at the site and in surrounding areas since the preconstruction environmental review in late 1972.
In addition, more detailed information about the operation of SONGS 2 & 3 was obtained as a result of this visit. Population distribution estimates have been updated and extended to the year 2020. The major land use change has been the construction of the plant itself. Transmission line routes have undergone some changes. An updated description of the surface-water hydrology is given in Sect. 2.3.1. The section on meteorology has been revised to include the results of recent observations. Considerable additional field work and sampling is reflected in the description of terrestrial and aquatic ecology in Sect. 2.5. I 2.2 REGIONAL DEMOGPAPHY AND LAND USE 2.2.1 Population change Population for 1976 by sectors within 80 km (50 miles) of the plant and the projected population estimates to the year 2020 are provided in Tables 2.1-2 through 2.1-15 of the ER. The population 1 within a 16-km (10-mile) radius of the site in 1976 was 57,241, By 1980 this population is l expected to increase to 67,547 - an annual growth rate of 4.2% (ER, Sect. 2.1.3.2.1). The major cities in the area and their 1976 populations are San Clemente (20.794), 6.4 km (4 miles) northeast; San Juan Capistrano (13,658). 16.8 km (10.5 miles) northwest; Oceanside (54,900) 27.2 km (17 miles) southeast; and San Diego (1,518,000), 81.6 km (51 miles) southeast. Table 2.1 i provides lG6 population data by sector within 16 km (10 miles) of the site. I Table 2.1, Populaton by sector and destance withm 16 km of the San Onofre site (1976) Distance (mdes) Sector O to l I to 2 2 to 3 3 to d 4 to 5 5 to 10 010 10 W 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ) WNW D 0 0 0 0 0 0 l NW 0 656 54 3532 5298 21,979 31.519 i NNW 0 732 630 0 0 6.541 7,903 1 N O O O 4300 0 519 4.819 l NNE O O O O O O O j NE O O 4000 0 0 0 4.600 l ENE O O O O O O O l E O O O O 4300 4.300 ESE O O O O O 3,100 3.100 SE O O O O O 1,000 1.000 : ' O O O O SSE O O O Total 0 1388 5284 7832 9598 33.139 57,241 Source ER, Table 2.12. l r 2-1
i 2-2 Table 2.2 presents projected population and annual growth rates within 16 km (10 miles) of the plant between 1976 and 2020. The total percentage change in population for the area between 1976 and 2020 is projected to be 99.4%. These projections are based on surveys made by the Southern California Association of Governments, the Comprehensive Planning Organization of San Diego County, the California State Department of Finance, and the applicant (ER, Sect. 2.1.3.2.3). Table 2.2 Prosected population and annual growth rate within 16 km of the San Onofre site Projected Annual growth 8 Change tx> pu l.it ion N N l 1976 57,24I ( ' 1980 67,54 7 l 42 ' I 1980 67,54 7 l 1990 89,E21 l o ES21 } o.3 > 1.6 > 99.4 2000 91,949 1 2000 01,949 ' 2010 101,945 f 2010 101,945 2020 s # 114.139 8 Compounded annuaUy. Swrce: Adapted from E R, Table 218. 2.2.2 Changes in Ibnd use Since issuance of the FES-CP in 1973, the construction of SONGS 2 & 3 is the only major change in land use in the site vicinity. Site preparation required the excavation of 16.39 ha (40.5 acres) of the San Onofre Bluffs, which otherwise could be used primarily for recreation. Most of this material was deposited on 34 ha (84 acres) at Japanese Mesa, a relatively flat area just north and across Interstate 5 from the site on Camp Pendleton Marine Base (ER, Sect. 4.1.2). In addition, about 304.8 m (1000 ft) of beach front has remained closed except as a passageway during the construction period (ER, Appendix 12-B, p. 7). The area within an 8-km (5-mile) radius of the site occupies parts of two counties. The part of this area that lies in Orange County is entirely within San Clemente. The predominant land use in San Clemente is single family residential, light commercial, and recreational. Industrial land use in San Clemente is limited to light industry only. Because the available developable i land is steep, future development in that area is expected to be slow with only low residential densities permitted by the city (LR, Sect. 2.1.4.3.1). In San Diego County, the 8-km (5-mile) radius area lies within Camp Pendleton Marine Base. About 95% of Camp Pendleton is unimproved land tMt is used for military purposes, recreation, and conservation (FES-CP, Sect. 2.2.2). Figure 2.1-12 of the ER provides a detailed land use map of the area within an 8-km (5-mile) radius of the site. Heavy-haul components for the plant arrive by barge or by vessel at the Del Mar Boat Basin near Oceanside, about 22,5 km (14 miles) south of the site (ER, Suppl. 2. Item 37). The haul route, which was not available at the time the FES-CP was issued, required that a road be cut through the bluffs between the beach and Highway 101, about 11 km (7 miles) north of the Del Mar Boat Basin (ER, Suppl. 2, item 37). The description of the transmission lines as presented in Sect. 3.7 of the FES-CP has been modified (Sect. 3.2.5). No new rights-of-way will be required; about 5.2 ha (12.8 acres) will be used for new tower bases and for access-road extensions, and 2 ha (5 acres) of land will be covered by the Talega Substation (ER, Suppl. 2, Item 36). Three changes in land use adjacent to the San Onofre-Santiago transmission line route have occurred since the issuance of the FES-CP: (1) construction of a paved road imediately adjacent to a significant portion of 1 the proposed transmission line, (2) bulldozing of a firebreak adjacent to the transmission line on Camp Pendleton Marine Base, and (3) active operation of a large aggregate borrow site adjacent to the line in a third location (ER, Appendix 6A).
2-3 2.2.3 Changes in the local economy Construction activity is expected to peak during the first quarter ci 1979 with an estimated work force of about 3000. The applicant has estimated, af ter discussions with officials of the labor i unions represented at SONGS 2 & 3, that 20%,' or about 600 workers, relocated to the southern California area from other parts of the country (ER, p. S.2-167). Alttough all union craft workers at the site were hired from unions located within a 96-km (60-mile) radius of the site, all of the , workers who relocated were travel card members who were assigned by the local unions to SONGS 2 & 3 I af ter the local list was exhausted. Because the construction workers lived throughout the metropolitan areas of San Diego, Orange County, and Los Angeles, the impact of the wor kers' income was diffuse. From 1974 through 1976 the applicant estimated that about $4.1 million was spent withir a 48-km (30-mile) radius of the site for materials and services. These expenditures accounted for about 0.2% of the total forecast plant cost (ER, p. S.2-174). I 2.3 WATER USE i 2.3.1 Surface-water hydrolo,gy, The only significant water resource in the vicinity of SONGS is the Pacific Ocean. A few streams are located near the site, but these are intermittent. The currents in the San Onofre vicinity are a superposition of many effects. This current system can be decomposed into individual components. The two most persistent components are the , California Current and the tides. The California Current is evident close to shore and north of Point Conception. However, south of tnis point the coastline recedes to the east, and water is available for entrainment from l the east side of the current. This entrainment tends to make the California Current more diffuse south of Point Conception. Furthermore, the effect of this entrainment in addition to upwelling, winds, and baroclinic instabilities! can produce a counter-rotating eddy through the Channel Islands which is known as the Southern California Eddy; the nearshore northward flowing current is the Southern California Countercurrent. Observations indicate that this eddy can exist year-round; however, it is strongest in the fall and in the early winter. Tides along the California coast are a mixed type with diurnal and semidiurnal components. The diurnal period lasts about 25 hr, and the semidiurnal period is about half the duration of the diurnal. As a result of tidal rotation, flood tide flows up the coast and ebb tide flows down the coast. A more detailed discussion of the tides in the San Onofre vicinity can be found in Sect. 2.6.3 of the FES-CP. The total near-shore current is the sum of the large-scale current systems, the tides, and other effects such as local M nds and offshore storms. The net result is a highly complex current structure that is quite variable in speed and direction. An additional complication is stratifi-cation. During the winter when vertical homogeneity exists, near-shore currents are fairly uniform with depth. However, during the summer the presence of the thermocline divides the water column so that only certain components of the net flow are uniform with depth. These components, such as tides, are driven over the entire wcter column. Surface driving forces (the wind) will penetrate the epflimnion; however, the thermocline represents a barrier to these stresses reach-ing the hypolimnion. The wind energy is then concentrated in the epilimnion, resulting in an increased intensity of wind-driven flow which can dominate all other components. In contrast, the hypolimnion is relatively free of wind effects and, therefore, is strongly influenced by the tides. The net result is a two-layered flow regime in which the flow in the two layers is only' weakly correlated. This already-complicated flow structure can bs altered by large amplitude internal waves. The breaking of these waves provides periodic vertical mixing. A survey of the currents in the San Onofre area was conducted in 1972 by Intersea Research Corpora-tion.2 Data from this study have been analyzed by Koh and List.3 From this analysis the follow-ing sumary information has been extracted.
- 1. A net drift current can occur in a number of directions; however, the onshore / offshore component of tha drif t is necessarily smaller than the longshore component.
- 2. The longshore component of the drif t changes direction every 3 to 6 days with downcoast flow typically having a longer duration.
- 3. The magnitude of the longshore drif t is less than 30 cm/sec (0.6 knot).
4 The onshore / offshore Component of drif t is less than 15 cm/sec (0.3 knot). l
4 l 2-4 1 J i 5. An upcoast component of drif t usually is associated with an onshore component of drif t, l and vice versa. ?
- 6. Both ' components of tidal flow are typically 10 cm/sec (0.2 knot),
j The most detailed study of natural temperature variations in the San Onofre vicinity is that
- of Koh and List.3 This study was based en daily temperature measurements from 1966 through
. 1970 taken at the ends of piers at Balboa, San Clemente, Oceanside, and La Jolla. These data i were separated into three frequency ranges - low, middle, and high The low-frequency component j represents data averaged over two months, and it reflects seasonal variations. After removal i of these low frequencies, the data were averaged ever one week. This is the middle-frequency i band, which represents variation within periods from one week to two months. The residual data, j the high-frequency band, represents daily to weekly fluctuations. Figure 2.1 is a plot of tem-perature vs time for the three frequency bands and the raw data for San Clemente. The tempera-3 ture ranges from 12.l'c (54'F) to 22.9'C (73*F). The low-frequency curve shows on annual
- temperature cycle with a maximum in midsunmer and a minimum in midwinter.
As part of their analysis, Koh and List performed a correlation study among the temperature records fron: the various locations. Both the low- and middle-frequency ranges showed very high a correlations at zero lag time between Oceanside and San Clemente. This indicates that the j mechanisms influencing these frequency components have a length scale greater than the distance g- between the two sampling locations. Therefore, temperature variations at San Onofre within periods of one week or longer can be represented adequately by the corresponding temperature j variations at either San Clemente or Oceanside. The correlation of the high-frequency components 4 i between these two stations is very weak, indicating that short-term temperature fluctuations are ! j a spatially localized phenomenon. This fact is substantiated by near-surface-temperature l , measurements made from a moving boat which show that horizontal temperature variations of 1.l*C (2 F) over 1.6 km (1 mile) are not uncommon off the coast of southern California.3 ! An additional feature of the thermal structure in the San Onofre vicinity is vertical stratifica-j tion. During the winter this region is, in general, isothermal over the water column. As 1 Warming prcgresses, a vertical temperature gradient is established and reaches a maximum in j late summer. This natural gradient has been as much as 0.55'C/m (0.3 F/ft). 4 Ocean salinity in the San Onofre vicinity shows little spatial variation. An annual salinity 1 cycle does exist as a result of annual cycles in the local meteorology and large-scale current j systems. During this cycle, salinity typically ranges from 33 to 34 ppt, with the minimum j occurring in winter and the maximum occurring in summer. l 1 2.3.2 Groundwater hydrology i The average elevation of the water table at the beach line is +1.5m (+5 f t) mean lower low-water level (MLLW) with a slope of less than 10, inland, the gradients range from 2 to 8% toward the i ocean. Some groundwater can be obtained from the San Onofre Groundwater Basin, and it is used ! at Camp Pendleton Marine Base, but it is not a resource used by the Station. The Station obtains j its domestic supply of freshwater from the Tri-Cities Municipal Water District. 2.3.3 Water quality I Dissolved oxygen concentration in southern California coastal waters ranges from about 5 to 13 mg/ liter. Observations at the site vary from 5.4 to 10.0 mg/ liter. The pH of southern California
- surface waters varies from .5 to 8.4 with a mean of about 8.0.
4 Measurements of coliform concentrations at the site were made during the period 1967 to 1975. l ' Most of the measurements gave a mean probable number (MPN) of 4 to 43 colonies per 100 ml. Only two measurements exceeded 43, and these occurred in 1972 and both gave a MPN value of 460. 4 Turbidity in the vicinity of the site is due primarily to the suspension of bottom material in the surf zone. Outside the surf zone, turbidity generally decreases as distance from shore increases. Typical depths of Secchi Disc visibility range from 2 to 5 m. The vertical varia-tion of turbidity is of ten quite complex, with alternating layers of clear and turbid water. Visible plumes of turbidity have been observed occasionally on the ocean surface in th: vicinity I of the Unit 1 of fshore discharge structure. These plumes have been observed and, depen a ng l 1 ' on ambient conditions, are caused by the intake and subsequent discharge of naturally turbid water and the ent.ainment of naturally turbid water into the discharge stream as it moves towards the surface (ER, Sect. 2.4.3.8.2). i l l l
g ES-3271 9 I i
- I i 1 i i SRN CLErENTE TEVEMnft (SS-70)
= g -
E E b 9
# ~ l Tg- low frequency content (seascnal) 8 C
8
,%Q NUf'f iNg,[)$ kWi f9/-[($$. h,h)}! ' pj!$g.I[9' .fjth' f- t TH - high frequency content N (weekly and less) -
^"'" ~
l ,,i,1<jk J Y. fl i k '}I (/ i h A/fi p{ppj$s
, 9.9 8'll AQf V inwAprVM Mee4Fh 4l& -
T3- mid frequency coatent (weekly to monthly) q Time, days from 1/1/66 , O I 1 I I 1 i 1 I I 0.0 0.200 C.400 0.600 0.B00 1.CCO 1.200 1.4C0 1.500, 1.800 2.000 Fig. 2.1. Daily temperatures and decompositions into various frequency bands at San Clemente. Source: R. C. Y. Koh and C. 3. List, Report to Scuti.ern Calij3rnia Edican Ccvvan on M ther Analysia Ec:ated to Therm? Dischar;ce at sa ansfee ?;;ciear Gaerating Station. Sept. 30, 1974, Fig. 3.2.
_ _ _ _ __ ._ ._ _ _ _ . _ . - - . ~ _ _ _ - . _ _ . t 5 1 2-6 2.3.4 Stonn runoff f The probable maximum 1-hr thunderstorm rainfall is 17.8 cn. (7.0 in). Much of the country to the
- north and east of the Station site drains into the San Onofre Creek, which flows into the ocean i 2 km (1-1/4 miles) northwest of the site. The land innediately east of the site now drains into 4 a 3.7-m-wide (12-ft-wide) ditch that parallels Interstate Highway 5 (1-5) just east of the Station.
j Both lanes of I-5 also drain into this ditch, which discharges into San Onofre Creek. Storm , runof f f rom the hills above the site drains through one 182-cm-(72-in.-) and one 107-cm-(42-in. ) diam j culvert that run north along the highway right-of-way and then turn under the site to the beach. j The culverts and channel are designed for the runoff associated with a 1% chance (100-year) storm. To preclude flooding at the site during the occurrence of a probable maximum thunderstorm, an earthen dike will be constructed to the east side of I-5 to divert runoff and debris from the foothills area to San Onofre Creek, e i ! 2.4 METEOROLOGY 2.4.1 Regional climatologyS-9 The climate of the coastal regions of southern California is strongly influenced by the Pacific j Ocean. Summers are relatively cool with daytime temperatures averaging only in the low-to-mid-
- 20s ( C) (70*F); daytime seabreezes are frequent. Outbreaks of hot, ory desert air from east of 4 the coastal mountains (Santa Ana winds) may intrude onto the coastal plain several times each j year, primarily in the fall, but temperatures exceed 32 C (90 F) usually less than five days
- annually. The proximity to the Pacific Ocean also results in mild winters, with daytime highs in
- the upper teens (*C) (60s'F) and nighttime icws around 5 to 10"C (40s*F). Temperatures below j freezing are rare.
I j Precipitation along the coastal plain averages around 250 nm (10 in.) annually. The rainfall is i very seasonally dependent with 85% of the total occurring from November through March; almost no l rain falls during the summer months. Average relative humidities range from about 80% during the
- early morning hours of summer and fall, down to around 55% during winter afternoons.
2.4.2 Local meteorology % 8.9
- The San Onofre site is located on the relatively narrow coastal plain, near the mouth of San j Onofre Canyon, Coastal bluf fs, nearby hills and valleys, ar.d the Pacific Ocean contribute to the i complexity of the site topography. Within 8 km (5 miles) of the site, elevations range from i 525 m (1725 f t) above sea level [about 5.5 km (3.5 miles) east of the site] to sea level along
- the Pacific Ocean.
1 . To assess the local meteorological characteristics of the San Onofre site, climatological data ! from San Diego, California [80 km (50 miles) southeast of the site]; from Los Angeles, California [95 km (60 miles) northwest]; and data collected onsite are available. These data are reasonably representative of the climatological conditions expected in the vicinity of the site, a j In the site area, average daily maximum and minimum temperatures range between 25*C (77 F) and f 18'C (64'F) in August, the warmest month, and between 18*C (65'F) and 8 C (46 F) in January, the j coolest month. The extreme maximum temperature recorded was 44 C (Ill*F) at San Diego in September 1963; the extreme minimum temperature was -5*C (23'F) at Los Angeles in January 1937. l The area receives about 250 nn (10 in.) of rain annually; December, January, and February - the wett;st three-month period - averages about 150 un (6 in.), and June, July, and August combined k averages less than 2.5 nn (0.1 in. ). The maximum 24-hr rair.f all recorded among these stations ! is 157 mm (6.2 in.) at Los Angeles in January 1956. Snowfall is a rarity, with a trace [less
- than 0.25 m (0.01 in. )] being the most ever recorded. Heavy fogs [ visibility of 0.4 km 1
(0.25 mile) or less] occur on about 30 to 40 days each year along the coast with about half of I the occurrences during October through January. i Windflow at the site has a strong olurnal dependence primarily due to the land-sea breeze effect.
- During daytime hours the windflow has a predomi. tant onshore directional component, whereas at j night windflow tends toward a seaward direction. Tabla 2.3 shows the wind direction with the i greatest frequency of occurrence for each hour of the day for the three-year period of
- January 25, 1973, through January 24, 1976, as measured at the 10-m (33-f t) level of the onsite
- meteorological tower. Figure 2.2 shows the directional frequency of onsite winds. About 25% of the total windflow over the site was frum the northeast and north-northeast (principally night-time offshore flow); 19% of the flow occurred fror the west and west-northwest (daytime onshore flow). Winds were calm (windspeeds less than 0.34 m/sec (0.75 mph)] less than 1% of the time at the 10-m (33-ft) level.
! 2-7 E S - 4 0 01 N
-- f 4 9,
- I2 s
' IOx
-8,
\ -e
\ -4 s
W CALM E i
< l 9. /
- l
'x ~
N s W
/
w - S Fig. 2.2. Directional frequency of wind at the San Onofre site. Onsite data at 10 m (33 ft) above ground level, Jan. 25, 1973 through Jan. 24, 1976. Dars show the direction from which the wind blows. Calms are those winds with hourly .sverage speeds less than 0.34 m/sec (0.75 mph). l l l
. .. . .-- ,- . . . - -- - -- ~ - - .
i ' N f 2-8 ( r Table 2.3, Wind direction with greatest frequency of occurrence 4 by tiene of day at San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Data rneeured at 10 m (33 ft) level of onute rneteorolog' cal tower ! l j Hour Wind Frequency Hour Wind Frequency (AM) da ect ron {%) (PM) dir ection (%) l 1 NE 28 1 WNW 2s j 2 NE 26 2 WNW 27 4 3 NE 27 3 WNW 27 f' 4 NE 28 4 WNW 27 ( 5 NE 30 s WNW 22
- o NE 30 0 WNW to j 7 NE 2s 7 NW 14 3
8 NE to 8 NE 13 9 S 12 9 NE 16 10 W 17 to NE 20 $ 1) W 20 11 NE 23 ' Noon WNW 22 Midnight NE 25 i 1 I 2.4.3 Severe weatherP13 t I Although infrequent, thunderstorns, tornadoes, tropical cyclones, and dust storms can affect the i ! site area. Thunderstorms occur less than 5 days annually. Tropical storms are also rare in the ; j site area, with a storm entering the region less than once every ten years. The " fastest mile" l of wind recorded at Los Angeles was 28 m/sec (62 mph) (March 1952). Snow, glaze, and hail are ! almost nonexistent in the site vicinity.
- Between 1952 and 1975, 23 tornadoes and 21 waterspouts were reported within a 34,000-sq-km I (13,000-sq-mile) area containing the site. Staff analysis of these tornado data indicates that j the mean path area of a tornado in this region is about 0.3 sq km (0.1 sq mile). Using the i methods of Thom, this results in a recurrence interval of 70,000 years for a tornado or j watersnout at the plant site.
$ Dust storms are relatively infrequent within the site region; between 1940 and 1970, dust or blowing dust and sand reduced visibility to under 11 km (7 miles) about 1 hr annually. About j 8 days each year there is a high meteorological potential for air pollution. I 2.4.4 Atmospheric dispersion &N15 5 ] Southern California Edison Company (SCE) has provided joint frequency distributions of wind i speed and direction by atmospheric stability class, based on the vertical temperature gradient, collected onsite during the period , January 25, 1973 to January 25, 1976. The distributions I were for wind speed and direction measured at both the 10- and 40-m (33- and 131-f t) levels with the vertical temperature difference between the 6.1- and 36.6-m (20- and 120-ft) levels. j SCE has also conducted a tracer test program to assess the atmospheric dispersion in the landward
- )
directions at the San Onofre site. Section 6.2.3 describes the onsite meteorological program and the tracer t nt program. l The staff has made reasonable estimates of average atmospheric dispersion conditions for SONGS j 2 & 3 using an atmospheric dispersion model for long-term releases; this model is based on the i " Straight-Line Trajectory Model" described in Regulatory Guide 1.111. The onsite tracer tests showed that ground-level normalized relative concentrations (x/Q) were similar whether the source of release was elevated or ground level; thus it was assumed, conservatively, that all i
- plant releases were from ground level. The calculations also include considerations of intermittent releases during more adverse atmospheric dispersion conditions than indicated by an annual
} average calculation as a function of total duration of release. The calculations include an i estimate based on the criteria outlined in Regulatory Guide 1.111 of maximum increase in calculated relative concentration and deposition due to the spatial and temporal variation of the airflow not considered in the straight-line trajectory model. Radioactive decay of effluents and depletion of the effluent plume were also considered as described in Regulatory Guide 1.111. 4
2-9 In the evaluation, we used meteorological data collected onsite between January 25, 1973 and January 24, 1976. All releases were evaluated using joint f requency distributions of wind speed and direction measured at the 10-m (33-f t level) by atmospheric stability [ defined by the temperature difference between the 36.6- and 6.1-m (120-20 f t) levels). Data recovery for this time period was 88t. Table 5.1 presents the calculated values of relative concentration (x/Q) and relative deposition (D/Q) for specific points of interest. 2.5 SITE ECOLOGY 2.5.1 Terrestrial ecology The FES-CP describes the terrestrial ecology of the San Onofre site (FES-CP, Sect. 2.8.1). Field I work for this description, however, was conducted only during November 1971 and contained very little quantitative data. Consequently, the issuance of the construction permit was subject to the applicant's expansion of its current environmental monitoring program "to determine environmental effects which may occur as a result of site preparation and construction of Units 2 and 3, and to establish an adequate preoperational baseline by which the operational effects of Units 2 and 3 may be judged" (FES-CP, p. iv). In response, the applicant conducted terrestrial ecological studies for a period of 1 year on a 0.61-ha (1.5-acre) quadrat located imediately south of Units 2 and 3 construction site (ER, Appendix 2A). This monitoring program documented seasonal changes in the biotic communities over a one-year time span and fulfilled the require-ments of NRC Regulatory Guide 4.11. About 80% of the study area is in a natural plant community of coastal s :e scrub, and the remaining 20% has been disturbed by man-related activities. Total cover on the study area ranged from 01 to 98%. The greatest cover was found in February, decreasing toward midsumer. Vegetative diversity in the coastal sage scrub community was relatively low; California sagebrush (Arte veia califbmim) was the dominant species (65% relative cover). Coyote bush (BaMaris piZalarn ) ranked second in the study area (9% relative cover) but had higher relative cover ( in the disturbed areas than in the climax stand. The applicant's survey suggests that surface I disturbances significantly alter the composition of the coastal sage scrub comunity by l encouraging the invasion of exotic perennial and annual plant species, especially mustards and grasses. Establishment of these plants occurred only in areas that have teen disturbed (ER, Appendix 2A). As expected for this very small study area (0.61 ba), no endangered plant species were observed. Fauna observed within the study area included 5 species of reptiles, 12 species of mammals, and 36 species of birds; no amphibians were sighted. None of the species observe'i in the study area are threatened or endangered as eefined by the u.S. cepartment af the Interiord (ER, Sect. 2.2.1.2). The endangered animal speciesK whose ranges include the vicinity of the plant and associated transmission lines are listed in Table 2.4 Two of these species have been observed by the applicant. The California brown pelican has occurred several times on the beach adjacent to the construction area (ER, Sect. 2.2.1.2), and the California least tern has a nesting colony located near the Del Mar Boat Basin, a facility used by the rpplicant to move heavy components (see Sect. 2.2.2), Examination of the geographical distributionsl7 le of the 266 endangered plant species in CaliforniaM indicates that 26 of these species occur in those counties (Orange and/or San Diego) traversed by the transmission lines (Table 2.5). No endangered plant species, however, were observed during the applicant's biological study of the San Onofre-Santiago transmission line route.20 Biological surveys of the other transmission line routes have not been cc.1 ducted, but no habitats adjacent to or within the transmission line right-of-way have been classified by state or Federal authorities as being critical to any endangered species (ER, Suppl. 1, item 22). 2.5.2 Ag,uatic ecology _ 4 i The aquatic ecology of the site was described in the FES-CP issued in March 1973, and was based on descriptive data obtained from literature concerning the southern California coast. The FES-CP site description contained minimal baseline infcrmation on spatial and temporal differ-ences in species occurrences and population densities. The data obtained since issuance of the FES-CP is primarily from three sources: (1) a thermal effects study performed jointly tj Environ- I mental Quality Analysts, Inc., and Marine Biological Consultants, Inc., begun in 1964 (final sumary report printed in 1973),21 (2) the SONGS 1 Environmental Technical Specifications (ETS) monitoring program begun in November 1974, conducted by the Lockheed Aircraft Service Company's Department of Marine Biology,22-27 and (3) the Anraal Report to the California Coastal
Table 2.4. Endangered animal species # whose ranges me.lude Orange and San Diego counties, Cabtornia Common nama Saent f.; name Habitat Reawn ter occline Canfornia brown pehcan Pelecanos acadentalis caldornicos Paof.c coast trom Canada Egg shen thinomy due to coHutants to Meuco such as OD T Cat.fornia least tem Sterna attufrms tvownh Pac,fic coast from S. Sao Loss of nestmq hatriat (sandy heaches) Fiancisco Bay, Canto,n.a. due to irwteased boman activty to 0, Baja, Cahtornia Amer.can peregone f alcon Fa/co syregrenus "narum Coast and h.ghe mountains Egg shei! tnmning due to DDT. human m!and dist ur tianc e 7_ Southern tu!d eagle Ha/,averus teucocephalus leucocephalus Estuaeine areas and .oland Daturbance o? nest 2ng noos, rncgil Mourk.i large lakes, sh00! "19. IOs5 Of nest trees, C0tt rewrgoirs, and WetIdnd5 tJrninJf,00 (f food rhain by tvr Mf et11 p4*il .c tdP5 light I Ofed O Clapper rad R3!/us /WgirOSf95 /evyes Coastal sa't matshes Des 9uct;on of its rnatue at hab' tot by t.nmg for housmg and niustr:al une mat.ne dc5etopment, and water POUut >On destroy mq food spertes and at hah tat 8 U S Depa.tment of the inter or, Endangered and Threatened W.tdhfe and Plants." 41 F.R. 4 7180-4 7198 ; l 1
2-11 Table 2 5. Endangered plant spercies of Orange and San D ego conties. Cahtornia Piant name d SClent f a Ver riacut ar Acanthomrt;tha thcr/cha San D+go thornnut Clay dept ss.ons on rnesas ar'd slopes, conta' sa9e scrutt chaurral. SW San D ego Countv Arctos tanby/os f andslosa i,4 . Thickteaf manzantta %ndy me.as and bluf 4, chapae r al; coast of crass,foha San D eyn %ntv Aster chdenses D y bank s,9:any f.eids, etc, sea level to 5000 f t. many plant commumties. mounta.ns of San Deeyo County to Santa Barbara Count y Astraplas rener t/ ti Coasta dunes bandy clare. near the coast coasta' strand. fdttWweed near San D. ego Bertwr's nevind NewnJs bay berry Sindy ana graveUy places below 2000 f t. coastal sap so ub, chaparral San Diego County Brodiaca tih/r;/ra Thread-le ved brod,aea Hmy cidy sod tidow 2000 ft. co.ntal sap scrub. chwanal San D ego C au uy Brounsea orcu tth Oi cu tt's tw od a.a Near strear arid arourid vernal pooh, and wers, up to $! t. chaparral. Yehow Pme Forest. San D'eg luity r Chorreanthe accortrana Orcutt's charizanthe Sandy p; aces. coastal sage scrub. San Diego Courty Cordy /anthus marrtemus ssp mar,timus Sart marsh bud's beak Coastai sa:t mar sh Lower Cahfor nia to Oregon Diarotra ochro/euca Yehow dicentra Occasional in dr y d.sturbed places below 3000 ft. chwarrai. Santa Ana and Santa Ynez rnou r!td trd O#chonda occidenrahs Western d.chr ndr a Mostly dry sandy banks in brush or under trees, coastal say scrub, chaparrat, suuthern oak woodland coastal San D, ego and Oconge counties Dudleya moltecau.rs Many stemmed dudley a Dry stony pf aces below 2000 ft; coastal sage sciub, chapar ral. San Onche Mour'ta n. Orange and San Dege count 6es Dvd/cya stolons / era Lipna Beach dud eva CLfis m coacai s,yy serob canyons near Laguna Beach. Orange County trynywm esrc/ arum var. prinsha San D. ego coyote' Verna' pools, chaparrat San D. ego reg.on thistie fera at tas ne,descens Ln D+90 barrel cactus D'y h Os; coastat sage scrub. watley g assland, around San Diego. NW Lower Cahfor ma Gaham angustdobom 530 boregoense C!eosote bush scrub; Bonego Vaney. E. San D ego Coun ty G,thms/s /s//cauhs M ss,on Canyon Ess,on convon. San Diego Cast reporfed m 18841 blue cop Hemeronia conzaptns Otay tar weed Mesas. coastar sage scrub. SW San Diego Cotmty Hemuoma flor tivnda e Tecate ta* weed Dr y sf opes and vanevs below 3500 f t. coasial sage sCf Ub ChaDdMal, S San Diego County, N Lower Cat 'orn a Limnathes gra ths var.parisha Par .sh smnder Mosst lak e shores arxt wet places from 4500 meadow foam to 5000 f t, Yenow Pme f orest. Cu,amaca and I.awna rnountams Monevdena /moales ssp wn,nea Rock y washes beow 1000 't. coastal sage scrub. chapanal. SW San Dego Cour,t v hawardella owrantha var. halh Hafs monardella Sa Gatar mi and San Bernardmo mounta ns to Cuyamaca and Santa Ana mounta.ns ho6na intwrrata %n D+go nohna Dry slope, chaparral' W of Dehesa School 8 maes east of El Cajon. San Diego County Orcuttra cuh/arn4a ve r can forng a Cat fmrw orcutt a Drying mud ftats. van ey grasvand Sa, Diego County Poa arroturpurea San Be<nar1no Meadows and grassy oppes from 6000 to 7000 f t bluegr ass Montane Con. ferous Forest San Diego County Pog pne s6ran sn %n Diego pogogyne Beds of dried pools. chaparral. coasta: sage scrub. mesas from San D,t*go to Mramar
*Nomendature, habitat, and geography from P A Muni, A Horr o/ Sour 6ern Cahforms. Umversity of Cahforn.a Press, Ber k eley Caht ,1914. and W H PowelL Ed , inventory of Rare and Endangered Vascular Plants of Can/arma. Soecsat Pubhcat on No 1. Berkeley, Cahf .1974 Source U.S. Departmerst of the interior, ' Endangered and Threatened Species, Plants," 41 F.R. 24542 - 24572
- .- . _ . .. . - . . ~~._ . . - - - . .
l 2-12 Commissi a , August 1976-August 1977, by the Marine Review Committee.28 a special study group y established by the California Coastal Comission to estimata the consequences of operating SONGS 2 & 3. Be a use the ETS program contains the most recent data, included seasonal fluctuations l in species occurrences and population densities, and evaluated the effects of SONGS 1 operation on the Ic N1 marine environment, the description of the site aquatic ecology that follows is based on these data (obtained from November 1974 through December 1976). SONGS 2 & 3 are adjacent i to SONGS 1, on the same site. Additionally, the effects of SONGS 1 operation are now a part of the environment of ;0NGS 2 & 3 and should therefore be included in a complete description of the site ecology. The biotic communities relevant to an adequate description of the site ecology are the plankton, nekton, benthic, kelp, and intertidal comunities. 2.5.2.1 Plankton Bimonti.ly plankton sampling was conducted four times in 1975 and six times in 1976 at seven stations along the 10-m (33-f t) contour from 2.4 km (1.5 miles) upcoast to 6.7 km (4.2 miles) downcoast of the SONGS 1 intake / discharge line (Fig. 2.3). Phytoplank ton 1975 Data. The 84 phytoplankton taxa recorded in the 1975 surveys are similar to those found in previius studias.2" The phytoplankton was dominated numerically by dinoflagellates. Pmro-warte sans was the most abundant species, constituting 30 to 90% of the samples.22 Other abundant organisms included Prerwntran spp., Ceratite sp. A and cerat-iws sp. B. Several species of F eidinitn and M nop hsia were also present. The number of taxa per station within each survey was relatively unifonn. A complete list of phytoplankton taxa recorded during 1975 is given by station and survey in Appendix VIII, Table 2, p. 217 of ref. 25. Chlorophyll a concentrations ranged from 0.24 to 2.32 mg/m 3 during the four 1975 surveys.2s Differences in chlorophyll a concentrations between stations were not significant. Differences j were significant, howevt , between depths and between survus; chlorophyll a concentrations were significantly greater a' :he 8-m depth, and the mean concentrations of September were signifi-cantly greater than those of the other survey months - May, July, and November. 3 Phaeopigment concentrations ranged from 0.08 to 1.23 mg/m during the four 1975 surveys.2s Station differences were not significant, but differenct s in mean concentrations between surveys and between depths were significant. As with chlorophyll a, phaeopigment concentrations were greater at 8 m than at 1 m, and the September survey showed the highest phaeopigment j concentrations of all four surveys. J 1976 Data. In 1976, 128 species or higher taxa of phytoplankton were reported from the six I surveys conducted (Table II-2, pp.11-13 of ref. 26). These taxa consisted of species when identifiable and higher taxa (genere, families, etc.) when ioentification to the species level 4 could not be made. The taxa representing greater than 30% of any given sample by number were ' Etudia spp. (March and November), an unidentified pennate diatum (January, M1rch, July, September, and November), Conpantar.spp. (January and March), and Prorocentric wie.a (May).27 Normal vertical distribution patterns were observed in 1976, as in 1975, with higher concentra-tions of chlorophyll a and phaeopigments again measured in the lower half of the lb-m Water column. However, relatively high values of chlorophyll a were found during the January and May surveys in 1976, whereas in 1975, chlorophyll a concentrations were moderate in May and high in September. dinoflagellates.Also in contrast to 1975, there was no consistent vertical separation of diatoms from Slightly higher surface temperatures at plankton stations nearest SONGS 1 during some surveys had no apparent ef fect on the distribution and abundance of phytoplankton; rather, distribution and i abundance were apparently the result of natural spatial and temporal variation.2 7 Zooplankton 1975 Data. Zooplankton species encountered in the four 1975 surveys were common to tht m.-itic waters' of southern California.22 A master species list of zooplankton found in the surays is pre inted in Appendix VIII, Table 2, p. VIII-30 of ref. 22. The most common group consisted c.f copQodids of Acarcia spp., usually accounting for more than 50% of the total number of indi-viduals sampled.22 Other species that commonly occurred in the samples were Paracalanas pawus copepodids, Mkopleura spp., haine nordunni, Labidacera triopinosa copepodids, Sagit ta
ES-4187 l N t
\' x )
< w / s .
y- % b
% 4; f\ x
~#
r[ d s v 3 7 / s+
* / :
a
.) N ..*
D -M "I 9I A M 8! 8'
- 9 r
"p (/ 5.mAN.ON!J,;<.,3f *s',JC t,, E AR 5 , ,ey F-------------------,
f ,a e o
\ y ^
h,
.y,,,,
.y -.
g
}q, ,
- s'
).m~= 9~== === m. ;
2A c i m~ j' s., s -
' 9 , , r q f^ . 96 / r-9__'m % '
% y i (s\ a,'A
+T .
' '^' ~,.
7 1 __ _ . . . _. , y 48 6
's, s
2B ~ s.N .. ,0 7, . . c, 5 Ase CNOsaE af L* . a Y
%~ TB \
g_ -- - . .,~' ~ . . . . . ' _ _ _ . , ....,,,,, _ 4.
- .~.______s m, x- ~.,
a w N
\
O, o 4 s m sw->s 1 5 .0.., i e n .~. % s..nn i s o i Fig. 2.3. Environmental Technical Specifications plankton station locations and environmental surveillance zones, San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Unit 1. Source: Lockheed Center for Marine Research, San Cr.cfm N: gar 2:r.nuti>:g Station e it 1, Envircurental TeSu:ieal g ek':caticna, Am:ual C; erating .4;r >'t, Yoi. IV, Biological n2tu Analpac. - 137n, June 1977.
. .- - - - -- - -- .- . - - - ~ . - - . -
..~
2-14 ewneri & a, and Acartia consa. Less abundant species were adult ParaaZucus parms, cyphonautes larvae, Acartia claaet, and Clauscoatanus spp. copepodids. Other specirts present usually accounted for less than 1% of any sample.22 Sampling stations were best differentiated by the distribution of five species: Sagitta emeritica, Carpeus umwnicus, Githena spp. copepodites, euphausiid larvae, and Podon polyrhcmidco. A clear separation of the stations, however, was not obtained, which suggests that no strong processes in the area acted to pattition the environment.25 Total abundance per sampling station ranged from 600 to 10,900 per m 3 (Fig. 2.4), and total number of taxa ranged from 36 to 65 during the four surveys of 1975.25 The number of taxa at station 4 near the SONGS 1 discharge was significantly higher than at all the other stations (Fig. 2.4). 1976 Data. In 1976,116 species or higher taxa were reported from the six surveys performed 1 Itable 11-2, pp. 7-10 of ref. 26). Sixteen taxa were considered predominant because they were I numerically dominant (number one in rank) during at least one survey, or because they repre- l sented more than 1% of the total numoer of individuals during the year.27 These sixteen taxa j constituted 90% of the total individuals recorded for the year.27 The seasonal distribution of l each of these taxa during the 1976 surveys is shown in Fig. 2.5. Significant differences were I found among stations for all but five of the taxa, and sigrificant differences were found ' between depths for all but six c f them. All of these taxa exhibited significant differences among surveys. Normal vertical distribution patterns were also observed in 1976, as in 1975, with higher concentrations of zooplankton observed in the lower half of the 10-tr water column. Although higher concentrations of zooplankton were measured near SONGS 1 in 1975, no effect of SONGS 1 was indicated by the 1976 studies. Even though water temperatures during the 1976 November survey (when SONGS 1 was of f-line) were ur.usually warm for the season, the distribution and abundance of zooplankton, as with the phytoplankton, were apparently the result of natural j spatial and temporal variation. D l 2.5.2.2 Nekton 1975 Data l Quarterly nekton sampling was conducted in 1975 at six stations - tht ee stations in tne area of the SONGS 1 discharge (zone OA) and three stations about 6706 m (2?.,000 f t) downcoast (zone 6 (Fig. 2.6). The downcoast stations (zone 6) acted as control areas not under the tafluence of the SONGS 1 discharge. A total of 3206 individuals repre:enting 49 species or higher taxa were taken during the four 1975 surveys.25 The most abundant fisn was the queenfish (Scriphas plitwr), which accounted for nearly twice the number of individuals in the year's catch than the second most abundant species. , 3 Other abundant fish were the walleye surfperch (Hyper;'rcagon argcraan), white croaker (Gcnynema j ) lincanc), spotfin crocker (lu.atr etemsli), Jacksmelt (Athc.aincpfe califerniensis), and ! white surfperch (Mmerodan fecatus). Fourteen species were both abundant and common. Five i ) of the 14 species displayed significant dif ferences in their distributions between zones; four l { of these - jacksmelt, white seabass (Cycacion noMZi;). white croaker, and queenfish - were significantly care abundant in zone OA, and the pile Lurfperch (lealichthya vasca) was more ebun-dan: in zone 6, w l The variabi'ity observed in abundance between zones was influenced sionificantly by the distri- i bution of foLr species: white seabass, white croaker, white surfperch, and California corbind (N.cntiairrhas un ilatae). The white seabass and white croaker were significantly more numerous in . zone OA, and the Californie corbi a and white surfperch were significantly more numerous in zone 6. l The number of individcals ar.o number of taxa also varied significantly among surveys. Mcwever, the degree of similarity of species composition within zones did r1ot differ significantly f rom the degree of similarity between zones. 1976 Data A taxonomic summary of the 1976 nekton sampling data by station and by survey can be found in Table III-4, pp. 17-18 of ref. 26. A total of 46 species was reported from these surveys.
l ' l I .i I t i i ( I t 12 ES-4188 i , 10 ,/ MAY 28-29.1975 _y sff x 7 F1D m 7 ~s s
/
9 .
/ % ' ' - - _ g / 'g x-n ,
~
~w Y,
% y 7
, 6 - %
, s s r '
- y i
3 8
/-x '
v y l 3 2 SEPTEMB E R 30,1975 v F10 m
- 2
, OO --L- '- * - ' 1- ' ' ' = A = ! w ? - 10 -~ ~ - - - - -- 1 - i 2 e 45 m e 45m g 8 - JULY 34 31.1975 v 5-10 m NOVEMBER 25.1975 y %10 m l Z O o 6 - i 7 m
+ tr
*/1 N \
4 I ,-
/s
' I - ^ ,_
N, ' y ! s y' c$ e ^ '~ 2 'h
~ - v..\ __v L. J L -.
_ _,; / l 4 _-p , i . . _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . _ . . .. c 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 .6 7 UrCOAST ST ATION DOWNCOAST UPCOAST STATION DOWNCOAST Fig. 2.4. Zooplankton concentrations from 1975 surveys. Open circles (o) and triangles (v) indicate values from the uppt'r and lower strata respectively. The relative distances of the plankton stations from SONiS 1 are shown. A solid triangle (A) indicates the position of SONGS 1. A vertical bar connects the July replicates. Source: Lockheed Marine Biological Lcboratory, ~.m anofix % ~ .: r ,s veruting Staticn W:i t 1, Annual Analyeis Ec art, Dwizomental n c6:ie,:t & c Q en io v , :amarp-Deember 197b, 1976.
6 f 2-16 i 4 4 j 33 ES-4189 10 I """"*'"
\'
} M2 n r>. ,,, -,v> r.~ s j g _ EG]3 4< < , ., ro ,,,, F'4 * < . . - . . . . e,- ! - 8 E * '""'".*.a","",,*unc'u," """"' m l g M o. corre a
? ;- -' ] m, t.n 7 w I O 7 -
j g g [ ao om.. m. ) : a z6 E( l I 4 o
- ;d 1
- y d i
<5 m
- i 1,S p g
l lp! i z d L i w4 g} -
.o j 2 \
t (y g =um.. a l 1 . p g@@QrQgggp i -
,N "y 1 l
i 5-0 % l JAN MARCH MAY JULY SEPT NOV } SURVEY s 2
- 3.5 '
] P&tKa&nui pue FVS COV?Qtd 19%
- 3.0 Ea ud=*'a '~
! n j4 El".hEl a u ,n..on e.. . E ,- tyg , , , ,,,,,,c ,,, ,,,,,,, , ,,,,._, , ! g 2.5 /: g an ,,,,,,,;.,,,,,,,,,,, $ 0 ( .f , fE883 '2 %w" on e*~w
=20 -
pk.k$ nH h5lY O'*""**"""~~',"" DH Euwipuna neu s!?vn h Agjen$%h mp ' g,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, r i 4
< 1.5 e
/ f a
NQ nw 'y q-r- - ) is o..,,3,,,,,, g l ] An ome, ta na , , ,/9 -. ,c ' v; ' M O 1.0 ! yg.'y "h""!!;D W[' , u Y
"""1" .y
[ C ,
, /' '
U 0.5 _. 0 2-------'-- l d
, JAN MARCH MAY JULY SEPT NOV
- SURVEY Fig. 2.5. Seasor.21 distribution of the 16 most abundant zooplankton taxa in 1976. Means j of abundance during each su,'yey are plotted. Source
- lockheed Center for Marine Research,
!;an Cwlr,. Msaicar Ge> crut >; :tation h:it :, B2rTiment al h a>:ieal ?;cificatione, intal
- l';wru ting !?epcrt, l'ol. H, Bi sity
- al luta rir:alpeic - D 7t', June 1977.
i
ES-4190 m /
\ v ,
+
o' s j l \ p
% e s %
- 1-
\E /+\ -
x'^s .\
%+ +
lj
- .* / ,f / \ y-, :
.? som ., u . ', . ..
\1, , sm o- v 1
'
- f f u u e as w en* 7------..-----------,
. w , s ' a no .
y-j(
?
,['ymy4AC==
~
s" i1 ~ - ~
- s. ~ , [c - '
~g,,, n"rf 4a
===-x= __
~ ~ __ c_~
/
p
,e , ,' 1'.g.Lgn ?g_ 2* -
s - m. _ _
.~ _
* -~3 -
ca ._, , q~ef e,
' Q-.
,, 'D. . m[ s us -~ r-W 1A_._ _ .29' *e - ' ~ ^ w-g ag ' 6 ' d 58'"^'M'"',,. I B g OB 3,% oyo,as me .. m ,, .. 2 , , , , , , , 3B ' n,.-~, g - . _ _ y 1., N y
\ t
'O, s
a es .-- .. - _ - _ i " = _ _. ; g %,. *r= st a ve i 5 0_ 1 Fig. 2.6. Environmental Technical Specifications nekton station locations and environmental surveillance zones, San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Unit 1. Source: Lockheed Center for Marine Reseatch, San Orfu %n+2 ear Cmemeine r Station Lh.it 7, D:snmnial ice:nical . peerij" uticru, Anr:c' g-m: ting Rport, Vo: It', Biolo +' Data dA.ef s -- Fe, June 1977.
- \
{ 2-18 5 ! Seven species - queenfish, white croaker, white surfperch, walleye surfperch, black croaker l (Chilotrema catamam), spotfin croaker, and half moon (wdfa!wna californiensis) - accounted i for at least 5% of the total nekton catch for the entire year and were captured in both zones.27
- As a group, these seven species accounted for 81.3% of the total catch for the year.M The i
first five of these species were tested for significant differences between zones and among surveys. Only the queenfish and white croaker showed a significant difference between zones.
- being significantly more abundant in zone OA than in zone 6. The remaining three species did not
- differ significantly between zones.
i In contrast, six predominant species in 1975 (bottom nets) contributed 82.3% of the bdividuals } collected.2s Of the predominant species netted in both years, only the queenfish and white i croaker were significantly more abundant in zone OA the.n in zone 6 during both years of the . f survey, t Y The spatial distributiun of the queenfish, white croaker, and white surfperch differed signifi-cantly among the 1976 surveys. Temporally, the queenfish was found to be most abundant during the December survey and least abundant during the March survey. The white croaker was signifi-i cantly more abundant during the December and March surveys than during the September and June I surveys, and the white surfperch was significantly more abundant in the December catch than during all of the other 1976 surveys.
- Significant differences were observed in the number of species between zones, with the number i in zone OA being significantly greater than the number in zone 6. Four species best discrimi-nated between zones OA and 6
- white seabass, white croaker, yellowfin croaker (/#ivina venulor), and white surfperch.
1 j There was also a significant difference among survey periods, with the number of species taken 4 in March being significantly less than the number taken during all of the other surveys, which I were not significantly different from each other. The significant difference found in both number of individuals and number of species among surveys in 1976 was also found in 1975 although no obvious trend in species diversity was i revealed (Fig. 2.7). On the ether hand, a high similarity within zones existed during 1976; l q the 1975 data indicated similar but lets distinct patterns. l l The data suggest that the areas sampled in the two zones may support somewhat different nekton communities. Physical differences between the zones which may also affect the nekton results
+
j include the presence of the intake and discharge structures at SONGS I and riprap material in i i zone OA, general differences in substrate type and composition between the zones, turbidity, and the presence of a dense stand of the phaeophyte cyctoreria spp. in the area Of the zone OA { nekton stations. Temperature data collected during bimonthly cruises and nekton surveys j revealed no obvious differences between zones, which indicates that temperature is not an important factor. 4 Fishertes statistics i Comercial and sport fisheries catch data for 1974 from the California Department of Fish and i Game statistical blocks in the vicinity of SONGS 1 (fig. 2.8) revealed that the number of fish per block ranged from 16,601 in block 737 to 123,246 in block 756.27 (The compilation of these j data ccrmally requires two to three years, Consequently, the 1974 data are the aost recent reported by the California DeparMent of Fish and Game.) With the excepti'm of block 801, all 1 of the blocks examined measured on increase in catch per unit effort between 1973 and 1974. j However, the magnitude of the increase was small in comparison to the decrease shown by all of { the blocks over the past 13 years. i j i i The 1974 commercial catch reported a total of 46 taxa from the five blocks surrounding San Ono f re. 2 7 The only taxon comon to all five blocks was the Pacific bonito (Sarda chiliensis).
- Each of the five blocks yielded catches at about the expected level, based on the size of the 4
blocks and the amount of coastline encompassed.27 i J 2.5.2.3 Benthos f 1.97f Data _ l I Three surveys conducted in 1975 at 11 benthic stations (fig. 2.9) revealed a total of 160 species i' or higher taxa of epibenthic macrobiota (Tabics X-1 to X-ll, pp. X-12 to X-43 of ref. 22). The taxa represented members of 11 major taxonomic groups. Within zones not associated with kelp beds (zones OA and 6), the flora was dominated by rhodophyte taxa throughout the year. Mollusks were the dominant fauna during April and October, whereas molluscan and chordate taxa occurred i l 1
2-19 ES-4191 729 NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS
- oc - 1 I I iso -
1 I , i iw - 1 A I A / ; no /
\ I i
/
/\ \ / !
j \ / g ! i20 - f \ / g
/
/ \ / s /
im OA' \ / \ /
\ / '
N / 80 -
\ / s /
\ / N /
\
* - 6 \1 s sy j
y 40 - 20 - 0 NUMBER OF SPECIES 20 - is - p
/
C-O A" " ~ /_g /~ ' - ./
' ~
N/ b - 0 25 SPECIES DIVERSITY 6 20 - OA " ~~ '% q' \
\ /
iO - v' Oh - f f I I I I I I g t.' 1 s D V 5 L' 1970 1971 Fig. 2.7. The mean number of individuals and species per net by zone and spacies diversity of zones OA and 6 by survey during 1975 and 1976. Source: Lockheed Center for Marine Research, San Onofre helcar Genemtiry Station Unit 1, Dwironnmtal Technical SI ceificatione, Ann:aal Cperating Feiert, Vol. IV, Biolo;rical Data Analycle - 197G, June 1977.
2-20 I i ES-4192 ) a 118' 117' 34* i l 34
, l
! \ J l c POINT VICE NTE ' G,1, - 9 NEWPORT BEACH LAGUNA DEACH l
~ ~
DANA POINT
?. 7s7 [
.' ,- 7s6 -^
802 .. 801 OCE A Ns t DE 4 E NCINIT As 4 33 Q - N - 33 l 1 4 S' POINT LOM A t i e i M' 118" tir
- rig. 2.8. California Department of Fish and Game catch statistic blocks in the vicinity
~
of San Onof re. Source: Lockheed Center for Marine Research, ac anofr c the car aw e:rutinc
?ta cn 3:it 1, D: ec>:rwntal Tear?.ioal rd ricatione, Anv.:cil epmting Rqc r e, Va!. IV, !;i 4; s:a ta Awizeiv - ire , June 1977.
in similar numbers during the July sampling period. Rhodophytes were also the dominant floral component and mollusks were the dominant faunal component of the kelp bed biota at all kelp bed i stations during all survey periods. 1 ' The species whose distribution best discriminated between zones OA and E were the anthozoan mricca 0:Jifornica, which occurred mostly in zone 6; the rhadophyte trionitin spp. , which was absent from zone 6; the holothuroid Paractichgas ;arpiemic, which occurred only in zona 6; and the gastropod Actrea undava, which was observed only in zone OA. The trophic composition based on the number of taxa of the two zones not associated with kelp beds (zones OA and 6) was similar among these zones and was cominated by suspenaica feeders and by primary producers during all surveys (Table 2.6).
ES-4193 i N 1 s 6 .,
\
\
, i 5 '
.: -i *
^, '
\'
-4 s4* a
\l; gr 4'
- c. , . ~ . .-
.1 o .1 's ;1 f.
. _ r :: n ~': . - - - - . ., N l (}
' " g " J *,, ,4
-'.'- ~ ~ . _
^
-^%
;g: .A ._ >'_ _ , 7 . .
_ __ \ ' ~ ~ - { ) i N ,*
~ ~ s, /
gg
\ \ ,- AA - - '- -> ' ~
3: - i
'S 34
- i g ta Ud.
*S e.
e7g
~
--s-
~ ~[
p 29 9J p. 08 #.- SAN M ATEO MHP S A*4 ONOF33E WE LP D
, is
\ N s o n *EtP
/
J.~
/ .-
~
N O o
& t airG4 8Ea < u wame
. . m mev.nn.
-a g i
~
,,1. ,, o 5 ...0.., 1 Fig. 2,9. Environmental Technical Specifications environmental surveillance zones, benthic station locations, San Onofre Nuclear Generating Statien Unit 1. Source: Lockheed Center f or Marine Research, Jan onaj'tv Leiew Gewinti> ? Station m;it 1, DuMw:en:a:
iecre a qeifz .ativne, hmwal 0;veatiry Fe;wt, ,- ci. : , 1 ole ueal ata Au:ycia - nn, June 1977.
- . . - - _ . .. .- ~~ . . . . _ _ . .-
2-22 i Table 2.6. Trophic composition (percent) of benthic tana at discharge (tone OA) and 1 control (zone 6) based on the number of taxa of each trophic type present during 1975 I April 10-18 July 15-18 October 13-17 Teophic types Zone oA Zone 6 Zone oA Zone 6 Zone OA Zone 6 Primary producers 23 18 35 40 30 29 Suspension feeders 34 43 35 42 33 37 Grazers to 3 12 12 5 Scavengers 13 13 7 10 12 11 Predators 20 22 12 7 13 18 Sasce: Luckheed Marst,e Bsological Laboratory, San Onofre IVuclear Generating Sta.'ron L.Init 1, Annual Analysis Report Ennronmental Technical Specofications, January - December 1975,1976. I Kelp bed stations were best distinguished by four taxa: the gastropod Cy;wea epaiwca, which occurred only at San Onofre Kelp Bed; the anthozoan Corprxtie spp,, which occurred predomi-nately at San Mateo and Barn kelp beds; the annelid SpioAaetcptera costarw9, which did not occur at San Onofre Kelp Bed; and the white abalone, Saliotis screr.ami, which occurred only at San Onofre Kelp Bed. Twelve taxa were considered predominant at kelp bed stations: Chelpsuma pnkt.cn, Carms californicus, Corallina/Hali;'tyion, Cerynaatis spp., Crustose cora111nes (unident. ), &p tra spp. , Lewilla matingi, Ly tendu piatu, Mitraita minata, fewicea ca lifor+do 2, Pagurids (unident.), and Rhod;,menia spp. Trophic composition based on the number of taxa at the kelp bed stations was similar among stations and was dominated by suspension feeders (e.g., barnacles, which feed by filtering out suspended material) and primary producers (algae) during all surveys (Table 2.7). Table 2.7. Trophic composition (percent) of benthic taxa at San Mateo (SMK), San Onofre (SOK), and Barn (BK) kelp beds based on the number of taxa , of each trophic type present during 1975 ) l Aprd 10-18 July 15-18 October 13u 7 l Trophic types SMK SOK BK SM K SOK 8K SMK SOK BK l Primary producers 22 19 24 26 21 25 30 18 20 i Suspension feeders 49 36 41 38 36 59 43 38 45 Grazers 2 17 9 8 12 7 10 4 Scavengers 12 12 9 12 12 9 7 12 10 fredators 15 17 17 16 18 6 12 22 16 Sourew Lockred (" ne Biological Laboratory, San Dr.ofre Ivucler Generating Statson , Unit 1, Annual Analyse keport Environmental TechnicalSpecifications. January - December ! 1975, 1976. 1976 Data Diving surveys of the epibenthic macrobiota were conducted quarterly during 1976 at the same il benthic stations. A total of 159 species or higher taxa, which were members of 11 major taxo-nomic groups, were identified during the four surveys.27 A taxonomic sumnary of these data by station and by survey is presented in Tables IV-1 and IV-2, pp. 21-28 of ref. 26. Zones 0A and 6 contained twelve predominant taxa whose combined abundance accounted for 84.3% of the total percent cover and 65.1% of the total enumerated individuals.27 Seven of the twelve predominant taxa consisted of large taxonomic categories that were not- field identifiable to a lower taxon. These seven taxa included parvosilvosa, unidentified ectoprocts, unidentified crustose coralline aloae, and unidentified hydroids, rhodophytes, pelecypod siphons, and pagurids. These large tatoromic groups totaled 72% of the total percent cover and 20% of the total enumerated indivi-duals for the entire year's data.27 The magnitude of the abundances of these large taxonomic groups may be somewhat misleading, however, because each of these categories can contain members of several different species.27
l l 2-23 The predominant taxa identified to at least the generic level consisted of Rhod, snia spp., Bryopsis hl qnoidee, Vioptra ornata, Leicca califormica, and intiria mir.iata. The distribution of these taxa among zones and stations is presented in Table V-12, p. 68 of ref. 27. The abund-ance of all of these taxa differed significantly between zones; nhed penia spp, and Paticia miniata were significantly more abundant in zone OA, whereas 96 c; sic I:ypnaides, vierstra ceruta, and taricea arlifornica were significantly more abundant in zone 6. None of these taxa differed significantly among surveys. A greater degree of similarity in both species composition and abundance was found within zones than between zones. Distribution of the anthozoan hvica califvenix and the rhodophyte Pric- ) nitis spp. contributed the greatest to the dif ferences between zones OA and 6 in both years. j Also in both 1975 and 1976, N. californica and the polychaete Dicpatra cer.ata were significantly 1 more abundant in zone 6. Species composition of the San Onofre Kelp Station was generally more similar to zone OA stations than to the other kelp bed stations; this is much the same as the 1975 survey data. No significant dif ferences existed between zones or kelp bed stations in the distribution of taxa among trophic levels during 1975 or 1976. Aerial infrared kelp survey An aerial infrared kelp survey revealed that both Barn and San Onofre kelp beds showed a slight increase in total area during 1975 (Fig. 2.10), All of the kelp beds increased in size between February and May 1976 (Fig. 2.10). During the period Ma kelp beds underwent an 80 and 92% decrease respectively.y J At the timeto of September the November1976, Barn 1976 and San Onofr survey, Barn Kelp Bed had increased to 771 of the area it had covered during the May survey, whereas San Onofre Kelp Bed again underwent a slight decrease.27 San Mateo Kelp Bed remained essentially the same. The same general trends were encountered during mapping of the kelp beds by electronic positioning during 1975 and 1976 as part of the construction surveillance program for SONGS 2 & 3. ES-4194 360 - 330 - ."*
/,
l 300 - SAN ONOFRE KELP 270 - } g 240 - 5 . 210 - l i w . i5 - -
, N. .
" 150
- BARN KELP 120 -
90 -
*- SAN MATiO KELP 60
- , N. .
30 - , I I t i I I I CI t I i J M M J s N J M M J $ N 1975 1976 Fig. 2.10. Estimated relative total canopy area of San Mateo, San Onofre, and Barn kelp beds during 1975 and 1976, based on planimeter integration of aerial infrared photographs. Source: Lockheed Center for Marine Research San onsfre Nucicar Generating Stacion Unit 1, ' i hwitonmental Technical Specifications, Annual Operating Report, Val. IV, Biological Data Analycle - 1976, June 1977.
1 2-24 Historical accounts of changes in kelp bed canopy areas throughout southern California have shown changes in magnitude egual to or much greater than thost observed during this study, of ten'over a short period of time.2 2.5.2.4 Intertidal community 1975 Data During four intertidal surveys in 1975, 106 species or higher taxa representing 12 major taxo-nomic groups were observed at the five intertidal stations (Fig. 2.11).25 These taxa are listed in Appendix XII. Tables 1 and 2, p. 246-52 of ref. 25. A comparison of the data collected in 1975 with historical data indicates that the fauna and flora encountered are typical inhabitants of this geographical area.25 Phaeophytes, rhodophytes, and mollusks consistently exhibited the greatest number of taxa throughout the year at all stations. The distribution of five taxa were found to contribute significantly to the variability among stations: the rhodophytes Corallina/ Haliptylon, Ptcrocladia/Gelidim, Laurencia spp.; the spermatophyte Phylloe;'adix spp. ; and the anthozoan Anthophleura spp. Seventeen taxa, the majority of which were algae, were both comon and abundant. The most abundant of these seventeen taxa were Corallina/Haliptylen, Ulva spp., 1 and Bonaria farolait. ' Six predominant taxa exhibited distributions that varied significantly among stations, but no patterns that interrelated these differences were obvious. These six taxa were the anemone Anthopleuru spp.; the rhodophytes Corullina/Haliptylon, Lithothrix aspergillr Pterocladia/ Gelidium; and the phaeophytes Sargassw: spp. and Zonaria farlovii. 1976 Data Quarterly intertidal sampling was also conducted in 1976. A taxonomic summary of these data by l survey and station is presented in Table VI-1, pp. 35-38 of ref. 26. Predominant taxa identified to at least the generic level were Sargasovr spp., nitrella carinata, Mwron lividus, Anthcpleura eleganticaina, Ccrallina/Haliptylon, zonaria fariculi, and Dictyota/ In dsdictyon. The distribution of the abundance of these organisms for each station and for each l survey is presented in Table VII-ll, p. 104 of ref. 27. No 31gnificant differences were found in I the abundance of W tyota/thahydictyon, Macron lividus, and Mitrella carinata among stations. The distribution of four taxa - Corullina/Baliptslan, zonaria farlouii, Sargasem spp. , and Anthopleura elegantissima - displayed statistica ly significant differences in abundance among < stations. Corallina/Haliptylon was most abundant at station 5, zonaria farlogii at stations 2 and 4, and Sargascum spp. was at station 3. The greatest number of A. elegantissima was observed at stations 1, 4, and 5. The rhodophyte Corallina/Haliptylon contributed the most to the differences among stations during both 1975 and 1976 and was also predominant both years. During both years this taxon was more abundant at the station farthest downcoast of the SONGS 1 discharge and least abundant at the two stations upcoast of the discharge. Three other predominant taxa, Sargassum spp. , Zonaria farlovii, and Anthopleura elegenocima exhibited statistically significant dif ferences in abundance among stations during both 1975 and 1976. Etyota/Pachydictpon exhibited no statisti-cally significant differences in abundance among stations during either year. No statistically significant dif ference in the distribution of taxa among trophic types existed among intertidal stations during either year. During both years, the latertidal communities of all stations were dominated by primary producers (algae). The study area is accessible to considerable human intervention in the fom of organism collecting in the tide pools, clam digging, surfing, and walking through intertidal cobble beds. Because of their accessibility via public roads, the stations nearest and upcoast of the generating station receive the heaviest use; the other stations receive less use because they are accessible only via hiking trail or the beach. Overall beach use in the study area is indicated by the San Onofre Beach State Park (which includes the study area) estimates of park use for 1976, which indicate that 378,483 people used the beach in the study area. The study area is also used heavily by clam diggers collecting littleneck clams, because this area is probably one of the most extensive and productive in the state. The large excavations and overturned cobble that result from clam digging may have considerable effect on the intertidal biota by disturbing habitats and inter-fering with mating activities. ' Aerial infrarea ;urvey data on three occasions in 1976 revealed possible shore impingement of the O.6'C (l*F) elevated temperature field at the four stations nearest the generating station. The 2'C (4*F) elevated field appeared to contact the shore immediately upcoast of the generating station but did not impinge on any intertidel cchble stations. Shore impinge.nent of the elevated temperature field was not indicated in 1975. __ _ - _ . ___ _., ~ ._
ES-4195 1 N x e
/
(
\- x >
u f; .% 4 f J[ .'r,, s 4 4
/
eT X
> # ) / 8 -%,
- i o e / '
N +
, j# [
f SAN f f ce,ONOr pt ur.NC.LE c s2 AR reN r 7 N s f3
,(.e r *." Y' peg '
s i _ ') j
~""; pS --- __J__ -. _- - nn /
Na " " ' f.h 4A N . _ 2N. x / fe "QQ ('u',J'/g~ 4 ~ CA \ 23
,N g ,' \1 & - 2a r
~
j m, 4-~ ' 99
~
_' m __ < -: - & N JW_._-,
' 946 y
_L 7-A ./ s 2B ~ V - g~ SAM M ATEO RELP
~
OB
$AN O5RE 8f LP
.n , is
~ _ _ __ _ - , .
=
s . _ _ - r" BAp4 afLP 33 - _~_. - .,_ s%- - m_
~. _
N
-N m v.
N O A ms ... -.. ,,,,- e eat e t s'= 1. 5 ,, L .-'
- i. s o--i Fig. 2.11. Environmental Technical Specifications intertidal statico locations and environmental surveillance zones, San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Unit 1. Source- Iackheed Center for Marine Research, San Onofre Nuclear Gn:erating Staticn Unit 1, En J iroventM TcAnica:
S; ezifications, Annua: Cremting Report, Vcl. IV, Biological D1ta Analysis - 1976, June 1977.
2-26 Based on a comparison of the abundance of predominant taxa among stations and the similarity of stations during the study, the intertidal connunities under study did not display a great deal of temporal variation during eitner 1975 or 1976. Minimal dif ferences were detected among surveys with respect t the abundance of predominant taxa. These differences did not appear related to the offline condition of the generating station which occurred during two of four surveys.
2.6 BACKGROUND
RADIOLOGICAL, CHARACTERISTICS The Environmental Protection Agency 29 has reported average background radiation dose equivalents for California as 96.6 millirems per person per year. The average batxground for San Diego is
- 104.6 millirems per person per year. (This is higher than the state average because of natural radioactivity in granitic rocks in the area.) Of the total for California, 42.2 millirems per person per year was attributed to cosmic radiation. Of this total external gamma radiation (primarily from K-40 and the decay 36.4 millirems per person per year. products of the urar.ium The remainder and thorium of the whole series) body dose wasto is due estimated internal at radiation (mostly H-3. C-14. K-40, Ra-225, and Ra-228 and their decay products), which was esti-mated to average 18 millirems per person per year.
d 9 3
- m-- ,
2-27 REFERENCES FOR SECTION 2
- 1. R. L. Bernstein, L. Breaker, and R. Whritner, " California Current Eddy Formation: Ship, Air, and Satellite Results," Science 195: 353-359 (1977).
- 2. Intersea Research Corporation, Current Meter Claervations and Statistico San Onofre Nucican Generating Station, & a!anw2ry-112 November,1972, January 1973.
- 3. R. C.1. Koh and E. J. List, Report to Southern California Edison comuny on Further Analysie Related to Thcrmal Dicahargee at San Or.ofre N;wlear Generatin,y Station, Sept. 30, 1974.
- 4. S. M. Adams, P. A. Cunningham D. D. Gray, and K. D. Kumar, A Critical EvaNation of the Nonradiological Evironnental Technical Speaifications, Vol.1, San Orwfra Nuaiear kneratin;;
Station Unit 1, Report ORNL/NUREG/TM-72, Oak Ridge National Laboratory Oak Ridge, Tenn., June 1977.
- 5. Southern California Edison Company, San onofre Ntwiear Generatin.1 Station Unite e and 3, l En: sir w ental Report - Operating Licenac Phase, Docket No. 50-361/362, 1977.
- 6. Southern California Edison Company, San onofre Gene 2uting Station Units 2 /4 3 Final )
Safety Analycio Repert, Docket No. 50-361/362,1977. i i
- 7. J. L. Baldwin, Climates of the United States, U.S. Department of Commerce, Environmental I Data Service, Washington, D.C., 1973.
- 8. U.S. Department of Commerce, Environmental Data Service, Loca? Climatolcgical Data, Anwal Summary eith Comparative Data - National Climatic Center, Asheville, N.C. 1976. I
- 9. U.S. Department of Commerce, Environmental Data Service, Local Clinatological Data, Annual l 1
Sumary with Conwwative Data - San Diego, California, National Climatic Center, Asheville, N.C., 1976.
- 10. H. C. S. Thom, " Tornado Probabilities," Non. Veather Rev. October-December 1963, pp. 730-737.
- 11. H. L. Crutcher and R. G. Quayle, Narinera wor!Jaide Climatto Guide to Tropical Stoma at Sea
- NAVAIR 60-1C-c1, Naval Weather Service Environmental Detachment, Asheville, N.C. ,1974.
- 12. M. M. Orgill and G. A.'Sehmel, " Frequency and Diurnal Variation of Dust Storms in Contiguous U.S.A.," Atmos. Environ. 10: 813-825 (1976).
- 13. G. C. Holzworth, M.cing Heights, Wind Eyede and Potential for urban Air Pollution Through-out the Contiguoue united States, Report AP-101, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, N.C., 1972.
- 14. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Regulatory Guide 1.111, Nethodo jbr Estimating Ainos- l pheric Traneport and Diepersion of Gaceouc Effluente in Routine Relcaces from Light-Waer-Cooled Reactors, U.S. NRC Office of Standards Development, Washington, D.C. ,1976.
- 15. J. F. Sagendorf and J. T. Goll, hogen for the Meteoroloped Evaluation of Ecutine Efj%ent Releares at Nualcar Pouce Stations (Draft), Report NUREG-0324, X0QD00, U.S. NRC Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, Washington, D.C., 1976.
- 16. U.S. Department of the Interior " Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants," 41 F.R.
47180-47198.
- 17. P. A. Mun2, A Picra of Southern California, University of Californie Press Berkeley, Cal i f. , 1974,
- 18. W. R. Yowe11, ed., Inventory of Rare and Endangered Vaccular Plants of California, Special Publication No. 1, Berkeley, Calif., 1974.
- 19. U.S. Department of the Interior, " Endangered and Threatened Species, Plants," 41 F.R.
24524 24572.
- 20. Attachment 1, Biological Study of the San Onofre-Santiago Transmission Line Route Extracted from the Report Environmental Data Statement San Onofre to Santiago Substation 220 kV Transmission Line by VTN Consolidated as per letter of K. P. Baskin, Southern California Edison Company to B. J. Youngblood, U.S. Nv: lear Regulatory Commission, Mar. 23, 1977.
/
2-28
- 21. Environmental Quality Analysts, Inc. , and Marine Biological Consultants. Inc. , Thenul Effect Studj, Final S;crnary Repcet, San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Unite 2 d 3, September 1973.
- 22. Lockheed Aircraft Service Co. , Department of Marine Biology, San Defre .Leicar Generating Station Unit 1,, Seniannual Operating Report, Envircnnental Technical Specificaticne, November 1974-July 197E.
- 23. Lockheed Marine Biological Laboratory San 0*wfre Nuclear Cenzrating Station Unit 1, Semiannual Cycrating Retort, Enviromental Technical Specificaticne, Jan:ari.-June 1975.
- 24. Lockheed Marine Biological Laboratory, San oncfru Nuclear Cencratind Station Unit 1, Semi-annual Cyerating Ecycer, Envircnmental Technical Speificatione, July-Decemler 197E.
- 25. Lockheed Marine Bio 1ogica1 Laboratory, San Oncfre Nuclear Generating Jiaticn Unit 1, Annual Anatyais Report, Environmental Technici'. S;ccifications, January-Decemler 1975, 1976.
- 26. Lockheed Center for Marine Research, San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Unit 1, Envi-vonnental Technical fS ecificationa, Annual Cycrating Fayort, Vol. II, Eiological Data Summary - 1976, March 1977.
- 27. Lockheed Center for Marine Research, San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Unit 1, EnJi-ranmental Technical Sp ecificatione, Annua ' Cyerntir:g Report, T'ol.17, biological L:ata Aru!peic - 197C, June 1977.
- 28. California Coastal Convaission Marine Review Corsnittee, Annual Ee;crt to the california Cuaotal Ccmiecion, August 197C-August 1977, S:rnary of Estimated Effects on Mariu Ufc t
of Unit 1 San Onofre Nucle 2r Generating Station, MRC Document 77-09 no.1, September 1977.
- 29. D, T. Oakley, Natural Radiation Egosure in the United Statcc, Report ORP/SID 72-1, Office of Radiation Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., June 1972.
l I 1
)
(
- 3. THE PLANT l
3.1 RESUME The domestic water. supply and service water system will now be supplied by the Tri-Cities ] Municipal Water District rather than obtained from flash boilers as previously contemplated i (Sect. 3.2.1). The major design changes that have environmental effects relate to the heat I dissipation system. The revised heat dissipation system is described in Sect. 3.2.2. These f revisions and others result in a change in the chemical effluents and are discussed in j + Sect. 3.2.4.1. Changes in the radioactive waste treatment systems are described in Sect. 3.2.3. j Significant changes have occurred in the transmission lines; the revised transmission line syste-is described in Sect. 3.2.5. I 3.2 DESIGN AND OTHER SIGNIFICANT CHANGES 3.2.1 P,lant water use Both f resh water and seawater will be used at SONGS 2 & 3. About 0.05 m /sec (1.65 cfs) of fresh 3 water will be supplied by the Tri-Cities Municipvl Water District for makeup to the domestic water supply system and service water system. The major portion of the domestic water require-ment will be used for landscaping and associated functions. The service water system will pro-vide water to miscellaneous systems and equipment throughout the operating areas. A large amount ) of this f resh water will be used at the intake screenwell area for cooling of pump bearings and I flushing of traveling bars and screens. The source of seawater is the Pacific Ocean. Makeup water will be wither 3wn from the ocean at a rate of 53.5 m3/sec (1887 cfs). This water will be used for turbine plant cooling, component c cooling, main condenser cooling, and for the fish handling system. The turbine plant and com-ponent cooling water systems are closed-cycle systems. Heat is transferred to the seawater by heat exchangers. Further details of the plant water use are given in Fig. 3.1. 3.2.2 Heat dissip9 tion system Plant waste heat will be dissipated by means of a separate once-through cooling system for each unit. About 53.5 m3/sec (1887 cfs) of makeup seawater per unit is withdrawn from the ocean through a velocity-cap-type submerged intake, located about 975 m (3200 f t) from shore. The velocity cap is circular with a 15-m (50-f t) diameter. The lower lip of the cap is 2.7 m (9 f t) ! from the ocean bottom, and the interior separation of the upper and lower lip is 2.1 m (7 f t), i The intake velocity will be about 0.5 m/sec (1.7 fps). The total water depth at the intake l region is 9.1 m (30 f t). The intake structure is illustrated in Fig. 3.2. 1
)
Af ter passing through the intake, the makeup water for each unit will travel to the plant via a " 5.5-m (18-f t) ID pipe that becomes a 4.9-m (16-f t) square box conduit at the shore.line. Here, water is delivered to a forebay leading to the intake structure screenwell. The water will then pass through a series of baffles as the channel widens to about 12.5 m (41 f t). At this point, the channel narrows and the main volume of water turns through an angle of 70', where it passes i through six adjacent screenwells. A small volume of water daes not turn towards these screen-wells but continues along the narrowing cnannel and enters the fish collection chamber. I Each screenwell is outfitted with traveling bar racks behind which are 1-cm (3/8-in.) mesh traveling screens. In the forebay behind the screenwells are four 1/4-capacity vertical, wet pit, circulating water pumps. These pumps provide 50.3 3m /sec (1775 cfs) of water to a two- J shelled condenser. This water experiences an ll.l*C (20*F) temperature rise across the condenser, j About 2.1 m3 /sec (75.8 cfs) of water is withdrawn prior to reaching the condenser for use in the j turbine plant cooling loop and the fish return systems. Details of the intake screenwell struc- i ture are shown in Fig. 3.3. l 1 3 3-1 c
l 3-2 UNIT 2 INTAKE LINE T R) - Ci T Y WUNCIPAL E5-4109
*ATER distr <tc7 wATEP FROM OCE AN NOTE (4) If
,066,000GPO ir 777600GPD L ANO SCAP!NG,
,2 39MG PD E VAPORATION 2 0 ',40C G F D SERV'CC WATER DOMESTIC WATER
- SYS TE M CWYON, -
SYSTE M COMMON, NOTE (1 ) NOTE (2 ) INTAKE STRUCTURE 'I NM'PO ;. UN'T 3 MSC SANITARY 4AS TE USE4S AND SE A WATER PUMPS 77#'$ SYS TEM COMWON* 2 7 7,000GPO O E (2) 277,0000 PD - 3 S OT OPO J23,600GPD h42,000G PD S TDAM D6 0NS ' SEA WATER PUMPS M.5C USENS UTIL T V S TA TIONS
- AT ER pgMp SE At3 242 000 GFO l o 69 f,no r,PO UNii 3 TO W 71 2
CONDENSER It l TURBlNE PL ANT MAKEUP DEMINE RAL. 06 , . COOLING WATER ISER SYSTE:sl SYS TE M COMMON, NOTE (1) VENT 6 9,E,00 G PO 72,000 GP D LOSS q, ii 5,P OOGPL COMPONENT MAKEUP DEMINERAL- NUCLE AR SE RVICES 5%OOOGPD 24SMGPD AND RADWASTE COUNG WATER 4- Nt t ISER SYSTEM SUMP 5 SYS TEMS COMMON, SYS T E M COMMON, NOTE (1) NOTE (I) i 2 MriPO 72,000 GPD ygy7 ir LOS$ WASTE TO 5, 1,172 #C ' 1 I' 69,000GPO TRUCK FISH HANDLING l M AIN CONDENSER : STEAM SYS TE M GENERATOR $ 6,600GP O 4L 86,400 GPO il 24 5MGFD _. BLOwDOW N 86 800 GPO BUIL DING SUMP $ i
?? OMGPU -
PPOC E S$1NG TUR8iNE PL ANT CONTROL AWS AND SYSTEM SUMP DIESEL GEN Bt.DG 12MGAD 600GPD 3 g 35,000GPD BLOWOOW N OIL REMOVAL I2 3 P60CE S hiNG SYS TE M COMMON, M HAND SYSTEM SUMP N OTE ll) SYSTEN 60hG PO l 72,000 G P D ' UCK 2 4 MGPD 5 N G"O 3**
, 70.000 0 PO l,2IB MGFD l' UNIT 2 8 3 TO UNIT 3 FISH HANDLING UNIT 2 COMMON DISCHARGE OtsCHARGE LINE TO CCE AN LINE TO % TAN N OTE ( 41 NOTES (1) COMMON SYSTEW, SERVES UNITS E 8 3 (2) COMMON SYSTEM, SERVES UNITS 2 4h 3 AND Aws OLOG
( 3) MGPD, MILLIONS OF GALLONS PER OAY (4) UNIT 3 FLOWS ARE SAME AS UNIT 2 Fig. 3.1. Plant water use. Source: ER, Fig. 3.3-1.
3-3 i ES-4110 I y- -~ ! Ow w A N not I N s
.. , .\ .
- h. _
O. ' . pg 4 g VE LOciT Y CAP
; .. g . <- l l
/ !'
l" h- .- _ _ . k.a.n I. y
~ ~'
7 vgtocity Tr <- - 20 [ bL e i o"w 0" I I~ - - t ' ' #0 8 b f tN 8 [NI[T fYP O2 ! g f f
- f - . -
, _ . . - _ _ -- L 5@
_g..._,__.. . . _. . _ _ .
) n.
ai j ei0
.e io PlM .
-.__ _n__.._ - ~-
f L-- - ---. V : ! H i ve,n T Y PIC A L DlF Fuse A PORT BLOCM .i . s q I7 !
~
t
.,,3,
,,, r,,
o nn .. .,
., . .ui ... in i n e u .
l l r .o.r , c-. INTAKE STRUCTURE SECTIONS OF TERMIN AL STRUCTURES o o lo 29 39 4p r _ _- SC A L.E OF F E E T - HO R IZ. & V E R T. Fig. 3.2. Design details of the velocity-cap intake structure and typical diffuser port. Source: ER, Fig. 3.4-2. Af ter passing thrcugh the condenser, the heated water will pass through the Amertap strainer, which collects the Amertap balls used for cleaning the condenser tubes. Subsequently, this heated water is supplemented by 1.13m /sec (37.9 cfs) of water from the turbine plant cooling system and screenwashing. The water then passes into a seal well weir chamber designed to ensure proper siphon flow through the condenser. This chamber terminates into a 4.9-m (16-ft) square box conduit to which 1.1 m3 /sec (37.9 cfs) of nuclear component cooling water flow is added. At the shoreline, this square conduit joins a 5.5-m (18-f t) ID buried pipe that conveys the heated water to tire dif fuser. The diffuser for each unit is about 762 m (2500 f t) in length, and each diffuser has 63 ports spaced 12 m (40 ft) apart. Each port extends 1.8 m (6 ft) from the bottom and is oriented from l the norizontal at an angle of 20 . The ports are alternately aligned at angles of 25' from the I offshore direction. The port throat diameter will vary from 56 cm (22 in.) to 61 cm (24 in.), ( and the maximum discharge velocity from any port will be 4 m/sec (13 fps). The Unit 3 diffuser l negins about 1150 m (3800 f t) from shore, and the Unit.2 diffuser begins about 1950 m (6400 ft) l from shore. The Unit 2 diffuser is located about 220 m (722 f t) upcoast of the Unit 3 diffuser. l l
ES-4111 CircuIating Water Pump . . . , . . . y ...
.,. ,,... . .,., .. , y. . . : .. . . . ..,. . :. 3 (Typ.) .
'~
.;c ' s. -
..: e s Recir'culation Gate m x 9 Traveling Screen ar #
\ * , -
p;;
*= a .. g. . w.v : .: : x >
^a
; ~. ~ , :2 Yi Disch'ar e " .o s # /. ' .'
.l. :.. :. r.a.:.;;
~
O ? N~ ? o h in-fore
~
- m. . . - -. ._. N
"_ - ./ -
,I -
L g
=
!*, g -ea -
# ;r ,
5
~
- ... . ;, v. . 3 . :.. . -4.1. .: .%%~ z iduiding Vane 7'[" .. .,2".7. ,~ ~'
* * * " pm.y....:.-~ - s:
*.* .... ~
Baffles l Traveling Bar Rocks I ish Removal Sym. About &_) Area
=
5 4'- 0" 1 71'- 6" _ 78'- 7 " _ _25'- 11" - Fig. 3.3. Design details of the intake screenwell area. Source: ER, Fig. 3.4-3.
4 3-5 1 To control biofouling, the circulating water system is designed to allow heated water to reach ) all portions of the system. To accomplish this, an intake / discharge crossover gate allows makeup water to be drawn into the plant through the diffusers and the heated water to be discharged via the intake. To achieve the temperature required to control biofouling, each unit has a recir-culation crossover and gate. This system allows the makeup water requirement to be reduced by recirculating a portion of the heated water through the condenser. The temperature rise will be proportional to the degree of recirculation. During diffuser heat treatment, the circulating water follows the normal path but with recirculation. Intake heat treatment is performed by opening the intake / discharge crossover gate to reverse the flow direction, as well as to allow recirculation. Circulating water flow paths for the various plant operations are shown in Fig. 3.4. A fish return system minimizes the mortality of fish that have reached the intake screenwell area. , The ~1ouvered bar racks are designed and oriented in such a way that the fish are encouraged to i follow a narrowing channel terminating at a fish holding chamber. This chamber is ec;ulpped with a vertical elevator basket that periodically rises slowly from the bottom to capture the fish in the chamber. Subsequently, the fish are. flushed f rom the basket with seawater into a 1.2-m (48-in.) diameter pipe, which returns them to the ocean via an offshore submarine outfall. 3.2.3 Radioactive waste systems During the operation of SONGS 2 & 3 radioactive material will be produced by fission and by neutron activation of corrosion products in the reactor coolant system. From the radioactive material produced, small amounts of gaseous and liquid radioactive wastes will enter the waste streams. These streams will be processed and monitored within the station to minimize the quantity of radioactive nuclides ultimately released to the atmosphere and to the Pacific Ocean. j l The waste handling and treatment systems to be installed at the station are discussed in the applicant's Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) and in the ER. Information submitted to meet the requirements of Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50 is contained in both the FSAP and ER. In these documents, the applicant has presented an analysis of the radioactive waste treatment systems and has estimated the annual release of radioactive waste materials in liquid ar.d gaseous ef fluents resulting from normal operation. In the following paragraphs, the radioactive waste treatment systems are described, and an analysis is given based on the staff's model of the applicant's proposed radioactive waste treatment systems. The staf f's model has baen developed f rom a review of available data from operating nuclear power plants, adjusted to apply over a 30-year operating life. The reactor coolant activities and flow rates used in the staff's analyses are based on experience and data from operating reactors. As a result, the parameters used in the model and the calculated re-leases vary somewhat from those used in the applicant's evaluation. On April 30, 1975, the NRC announced its decision in the rulemaking proceeding (RM 50-2) con-cerning numerical guides for design objectives and limiting conditions for operattoi to meet the criterion "as low as is reasonably achievable" for radioactive material in light-water-cooled nuclear power reactor effluents. This decision is implemented in the form of Appendix ! to 10 CFR 50.1 To effectively implement the requirements of Appendix 1, the NRC staff has reassessed the parameters and mathematical models Med in calculating releases of radioactive laterials in liquid and gasqous effluents in order to comply with the Commission's guidance. This guidance directed that current operating data, applicatle to proposed ra6aste treatment and effluent control systems for a facility, be considered in the assessment of the input parameters. These parameters, models, and their bases are given in NUREG-0017.2 t l By letter of Febr;ary 25, 1976, the applicant was requested to submit additional information concerning the means proposed to keep levels of radioactive materials in effluents from SONGS 2 & 3 to unrestricted areas "as low as is reasonably achievable," in conformance with the re-quirements of Appendix 1 to 10 CFR 50. The applicant was also given the option of providing either a detailed cost benefit analysis or demonstrating conformance to the guidelines given in the September 4,1975, Annex to Appendix 1. The applicant chose to perform the cost-benefit i analysis required by Sect. II.D of Appendix ! to 10 CFR Part 50. The staff performed an independent evaluation of the applicant's proposed methods to meet the requirements of Appendix I. The evaluation consisted of (1) a review of the information provided by the applicant, (2) a review of the applicant's proposed radwaste treatment and effluent con-trol systems, (3) the calculation of new source terms based on models and parameters as given in . l NUREG-0017,2 and (4) a cost-benefit analysis to determine the cost-effectiveness of proposed augments to the liquid and gaseous radwaste treatment systems. 1 l
wm 8 ? ggv . 7 0 4 ey#m" , 4 2 1 Is[ o ". G s
- x,); s.H Louan. ;, r ;'4n_c.l;'I
S ' E ' a s2 s a i
- l c
.A s =-
- /
g<,r _ .;, .
- E g : .i 'fe flC~ . .p.tuAe _
- AR LC S
E
.~ ;,- f w2y;N - J =
=
. - pH
. sp es oc v
4 e -;-- ' r +i ,, n s o
?
=
]L s g-'
D T s - 7,qt\;\& ., qE IT 1 f A m U 0 N e - . ,
- im 5= - , u i; t': r *M fT a v E
$c D TM
- 8 y
w , .Oe esw
<e 1, ia C A
.'Q c.,,
EE I
;l, GR
. LE RT
, a m
S a ~f[j; . , nn ca , , i ' . g A A 4T mg p , n t t ry E-8e Wt 4 ,u t l g Ue af *S C E nre
*A.-
.Q j
>.t' Mt S f M eon e y%)n >a,f Ap t S* L ,6,b ' O m pi tn g8 a;c,,.__ A.nn i(W '{m!
ug F t 4 v 7 4 E t er cy 1 g ,G aa O.- p alia
.,_- oppA;c.
cm i W .
. e M E
rj
*- s s ~ s : s, ; i e
~
- gs i t rd : n
/'j
/ >
c 8 5.
,i .-
g
,,M
(' D t ems 3 a N2. s 1 m /, Ta 5 ? 1 a a NI hSt s c s [s . 3< .~2s"
-s raS- _
y. E P U el y k al Y L ana L N ti n 4 r!e!0=3 V AR E E 5Nf !T i nFA ERT yy
- 4. P A A ,it g
, ppa 5" vLOPP nwi c j I
- EEEW otl
" AAAL TTTo iSa GGGf t u
-.;- so:.- , . s - ~ ='*_ m- C r. =2 Z. >
asQ rt
- 0 _ ecl
* !. * . r.
'
- pea oft
. m" * .
i n ,'
)
/ ... -
tee fn e
-- * . 1 ;1:
~
- " LG Aa E
n a? n m
; / MA
}I
,'7RH OC l
puor 7 S A i - . n/
- 31ts a
J
.7 ' c.,.i p
i( Ns 4 0 l ev acn ri B v
- *r r.n t (
- .iAE a i T n
n "2 E M:~m ,Q tN B N .i ,w '
,'.l>
uA pr oe UE DV of : rt .
.' sgte NT no1 OA
. ' N ; .i ~
,-l,' Ci r9 e e L Af E Th o-ogp ESj/:- j J E j-
.wA u K f2 m mg ry A
R J . ' /j% .
,vv
, t j
./,'t4lNm,.4oss pT AT TA NE s .lo
,3 w tse t
ap A , . . IH h gF t *e 5 L ugp ? a ~
; x; .
LG E ti cr F v g t' aFJ mA eug om e t Y. ,?. > --i!a. ~~ ..~R - 7 "f AA MA H p s'sc. * * ,.. > f -
/
p s s OCS w: 3
/
,' ;\- NI D oe 27
/
> !f l c 9
/~;> 3 l( ' f r s1
; ,' u t
-.m"4,va a
< iI.
'r ro ir
.s ,s .sle" s - ,. , c eShetb
~S . : t a
w . ne t ot m i g e,g sg3 s78 gnip net e i tt t mas
! g r9ggv aaS l e s 33g 7 , urvtn ct a r i a
.s -5 i ttt
,.J'
- : /u" *a"-!., ~ g1 ;Mii t .
,: i, > i t ;
b Caal eru
.h es m ^G '
4 nn
- r 4 eeo 1 i gGC c , g~ . q, f
- E LG 3 r
~e , e! 4 AR MA ael
.h ra
.c rf': ,h, R )s cg gcfc S o. J "
OC S i { ,lNeS A P _ a ~- , i,b . . D isri g Fi V 9 m
,1
.\g smA, n,s. ,
$t L
N O d3ol l A En
- %'. rwtita H , t I Se - . ;
't , . ): . T d no F c w
, i pY A nai yd.u.yt.l ',
.: ,i
,y .i.t'(! og es g R E
P aSB g _\
, ,a O Ayg7y)I p, L s A E L cSP S a t
.!,f. i: E A
=
'rWl. E i d ia;t;rM iRTA M M u f ti OM R 2s 'N!.jhJj % hg, n >
r 1 AP A d
*D
- t S ! w O
.,i. Ij1 g"
u E r DLA E
\
't.
..v' n N w ~
sA { .iLG cW O ' M ~~ e %g"gt.qa, vpp\s, I: tM -., rt AR A E ~ ss t
,- R b(\, t' 7RtOC
~
. N4S i[( . s ms ds*',g~%N!bij,,[>'d
- ii' ,-_ 0 s -
,. n
_,1,rC_gii:m.XqbvA*cm
'* ].,*;:..j,4:l s
a s ys 5 ' % ds[ r 'c rc-lgnp6-I g -
3-7 On the basis of the following evaluation, the staf f concludes that the liquid and gaseous radio-active waste treatment systems for SONGS 2 & 3 are capable of maintaining releases of radioactive materials in liquid and gaseous effluents to "as low as is reasonably achievable" levels in accordance with 10 CFR Part 50.34a. and meet the requirements of Sect. II.A. II.B. ll.C. and II.D of Appendix ! to 10 CFR Part 50.1 3.2.3.1 Liquid radioactive waste treatment system The. liquid radioactive waste treatment system, which is shared by Units 2 and 3, will consist of equipment and instrumentation necessary to collect, process, monitor, recycle, or dispose of potentially radioactive liquid wastes generated during normal operation including anticipated operational occurrences. Liquid radioactive waste will be processed on a batch basis to permit optimum control of releases. Prior to release, samples will be analyzed to determine the types and amounts of radioactivity present; on the basis of the results, the waste will be recycled for reuse in the plant, retained for further processing, or discharged under controlled conditions to the Pacific Ocean via the circulating water outfall. A radiation monitor vill automatically terminate liquid waste discharge if radiation measurements exceed a predetermined level in the discharge line. A schematic diagram of the liquid radioactive waste treatment system is given in Fig. 3.5. i The liquid radioactive waste treatment system will consist of the coolant radwaste (boron J recovery) system, the miscellaneous (aerated) waste system, and the chemical wastc system. The i plant doec not have a separata laundry and hot shower system; this function is combined in the , aerated waste system, i 9 e coolant radwaste system is shared by Units 2 and 3 and will process shim bleed and equipment drain wastes collected inside the reactor containment. The principal system components will be a gis stripper, four primary coolant radwaste holdup tanks, two preholdup demineralizers, two intermediate holdup tanks, two evaporator feed demineralizers, one evaporator, two polishing demireralizers, and two makeup storage tanks. The miscellaneous liquid waste system will process non-reactor-grade liquid wastes, including floor drains, equipment drains containing non-reactor-grade water, and building sumps. After treatment these wastes will be transferred to the waste monitor tanks for reuse in the plant or j for discharge to the Pacific Ocean via the circulating water outfall. The principal miscella- ; neous liquid waste system components will consist of one collection tank, four demineralizers, j an optional evaporator, and two recycle monitor tanks. The liquid process stream may be routed through the optiona; evaporator if additional treatment is indicated. The chemical waste synem will process non-reactor-grade liquid wastes with high chemical con-tent, including demineralizer regenerant solutions and laboratory drains. -After treatment, these wastes will be transferred to the waste monitor tanks for reuse in the plant or for discharge to the Pacific Ocean via the circulating water outfall. The principal chemical waste system compo-nents will consist of one collection tank, an evaporator, two demineralizers, and two recycle monitor tanks. The steam generator blowdown will be processed continually through a flash tank, with the liquid being cooled in a heat exchanger before passing through a filter and two demineralizers in series. The processed liquid is piped to the main condenser. The flashed steam is routed to the main condenser hotwell. The processed water will be reused in the plant, but may be discharged to the circulating water outfall under certain circumstances provided that radioacthity ccacintrations are below predetermined values. Coolant radwaste system Primary coolant will be withdrawn from the reactor coolant system at about 40 gpm and processed through the chemical and volume control system (CVCS). The letdown stream will be cooled, reduced in pressure, filtered, and processed through one of two mixed bed demineralizers. At the end of core cycle' life this letdown stream will be passed through an anion demineralizer to remove baron when the feed and bleed mode of operation is not practicable. Radionuclide removal by the CVCS was evaluated by assuming 40-gpm letdown flow at primary coolant activity (PCA) through one mixed bed demineralizer (Li B033 form), and a continuous 8-gpm flow through vae mixed bed demineralizer (H 3B03 form) for lithium control. The CVSC will be used to control the primary coolant boron concentration by diverting a side stream of about 1000 gpd pc: reactor of the treated letdown stream to the shared coolant radwaste system as shim bleed. ( The shim bleed from the. letdown stream will be processed through two mixed bed demineralizers (L1 3803 form) in series, through a gas stripper, and routed to one of four 60,000-gal radwaste primary holdup tanks. Valve leakoffs and equipment drain wastes in the reactor containment, as
ES-4301
.s. Pnmary Loop Seconcery Loop ,
Reactoe [' p,,c,,, goog,nt } Steam T MN tunit 21 ( ) Generefors / Condensee n (bast 21 JL JL Ji BLOWDOWN SYSTEM 1F Chemkat And Rosetor Cootant l l Asshed Steem Vo e Carol Fueh Tenh Drain Tonk g,, l l Cooler Fitte, O'* '*" From Unet 3 COOLANT RAD WASTE SYSTEM ,, , ir Monster o ~~; " *&l ;~,,, _-.- :** Tank te)
--. o-a;, '* --- ****:","
Tonks :21
-. - -c4 - -
tow Actevity Descharges Onty COOLANT AfuD SORIC ActD RECYCLE SUBSYSTEM Unit 2 h M Stor ank = U****'*li#*' E**'*****# = Unst3 h
- R ediatoon Bottoms To M*"N" Boeic Acid Storege Tenks Ten o. 4 _
Tank (2) MISCELLANEOUS LIQUID W ASTE SYSTEM (UNIT NOS 2 AND 31 JL Hoot Drains Miscellaneous Ligued i I Demweisser l FINec Miscellaneous L'quede Weste OcHection innk y t Rediet n s 7 oN pig, MonWor l Re,en nt Soso ioa.. Leo ..to,, W e. ch.micos Weete Co ect . Tank
; n,,e, p_ E ,n,o,.to, r- o~a* 8 *
/
1F
- p. cme Oc.en Fig. 3.5. SONGS 2 & 3 radioactive liquid waste treat:nent systems.
3-9 well as excess spent fuel pit water, will be processed as above and will be transferred to the radwaste prinary holdup tanks where it will be combined with the shim bleed. These streams will form the inputs to the coolant radwaste system and will be processed batchwise from the four rad-waste primary holdup tanks. The combined stredMs are next processed batchwise through two mixed bed demineralizers (H B03 form) and routed to one of two 120,000-gal radwaste secondary holdup 3 tanks. From the radwaste secondary holdup tanks, the processed liquid can be recycled to the reactor coolant makeup tank, can be discharged to the circulating water outfall if radioactivity concentratio s are within established limits, or can be processed further through a boric acid evaporator and mixed bed deborating and polishing demineralizers. k une latter mode of operation, the boric acid recovered in the evaporator bottoms can be re-cycled. Because the system is capable of continuously operating in the boron recovery mode with inputs from both Units 2 and 3, and because the staff's source term calculation assumes a failed fuel rate of 0.121, the staf f's evaluation was made on the basis of the system being operated in j the boron recycle mode. The staff calculated the collection time in a radwaste secondary holdup tank to be about 38 days, based on a combined input flow rate of 2500 gpd from Units 2 and 3. Based on an assumption of 80% tank capacity and proces* flow rate of 50 gpm, the staff calculated the decay time during processing to be about 1.3 days. If the radioactivity is below predetermined value, the treated stream may be rumped to the waste monitor release tank and discharged. The staf f assumed that 10% of the treated stream will be discharged to the circulating water outfall l and to the Pacific Ocean because of anticipated operational occurrences and for tritium inventory l control. The decontamination factors listed in Table 3.1 were applied for radionuclide removal in I the coolant radwaste system. The concentrated bottoms from the evaporator and the spent resins l from the demineralizers will be transferred to the radioactive solid W:ste system for disposal by burial offsite. l Miscellaneous liquid waste system The miscellaneous 1%uid waste system of the liquid radioactive waste treatment system is designed to collect and treat non-reactor-grade water for reuse within the plant from auxiliary building sumps. the containment sumps, and other miscellaneous sources. These wastes will be collected in a sharea 6000-931 waste holdup tank at an input flow rate of about 1400 gpd per unit. The staff calculated the collection time to be about 1.7 days. The wastes will be processed through four series cornected mixed bed demineralizers and collected in a 25,000-gal test tank. The staff calculated the decay time during processing to be about 0.03 days. If necessary, the stream can be diverted to the evaporah e in the chemical waste system for additional treatment. The decontamination factors listed in Table 3.1 were applied for radionuclide removal in the miscellaneous 1; quid waste system of the liquid waste treatment system. The contents of the treated stream will be sampled periodically, recycled for further treatment, recycled for in-plant use, or discharged. The staff assumed that 100% of the treated stream will be released to the Pacific Ocean. Evaporator bottoms and spent resins will be transferred to the radioactive solid waste system for disposal by burial offsite. Chemical waste system The chemical waste system of the liquid radioactive waste treatment system is designed to collect and treat non-reactor-grade liquid wastes from Iaboratory drains and from the regenera-tion of demineralizer s. . These wastes will be collected in a shared 25,000-gal chemical waste tank and sampled and analyzed. The wastes will be treated through the chemical waste system evaporator and two series connected mixed bed demineralizers prior to entering the waste monitor tanks. The staff calculated the collection time to be about 25 days, based on an input flow of about 400 gpd per unit, and a decay time during processing of about 0.1 day. Turbine building drain The turbine building drains will be released through a radiation monitor to the Pacific Ocean via the circulating water outfall without treatement. The monitor will automatically terminate liquid discharge if radioactivity exceeds a predetermined level. The staff assumed a release of 7200 gpd per reactor and that the wastes will be discharged without processing. i Steam generator blowdown The steam generator blowdown system for Units 2 and 3 will continuously process steam generator blowdown at an average flow rate of 86,000 gpd per reactor (design flow rate is 300 gpm). The
. .. . .. ~ , ,. . - , . - . . . -.. . , I 3-10
)
i Table 3 5 Prmpe ters and conditions used in calculating releases of l radio,ct>a n:*;e6 J and gaseous effluents from SONGS 2 & 3 __ ~ .. _ - - .. Rewtur pese 0, MWt - 3000 Plani upaciiy i. ir G.80 Fa. led fuel, percent 0.12 d Primary system: Mass of cao.'.rt,16 6 6 X 10 6 l Letc'.swn rate, ppm 40 SNm bieed rate, gpd I X 10 3 6eakage to secondary system. Ih/ day 100 leakage to containment buildmg b l
'..eakage to auxiliary bu'tdmg, i Ib'dav 160 l Frequency of degassing for cold 2 shutdowns, per year Secondary system ]
Steam flow rate, Ib/hr 1.5 X 10 7 1 Mass of liquid steam generator, Ib 1.7 X 10 6 I Mass of steam ' steam generator, Ib 1,2 X 10' Seconaary coolant mass,its 2.2 X 10 6 Rate of steam leakage to turbme 17 X 103 buildmg, Ib'hr Containment buildmg volume, ft 3 2 X 106 Annual frequency of containment purges, shutdown 4 Annual frequency of contamment purges, at power 20 lod,ne partition factors, gas % quid Leak age to aux,liary building 00075 Leakage to turbine building 1.0 Main condenser / air ejector, volatile species 0 15 Liquid radwaste system decontammation f actors (DF) Coolant rarfwaste Miscellaneous Chemical-system (C AS) liquid waste system waste system i 1 X106 1 X 10 3 1 X 10 4 Cs,Rb 2X10 6 2 X 10' 1 X 10 6 8 Others 1 X 10 1 X 10 3 1 X 106 All nuclides except sodme Radweste evaporator DF 10" 10 3 Coolant radwaste system 10 3 102 evaporator DF Anions Cs,Ru Other nuchdes Boron recycle feed demineraliier 10 2 10 DF,H 3LO3 Primary coolant letdown demmerabrer 10 2 10 DF, Li 80 3 3 Evaporator condensate pokshing 10 10 10 deminerahzer, H' OH T 2 2 M aed bed radwaste demineralizer 10 (101 2(10) 10 (101 Steam generator blowdown demmerabrer 102(10) 10(ton 2 10 (10) Contamment buPdmg internal 10 ! recirculation system charccal ' filter DF,iodme revioval Main condenser air.romoval system 10 charcoal bed DF,6 >dme removal
'This value is cons tant and corresponds to 0.12%of the operatmg power fission peoduct source term as given in NUREG.0017 ( April 1976).
*One percent per day of the primary coolant noble gas inventory arid 0.001%
per day of the primary coolant iodme mventory,
3-11 blowdown from the four steam generators for each . unit will be directed to a common flash tank. The liquid will be cooled, filtered, and treated through two series connected demineralizers before being returned to the main condenser. The flashed steam will be condensed in the main condenser hotwell. The staff did not consider any direct releases from this system to the environment. Liquid waste summary Based on the staff's evalua an of the radioactive liquid waste treatment systems and the param-eters listed in Table 3.1, the staff calculated the release of radioactive materials in liquid waste effluent to be about 1.1 Ci per year per reactor, excluding tritium and dissolved gases. The staff estimates that about 300 Ci per year per reactor of t'itium will be released to the Pacific Ocean, in comparison, the applicant estimated a release of radioactive material in liquid effluent, exclusive of tritium, to be about 0.67 Ci per year per reactor and a tritium release of 710 Ci per year per reactor. The differences between the staff's values and those of the applicant lie principally in assumptions as to the pararneters used for each radwaste system component and the distribution of tritf um between gaseous and liquid releases. The staff's calculations of the radionuclides expected to be released annually from SONGS 2 & 3 are given in Table 3.2. On the basis of the calculated releases of radioactive materials in liquid ef fluents given in Table 3.2, the staf f calculated the annual dose or dose commitment to the total body or to any organ of an individual in an unrestricted area, as shown in Table 5.3, to be less than 3 milli-rem per reactor and 10 millirem per reactor, respectively, in conformance witn Sect. 11.A of Appendix 1 to 10 CFR Part 50. Cost-benefit analysis of liquid radwaste system augments The staf f evaluated potential liquid radwaste system augments based on a study of the applicant's system designs, the population dose information provioed in Table 5.3 of this statement, a value of $1000 per total body man-rem and 51000 per man-thyroid-rem for reductions in dose by the application of augments, and the methodology presented in Regulatory Guide 1.110.3 The calculated total body and thyroid doses from liquid releases to the projected population within a 50-mile radius of the station, when multiplied by $1000 per total body man-rem and
$1000 per man-thyroid-rem, resulted in cost-assessment values of 5170 per year per unit and $140 per year per unit respectively. Potential radwaste system augments were selected f rom the . list given in Regulatory Guide 1.110.3 The most effective augment was the optional use of an exist-ing 60-gpm evaporator in the miscellaneous liquid waste syste; however, the calculated total ar.nualized cost of $80,000 for operation and maintenance of the augment exceeded the cost-assessment values of $170 per unit for the total body man-rem dose and $140 per unit for the man-thyroid-rem dose. The staf f concludes, therefore, that there are no cost-effective augments to reduce the curr.ulative population dose at a favorable cost-benefit ratio, and that the pro-posed liquid waste management system meets the requirements of Sect.11.0 of Appendix ! to 10 CFR Part 50. %
3.2.3.2 Gaseous radioactive waste treatment syr The gaseous radioactive waste treatement and building ventilation exhaust systems will be designed to collect, store, process, monitor, recycle, and/or discharge potentially radioactive gaseous wastes that will be generated during normal operation including anticipated operational occur-rences. The system will consist of equipment and instrumentation necessary to reduce releases of radioactive gases and particulates to the environment. The principal source of radioactive gaseous waste will be gases stripped from the primary coolant in the CYCS and coolant radwaste system. Additional sources of gaseous wastes will be main con-denser vacuum pump offgases; ventilation exhausts from the auxiliary, radwaste, fuel handling, and turbine' buildings; and gases collected in the reactor containment building. The principal system for treating gaseous wastes stripped from the primary coolant will be the gaseous waste processing system (.GWPS). The GWPS will be a once-through nitrogen system containing a surge tank, two compressors, and six pressurized storage tanks. The of f-gas from the main condenser air ejector will be processed through HEPA filters and charcoal absorbers prior to release to l the environment. The containment building atmosphere will be recirculated through HEPA filters and charcoal absorbers prior to release to the enviror. ment. Ventilation exhaust air from the auxiliary building and the fuel handling area will not be processed prior to release to the environment. The turbine building ventilation exhaust air will be released to the environment without treatment. The gaseous waste and ventilation treatment systems are shown schematically in fig. 3.6.
n . 3-12 Table 3.2. Calculated releases of radioactive materials in inued effluents from SONGS 2 & 3 Cunes swr year per und Cortosion and activation products Cr 51 5 6(-41 Mnb4 91 5) Fe-55 4 9(-4) F e-59 3(-4) Co58 4 8(~ 3) Co 60 0 11-4) Np 239 2.b( - b) Fission products Br 83 7(-5) Rb 86 1 1(- 3) Rb 88 14(-2) Sr 89 1(-4) St -91 4(-5) Y 91m 3(+ 5) Y-91 2(-5) 2r 95 2(- 5) Nb 95 1(-5) Mo99 1.9(- 2) Tc 99m 1.5(- 2) Ru 103 1(-5) Rh 103m 1(-5) Te 127m 8( -- 51 Te-127 1 ll-4) Te 129m 4.11- 4) Te 129 2.8 I - 4 ) 1-130 1.9( -4 ) Te131m 4(-4) Te 131 7(- 5) I131 81(-2) Te 132 0.21 - 31 1132 7.8( - 3) 1133 5.30-2) I134 2.3i-4) Cs 134 3 5(-1) 1135 0 5(- 31 Cs-130 1. 7 ( - 1 ) Cs 137 2.51 -- 1 ) Ba 137m 1.6( - t ) Da- 140 6( - 5) fa140 4(- 51 Cc-141 2i-5) Pr,143 11- 5) All others 51- 5) Totat. eucopt H-3 1.1 H3 300 Gaseous waste, processing system (GWPS) The GWPS will be designed to collect and process gases stripped from the primary coolant in the CVCS, coolant radwaste system, and miscellaneous tank cover gases. The GWPS is shared between Units 2 and 3. The GWP5 will contain an inventory of nitrogen and hydrogen which will act as a carrier gas to transport radioactive gases removed from the primary coolant. Hydrogen and nitrogen cover gases from the volume control and reactor coolant drain tanks, and gases stripped in the coolant radwaste system degasifier will be collected, compressed, and stored in one of six pressurized storage tanks. The storage tanks will collect and store gases to allow short-lived radionuclide decay. Af ter holdup, the gases will be discharged to the environment.
3-13 ES-4300 UNIT NO 2 UNIT NO. 3 VENT n j , VENT CONTAINMENT m- H C H - U [ Radiation PURGE ONLY gg (No Treatment) j 1 ( Monitor Containment gy "
" "E Radiation )
Monitor j Unit No. 2 Condenser Off gas System H C ; Unit 3 Auxiliary Building Ventilation Exhaust : : U mt 3 Fuel Building Ventilation Exhaust ; : Unit 3 Turbine Building (Open Structure. No Ducted Release) U NIT 2 7 Compressor Primary System Degassing Gas Surge O And Tank Cover Gases Tank UNIT 3 i V7 [ Radiation n ( Monitor Tanks l6) Fig. 3.6. SONGS 2 & 3 radioactive gaseous waste treatment systems. In its evaluation, the staf f assumed three tanks for storage, with two tanks held in reserve for back-to-back shutdowns, and one tank in the process of filling. Each tank has a volume of 500 ft3 and operates at 300 psig. On this basis, the staff calculated a holdup time of 90 days prior to discharge of gases to the environment. Containment ventilation system Radioactive material will be released inside the containment when primary system leakage occurs. During normal operation, the gaseous activity will be sealed within the containment but will be released during containment purges. The staff assumed on the basis of system parameters that the containment will be purged 24 times per year. Prior to purging, the containment atmosphere will be recirculate.d through HEPA filters and charcoal absorbers. The staff assumed radio-nuclide removal during the recirculation phase to be based on a flow rate of 16,000 cfm, system operation for 16 hr, a mixi% efficiency of 70%, a particulate decontamination factor of 100 for HEPA filters, and an iodine dar',atamination factor of 10 for charcoal absorbers. In the purge mode of operation, gases are reler. sed without filtration or otiier treatment at a flow rate of 40,000 cfm. Ventilation releases from other buildings Radioactive materials will be released into the plant atmosphere due to leakage from equipment transporting or handling radioactive materials. Ventilation air from the auxiliary building and fuel building is not processed prior to release. The staff estimated that 160 lb of primary coolant per day will leak to the auxiliary building with an iodine partition factor of 0.0075. Small quantities of radionuclides will be released to the open turbine building, based on an estimated 1700 lb/hr of steam leakage. The open turbine building releases will be released directly to the environment.
3-14 Main condenser air ejector Off-gas from the main condenser air ejcetors will contain radioactive gases as a result of primary to secondary leakage. In its evaluation, the staff assumed a primary to secondary leak rate of 100 lb/ day. Noble gases and iodine will be contained in steam generator leakage and released to the environment through the main condenser air ejectors in accordance with the partition factors listed in Table 3.1. The air ejector exhaust will be released to the environ-ment through HEPA filters and charocal absorbers. Caseous waste sunnary Based on the staff's evaluation of the gaseous radioactive waste treatment and building ventila-tion systems and the parameters listed in Table 3.1. the staff calculated the release of radio-active materials in gaseous effluents to be about 8800 Ci per year per unit for noble gases and 0.095 Ci per year per unit for iodine-131. In comparison. the applicant estimated a release of 8600 Ci per year per unit for noble gases and 0.096 Ci per year per unit for iodine-131. The staff estimated a release of 0..d Ci per year per uni. of particulates and 1100 Ci per year per unit of tritium. Tne applicant sstimated a release of 0.2 Ci per year per unit of particulates and 710 Ci per year per unit of tritium. The staff does not consider the differences to be significant. The staff's calculated annual releases of radioactive materials in gaseous effluents from radio-nuclides expected to be released annually from SONGS 2 & 3 are given in Table 3.3. Based on the 7 calculated releases of radioactive materials in gaseous effluents given in Table 3.3 the staff calculated the annual doses or dose commitment to the total body of an individual in an un-restricted area, as shown in Table 5.3 to be less than 10 millirads per reactor for gamma radiation or 20 millrads per reactor for beta radiation and an organ dose of less than 15 milli-rems per reactor for radiciodine and radioactive particulates in conformance with Sect. II.B and II.C of Appendix I to 10 CFR 50. Table 3,3. Calculated ratesses of radioactive materials in Dateous effluents from SONGS 2 & 3 (Curies per year per unit) Decay Reactor AuxUery Turbme Air g tanks tolding budding buildmg elector KrB3m a a a a a a Kr-85m a 2 2 a 2 6 Kr 85 430 170 5 a 3 610 Kr.87 a a 1 e a 1 Kr 88 a 2 4 a 3 9 K r-89 a e a a a a Xe 131m a 67 3 a 2 72 Xe 133m a 45 5 a 3 53 Xe 133 a 7300 410 a 260 8000 Xe 135m a a a a .i a Xe 135 a 12 8 a 5 25 Xe-137 a a a a a a Xe 138 a a a a a a Total noble gases 8800 1-131 a 0.0062 0 08 0.0042 0.005 0.095 i133 a 0.0046 0.09 0.0033 0.0056 0.1 Mn54 4.5(-3)* 3.3(-46 18(-2) c c 2 3f-2) . Fe-59 1.5(-3) 1.1(-4) 6(-3) c c 7.6(-3) Co 58 1.5(-2) 1.1 (- 3) 6(-2) e c 7 6(-2) CoGo 7(-3) 5.1(- 41 2.71- 2) c c 3.5(-2) Sr-89 3.3(-4) 2.6(-5) 1.3(- 3) c c 1.7 (- 3 ) St-Do 6(- 5) 4.5(-6) 2.4(-4) c c 3(-4) Cs 134 4.5(-3) 3 3(-4) 1.8(-2) c c 2.3(-2) Cs 137 7.5(-3) 5.7(-4) 3(-2) e c 3.8 ( - 2 ) Total particulates 3 4(-1) H-3 1,100 C-14 7 1 e a a 8 Ar-41 a 25 a a a 25 "Less than 1 Cdyear for noble gases and carbon-14,less than 10" Ci/vear for iodine.
"E mponential notation: 4.5(-3) = 4.5 X 10~ 3
'L.ess than 1% of total for this nuclide.
I 3-15 I I Cost benefit analysis of gaseous radwaste system augmynts I The staff has evaluated potential gaseous radwaste system augments based on a study of the applicant's system designs, the population dose information provided in Table 5 3 of this statement, a value of $1000 per total body man-rem and $1000 per man-thyroid-rem for reductions in dose by the application of augments, and the methodology presented in Regulatory Guide 1.110.3 The calculated total body and thyroid doses from gaseous releases to the population within a 50-mile radius of the station, when multiplied by $1000 per total body man-rem and $1000 per j man-thyroid-rem, resulted in cost-assessment values of $13,000 per year per unit and $18,000 per year per unit respectively. . Potential radwaste system augments were selected from the list 4 given in Regulatory Guide 1.110. The most ef fective augment considered was installation of HEPA 1 filters on the auxiliary building ventilation exhaust. The total annualized cost of this augment was calculated to be $58,000; however, the calculated ef fect of the proposed augment was j a net reduction of 4.2 total body man-rem and 4.0 man-thyroid-rem with corresponding cost assess-ment values of $4200 and $4000. The resultant cost-benefit ratios were $14,000 per total body ] man-rem of benefit and $14,500 per man-thyroid-rem of benefit and, therefore, the augment was 1 ] not cost beneficial. The staff concludes, therefore, that there are no cost-effective augments to reduce the cumulative population dose at a favorable cost-benefit rdtio, and the proposed gaseous waste treatment and ventilation systems meet the requirements of Sect II.D of Appendix ! to 10 CFR Part 50.3 The staff concludes that the gaseous radwaste system for Units 2 and 3 is capable of maintaining releases of radioactive materials in gaseous effluents to "as low as is reasonably achievable" ~ i levels in accordance with 10 CFR Part 50.34a and meets the requiremen'ts of Appendix I to 10 CFR l Part 50. The staff, therefore, concludes that the proposed system is acceptable. j 3.2.3.3 Solid wastes The solid waste system will be designed to process two general types of solid wastes:
- wet" solid wastes which require solidification prior to shipment, and " dry" solid wastes which
. require packaging and, in some cases, compaction prior to shipment to a licensed burial facility.
" Wet" solid wastes will consist mainly of spent filter cartridges, demineralizer resins, and evaporator bottoms which contain radioactive materials removed f rom liquid streams during l
processing. Dry" solid wastes will consist mainly of low-activity ventilation air filters, contaminated clothing, paper, and miscellaneous items sJch as laboratory glassware and tools. Spent resins from the demineralizers will be collected in the spent resin storage tank. When the resin is to be packaged, it will be sluiced to 3 disoosable liner and dewatered before
- solidification. The resin beads are solidified by filling the void spaces with urea formaldehyde 4 and catalyst. A disposable paddle is used to agitate the mixture in the liner during the solidification process. Concentrated evaporator wastes will be collected in an evaporator bottoms tank, end then pumped batchwise through an inline mixer where they are blended with a urea formaldehyde solution. From the inline mixer, the mixture is spraye.d into a disposal liner while a liquid catalyst is simultaneously sprayed into the liner by a separate nozzle to assure intimate mixing of the waste-urea formaldehyde solution and the catalyst.
On the basis of its evaluation and on recent data from operating plants, the staf f has deter-mined that about 11,000 f t 3 per unit of " wet" solid wastes, containing about 2000 Ci of activity, will be shipped offsite annually. The principal radionuclides in the solid wastes will be long-lived fission and corrosion products, mainly Cs-134, Cs-137, Co-58, Co-60 and Fe-55. The 3 applicant estimated the combined production of solid wastes from Units 2 and 3 to be 10,000 ft / year of solidified wastes. The applicant calculated the total curie content of these solid wastes to be about 6500 Ci. The weste containers will be stored in a shielded area, as required, j to reduce contact radiation levels. Dry solid wastes will be packaged in cardboard boxes, wooden boxes, and special 00T-approved containers. Compressible wastes such as clothing and rags will be compressed prior to packag-ing. The staff estimates the dry solid wastes to total 4100 f t 3 per unit per year with a total . activity content of less than 5 Ci. The applicant estimates the combined production of dry wastes from Units 2 and 3 to be 7300 f 3t / year with a calculated total curie content of about 21 C1. 4 3.2.4 Chemical, sanitary, and other waste effluents 3.2.4.1 Chemical effluents i Several design changes have had significant impacts on chemical discharges. The condenser tubes l are made of titanium (ER Table 3.4-1) rather than of a copper-nickel alloy; this should i eliminate the small amounts of copper and nickel in the discharge as described previously l i
l' 1 1-2 3-16 }- (FES-CP, Sect. 3.5.1). An Amertap condenser tube cleaning system has been installed (ER, Sect. 1 3A.4), in this system, sponge rubber balls are injected into the inlet piping of the condenser ] ~ and are forced through the condenser tubes to scrape them clean. The balls are collected in the j circulating water discharge conduit and are recirculated. This change helps to control fouling j within the circulating water system and should reduce the frequency of chlorination necessary to maintain a clean circulating water system. A makeup demineralizer system will replace the flash } evaporators. Chemicals originally indicated as being discharged from the flash evaporators 4 (fES-CP, Table 3.9) will not be discharged. A cellulose sealant for the circulating water j system (FES CP, Sect. 3.5.1) will not be used. Steam generator blowdown will be treated by
; filtration and demineralization and will be recycled to the condenser. Phosphates will not be 1
added to the blowdown (FES-CP, Sect. 3.5.2), and the discharge of salts and heavy metal ions will be eliminated. 1 The only significant chemical discharge results from the use of sodium hypochlorite as a biocide. i The chlorination system is common to both Units 2 and 3. The two units will not be treated at , j the same time. Hypochlorite solution will be injected into the circulating water pump discharge { headers three times each day. Each injection will last about 15 min but will not exceed 90 min per unit per day. The chlorine residual in the circulating water discharge line is monitored by amperometric titration, and the addition of hypochlorite is adjusted to maintain a 0.5-mg/ liter i maximum concentration of free available chlorine. The applicant estimates that this will result i in a maximum f ree available chlorine concentration of 0.1 mg/ liter in the immediate vicinity of ! j the discharge. 1 j Other chemicals may be discharged at certain times, These chemicals generally will be dis-j charged at low concentrations and, when mixed with the circulating water flow, represent a ; g negligible concentration at the discharge to the ocean. During restarts the discharge of con- { densate from the hotwell may contain concentrations of several milligrams per liter of iron and j copper. These substances will be reduced to negligible concentrations in the circula*ing water discharge. The discharge from the regeneration of demineralizers will contain sodium and sulfate ions; the concentrations at the discharge to the ocean will be less than 10 mg/ liter - negligible concentrations as compared to the natural concentrations in seawater. Small amounts a l of oil, not to exceed 5 mg/ liter, will be discharged from the oil removal system and diluted to I negligible concentration in the circulating water discharge. Various closed-loop cooling - ' systems will be treated with Nalco 39 to inhibit corrosion. Nalco 39 is a combination of I borate, nitrate, and organic compounds. Of fsite rainfall runoff from the coastal hills and from Interstate Highway 5 (1-5) is collected by the storm runof f drainage system for the highway. Part of this drainage is discharged
- directly to the ocean and part is discharged with the onst e plant drainage. Onsite plant drainage is collected in catch basins and is discharged with the circulating water discharge.
Drainage collected in areas in which significant quantities of oil or grease might be present are routed through the oil removal system. I -l l A National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit for SONGS 2 & 3 was issued on 1 June 14, 1976, by the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Diego Region. The I chemical effluent limitations for the combined discharges (coolir.g water, low-volume wastes, and ' storm drains) are: (1) the monthly average free available chlorine discharged shall not exceed l I 0.2 mg/ liter, and the daily maximum shall not exceed 0.5 mg/ liter; (2) discharge of free avail-l able chlorine or total residual chlorine from any plant unit for more than 2 hr in any one day I or for more than one unit in the plant at any one time is prohibited; (3) the pH of the
- effluent shall be within the range of 6.0 to 9.0; and (4) after July 1,1976, the discharge i
shall not exceed the limits given in Table 3.4 The permit prohibits the discharge of any chemicals or pollutants from the fish handling system. The low-volume waste discharge shall not 4 exceed the following limits: (1) a monthly average of 30 mg/ liter and a daily maximum of s 100 mg/ liter for total suspended solids and (2) a monthly average of 15 mg/ liter and a daily maximum of 20 mg/ liter for oil and grease. The discharge frem the storm drains shall rot exceed a monthly average of 10 mg/ liter and a daily maximum of 15 mg/ liter for oil and grease. I 3.2.4.2 Sanitary and other waste effluents Sanitary wastes from Units 2 and 3 will receive secondary level treatment in the sewage treat-ment plant located at Unit 1, which will serve all three units. The treated wastes will have the following water quality characteristics (average daily concentration): suspended solids, l 30 mg/ liter; biological oxygen demand, 30 mg/ liter; coliform, mean probable number of 200 per ' 100 ml; pH, 7.0 to 8.5; and total residual chlorine, 2.0 mg/ liter (ER, Table 5.4-1). The s treated wastes will be discharged into the Unit 1 circulating water discharge at an average rate of about 0.02 m3/ min (5 o Because the circulating water discharge at Unit 1 is about i 1200 m 3 / min (320,000 gpm)pm). , the sanitary waste ef fluents will be reduced to negligible concentra-tions at the point of discharge to the ocean. The sanitary waste effluents for all three units will be within the limitations established for Unit 1 by the California Regional Water Quality Board and the Environmental Protection Agency. 4
- - - , - - - + . - - . - - . - - . - - - .
3-17 Table 3.4. NPDES chemical effluent hmetations Concentration (mg'hter) not to Constituent be exceedeo mota than 50% of time 1o% of time ! Arsenic o.01 o 02 Cadmium 0.02 o.03 Total chromium o 005 o of Copper o.2 0.3 Lead 0.1 0.2 Mercury 0.001 0.002 Nickel o1 0.2 . Silver o.o2 0.04 Zinc o.3 0.5 ; Cyamde o.1 0.2 l Phenohc compounds o.5 1.0 i Total chionne r widual 1.0 10 Ammon a (as f4 40 60 Total identif iable chtonnated o.002 0.004 bydrocarbons Toxicity (oncentration 15' 20'
'Toucety umts.
$ource EH. Appendix 12C, Some gaseous wastes from the operation of diesel generators and the auxiliary boiler will be i discharged intermittently. Four diesel generators will serve Units 2 and 3, and it is antici-pated that these will operate for about 2 hr once per month. The estimated hourly full-load ;
emission in kilograms (pounds) from each generator is nitrogen oxides, 84 (185); sulfur dioxide, 11 (25); particulates. 0.9 (2); hydrocarbons, 3.9 (8.5); and carbon monoxide. 9.5 (21) (ER. Sect. 3.7.4.1). A single auxiliary boiler will be used for both Units 2 and 3. This boiler will be operated for varying time periods th1oughout the life of the plant (CR, Sect. 3.7.4.2). The maximum annual use is expected to be 1250 hr at full load and 3130 hr at half load. Under I these conditions, the anticipated annual emissions in tonnes (tons) are nitrogen oxides, 44 (49); sulfur dioxide. 98 (108); and particulates. 34 (38). Trash from screens for the circulating water system for Units 2 and 3 will be taken to the Bonsall Sanitary Landfill near the city of Vista. California. This landfill is used for the disposal of trash from Unit 1. 3.2.5 Transmission lines
; Much of the description of the transmission lines presented in Sect. 3.7 of the FES-CP is no longer valid. Construction of SCE's transmission line from SONGS to Santiago Substation will be completed only up to Santiago Tap, thereby deleting that portion between Santiago Tap and
- Santiago Substatio,n. SDG&E's line from Telega Substation to Escondido Substation has also been deleted. SCE will retrofit transmission lines from SONGS to Santiago Tap, Santiago Tap to Santiago Substation, and Santiago Tap .to Black Star Canyon Tap. SDG&E will add a line from SONGS to Mission Substation. SDG&E's lines from SONGS to Telega Substation and SONGS to Encina Substation will still be constructed but the staff has received additional information with regard to these lines since issuance of the FES-CP. Therefore, these lines will be further I-discussed in Sect. 3.2.5.2. As presently proposed all transmission lines for operation of SONGS, Units 2 and 3 are illustrated in Figs. 3.7 and 3.8. Generally, the lines are coastal, using existing rights-of-way traversing northward from SONGS to Talega Substation, Santiago i Tap, Santiago Substation, and Black Star Canyon Tap, and southeast to Encina and Mission Sub-stations. A total of about 159.1 km (98.9 miles) will be crossed by the transmission lines.
No new rights-of-way, however, will be required. The SCE and SDG&E transmission lines will each be supported by two steel horizontal portal structures (Fig. 3.9) for the initial 0.6 km (0.4 mile) of right-of-way northeast of the SONGS switchyard. These structures will replace the steel lattice towers now supporting the exist-ing circuits in this area. No additional land for tower bases or access roads will be required. d e-, ,,-
-m s , ,
J 3-18 ES-4080 J BLACK STAR CANYON TAP EXISTING TRANSMISSION LINES RETROFITTED FOR 220 kV { S ANTI AGO
---- NEW CONSTRUCTION OF 220 kV LINE ON
- SUBSTATION EXISTING RIGHT-OF-WAY j NOTE
- FOR SIMPLICITY, ONLY i AFFECTED LINES ARE ,
, ; SHOWN. { I
- l l SANTIAGO TAP 1
} % . t i 1 4 ',
# l e 'q TALEGA l
[
'e-
- lE SUBSTATION o! l
' 8
- o N O
p \ SAN ONOFRE NUCLE AR I MILES v 3 GENERATING STATION O 5
+ (SONGS) ! l l I I O 5 KILOMETER 1
1 1 Fig. 3.7. Schematic diagram of proposed Southern Californie Edison Company transmission lines for SONGS 2 & 3. i k g 3.2.5.1 SCE transmission lines A double circuit 220-kV transmission line will be constructed between SONGS and Santiago Tap, an approximate distance of 24.3 km (15.1 miles) (Fig. 3.7). About 73 steel lattice towers (Fig. 3.10) will be required for this line, with an average span of about 335 m (1100 f t) between towers. The average tower height is estimated to be 39.6 m (130 f t). The new tower bases will require 2.44 ha (6.03 acres), and access road extensions are expected to require 1.32 ha (3.25 acres) of land (ER. Suppl . 2. Item 36). Additional transmission lines required by SCE that were not discussed in the FES-CP are those from SONGS to Santiago Tap. Santiago Tap to Santiago Substation, and Santiago Tap to Black Star Canyon Tap. These lines, totaling
1 l 3-19 ES-4079R TALEGA
@ SU B STATION SAN ONOFRE NUCLEAR
- GENERATING STATION (SONGS)
EXISTING TR ANSMISSION LINES RETROFITTED FOR 230 kV
---- NEW CONSTRUCTION OF 230 kV LINE ON EXISTING RIGHT-OF-WAY
- OCE ANSID E.
- AIRPORT . - M,", ====== CONSTRUCTION OF WOODEN J
H-FR AME TOWERS
\.
,a
' ; NOTE: FOR SIMPLICITY, ONLY
" AFFECTED LINES ARE ENCINA }
I O
- SUBSTATION SHOWN*
o-y NEW STEEL TOWER
.n.
m-v
.g-MILES O 10 i t
' i MIR AM AR l
O 10 (i" same N AVAL KILOMETERS . AIR STATION MISSION SUBSTATION Fig. 3.8. Schematic diagram of proposed San Diego Gas and Electric Company transmission lines for SONGS 2 & 3. 71.7 km (44.2 miles) will be retrofitted to operate at 220 kV. Retrofitting will involve the replacement of existing conductors with larger ones (on existing towers) and the construction of four additional towers between Santiago Tap and Black Star Canyon Tap.1 These towers are required to provide adequate ground clearance in some spans where the wire tension will have to be reduced f rom its present valur. (ER, Sect. 3.9.1.1). This additional construction is expected to require 0.13 ha (0.33 acres) of land for new tower bases and 0.52 ha (1.3 acres) for access road extensions (ER, Suppl. 2, Item 36). The material storage yard for SCE transmission lines will be located aLout 1.6 km (1 mile) north of the San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station within Camp Pendleton Marine Base. The area involved will be about 2.2 ha (5.5 acres) and will not require any clearing or opening of new roads (ER, Suppi. 2. Item 30).
3-20 ES-4112 9MN . m 4 , [(7'R TYP.)
' Q. e - - \- - --- - - -- -
%, , r ,,, , n f \fy\f \(,,,,f \f ye,,,, n,,f M l l __ 47tO" i 47 0" 4 l 47 o" t 474 0" _1 l-- l l l l l
m 5 4 1 I o m
~
Note: Leg length will vary from 105 f t to 120 f t. . 4'.o* ugx , ( TYP.) Fig. 3.9. Steel horizonta! portal structures used by Southern California Edison Company and by San Diego Gas and Electric Company. Source: ER, Fig. 3.9-2. 3.2.5.2 SDG&E transmission lines The only transmission line required by SDG&E that was not discussed in the FES-CP will run between SONGS and Mission Substation, a distance of 85 km (53 miles) (Fig. 3.8). This line will l be installed by adding a 230 kV circuit to the vacant position on existing double circuit i towers;l some of the existing towers will be replaced. A total of about 36 wooden H-frame ' towers (Fig. 3.11) will be constructed along a 1.6-km (1-mile) segment east of Oceanside Air-port and a 6.8-km (4.2-mile) segment opposite Miramar Naval Air Station to accommodate FAA l regulations.1 About 9 km (5.6 miles) of existing 138 kV wood structures south of the Ocean-side Airport will be replaced by approximately 32 double circuit steel lattice towers (Fig. 3.12). The construction of the new towers (cr this line will not require any additional land for tower bases or access roads (ER, Suppl. 2. Item 36). Subseauent to issuance to the FES-CP, additional information was supplied by the applicant regarding tue line from SONGS to Encina Substation and SONGS to Telega Substation. The line from SONGS to Encina Substation, 40 km (25 miles), will be formed by adding a 230 kV circuit to the vacant position on existing double circuit towers.1 in addition, approximately four wooden H-frame towers (Fig. 3.11) will be constructed along a 1-km (0.6 mile) segment east of Oceanside Airport to accommodate FAA regulations. To facilitate arrangement of the new conductors, a single steel tower will also be installed east of Encina Substation. All new structures will be constructed within existing rights-of-way and will not require any additional land for tower bases or access roads (ER, Suppl. 2, item 36). The line from SONGS to Telega substation traverses about 11.3 km (7 miles) and will require construction of about 32 steel lattice towers (Fig. 3.12). The new tower bases will require about 0.23 ha (0.58 acre), and access road extensions are expected to require 0.53 ha (1.3 acres) of land (ER, Suppl. 2. Item 36). Bect.use SDG&E's original plan assumed that the Telega Sub-station would be constructed and in operation prior to completion of SONGS 2 & 3 (ER, Suppl. 2, Item 25). this facility was discussed in the FES-CP as if it were already in existence. Con-struction, however, was delayed. The proposed Telega Substation is expected to cover 2 ha (5 acres) of landt an additional 2 ha (5 acres) around the substation will also require grading. The material storage yard for SDG&E transmission lines will Le located in existing substations with the following exceptions: (1) fencing a level area of about 0.09 ha (0.23 acre) adjacent
i l i i 3-21 l l l If ES-4113
/ - 6 W- , j
~
i a,p . , s l1, % Y',#? , ' ,',{'.- 'N ..['._ .
., o w:c ,e. +
' s
., .f. -4 e
W ' hly ", hh] aw~ 7.e ~ y ,-'
- a lt;li-;~
,rlrt; f" ^;
7' > :s rp; . ' 1
-. s* [bs, ds /p)3 s. +,7
..c; d[hyT-I
- - +
i l' 2. I' [I - - *
"4 n ,, ,. m. '.- "
V,(i 1
.' {p l y ly fh l
n' y ., <a a l; ~ l l
. s.
'\'
.. /
; f
! 0 l
\
1y f) p' ' t' lll % ro
;j
/
g
* {l+ h , , . i. . /
' \
U % g s 7 i V*
'l -
F s -l, f
.. ~
- - O M %g i
Fig. 3.10. Typical steel lattice tower design used by Southern California Edison Company. Source _: ER, Fig. 3.9-3. l l to the existing Pulgas Substation and (?) fencing a level area of about 0.09 ha (0.23 acre) adja-cent to the Japanese Mesa Substation. No grading, clearing, or additional access roads are anticipated for this project (ER, suppl. 2, Item 30).
3-22 4 3'. g"
.i - -
"b L
1 i DN
/e f-D Ds s O o s
'ss 'ss' // b s\'N s 's d e ,O ' /*
f -4
//
//
//
//
// \\
//
f 4 E W _h _8 l I i 1 1 l l l l i 14 '- 9 "
=_
I Fig. 3.11. Wooden H-frame tower used by San Diego Gas and Electric Company. Source: ER, Fig. 3.9-9. 3.2.6 Probable Maximum Flood benn Subsequent to issuance of the FES-CP the applicant was required to construct an carthern berm to protect the Station from the probable maximum flood (PMF). Construction of this structure
l 1 3-23 l ES-4114 1,
--- 15 '-
#XN
%Ng ,/' 8 h s 0 "
NN ,j/
. 'M M i al Ds fY DN Ns Ns /'
g,' W/ \
1 s 4 l e's Ns e
- 'bs /'
e 7, l lis'(VARIES) f 65'(VARMES) t I o o
, i Fig. 3.12. Typical steel lattice tower design used by San Diego Gas and Electric Company.
Source: ER, fig. 3.9-8, and associated environmental impacts are presented by the applicant in a letter to NRC and in the applicant's final safety analysis report (FSAR). l.
3-24 The San Onofre site is located on a coastal plain at the base of the western foothills of the Santa Margarita Mountain Range. Elevation in this area rises sharply from sea level to a fairly level terrace formation 30 to 61 m (100 to 200 feet) abeve sea level, About 450 m (1500 feet) inland the foothills begin, rising with moderate slopes to an elevation of about 900 m (3000 f t) above sea level. Natural plant cover in the coastal plain typically consists of coastal chaparral and grassland, while in the foothills it is composed primarily of chaparral and open woodland. There are no perennial streams in the general vicinity of the plant site. However, ephemeral streams and water courses do exist. The major streams are San Mateo Creek, located about 3.2 km (2 miles) to the northwest and San Onofre Creek located approximately 1.6 km (1 mile) to the northwest. The drainage divide separating San Mateo and San Onofre Creeks precludes the plant site from being influenced by San Mateo Creek. The applicant's results of the probable maximum flood (PMF) analysis concluded that the San Onofre Creek Basin exhibits no flooding potential to the site (FSAR, Sect. 2.4.2.2). Topographical features of the basin would contain the maximum flood stage and thereby preclude flooding of the site by this source. The foothill drainage basin, however, does contribute to the hydrologic factors influencing the plant site. The basin ) i totals 2.2 km2 (0.86 mi2). There are no gaging stations located within the basin and, con- ' sequently, stream flow records are not available.
]
The entire watershed of the foothill drainage basin lies within the boundaries of the Marine l Corps Base, Ccmp Pendleton. Elevation of the basin varies between 30 to 365 m (100 to 200 feet) l above sea level. Ground slope varies from 8 to 22% Ground cover is moderate, consisting mainly of chaparral and grassland. Water control structures at the foot of this basin consist of the 107- and 183-cm (42- and 72-in.) diameter concrete culverts under 1-5. The capacity of these culverts is 5.1 and 14.7 m3/ sec (180 and 520 f3 t /sec), respectively. In addition to the two culverts, an earthern , channel traverses the basin along the east side of I-5 diverting runoff to San Onofre Creek. ' The capacity of the channel is 52.4 m3/sec (1850 ft /sec). 3 l The applicant's analysis of the flooding potential of the foothill drainage area indicated that the plant site could be subjected to flooding during the occurrence of the PMF. In order to preclude flooding of the site by this source a diversion structure routes the surface runoff from the foothill drainage area to the San Onofre Creek Basin 4 This PMF structure will be an earthern berm, having an isoceles trapezoid cross section that is 2.4 m (8 feet) high and 12.8 m (42 feet) wide at its base, with 2:1 side slopes. The berm will parallel I-5 and will be 2.7 km l (i 68 miles) long. The existing channel which parallels the proposed berm will be widened where l necessary and will vary from 7.6 to 30.5 m (25 to 100 ft) in width. The bann will cover a portion of an existing road, El Camino Real Road, requiring the construction of a new road. The relocated road will run approximately parallel to and east of the proposed PMF berm. Relocation of the road will require about 1.4 ha (3.5 acres) of land, the berm will cover approximately 3.5 ha (8.6 acres), and the channel (assuming a 30 m width) will require about 8.3 ha (20.6 acres) for a total land area requirement of 13.2 ha (32.7 acres). The existing channel and El Camino Real Road are included in this acreage. 4 s l i 9
-------a--- - --__-w - - - _
I 3-25 REFERENCES FOR SECTION 3
- 1. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, " Numerical Guides for Design Objectives and Limiting Conditions for Operation to Meet the Criterion 'As Low as Pricticable' for Radioactive fiaterial in Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactor Ef fluents," May 5,1975, and as amended Sept. 4, 1975, and Dec. 17, 1975, in Title 10, C-ade of Federa: 16 falathms, Part 50, Appendix 1.
- 2. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Cale:42tt'en of Ech; aces of Badioamre Materiale in Gaeaoue aw! Liquil Efj h ent l rom Prerewizel Water React:ra (WR-CALE ccds ), NUREG-0017, April 1976.
.3. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, " Cost-Benefit Analysis for Radwaste Systems for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors ," in U.S. ':olcar segui + tre Guid.; 1.110, March 1976.
- 4. Letter from Ira Thierer, Southern California Edison Co., to Dr. Knox Mellon, State Historic Preservation Of ficer, June 2,1978.
- 5. Letter from J, G. .Haynes, Southern California Edison Co. , to W. H. Regan, Jr. , USNPC, undated, docketed on February 18, 1978.
J d I
.i
4 i-L
- 4. STATUS OF SITE PREPARATION AND CONSTRUCTION
~
4.1 RE'SUME AND STATUS OF CONSTRUCTION As of October 1978, the construction of SONGS Unit 2 was 68% complete, and SONGS Unit 3 was 52% complete. Figure 4.1 is a recent photograph of the site. Impacts of construction have been identified in the FES-CP. The major terrestrial impact has been the excavation of about 16.4 na (40.5 acres) of the San Onofre Bluf fs, which resulted in the loss of a small amount of wildlife habitat. No rare or endangered animal species in the i vicinity of the site have been or are expected to be adversely af fected by construction activities. The environmental impacts associated with changes in the routing of transmission lines sub-sequent to issuance of the FES-CP have been evaluated by the staf f in its environmental impact appraisal regarding extension of the earliest and latest construction completion dates. The discussion of these impacts is included in this draf t statement as Appendix E. 1 l ? ! I I i ) I l + 4-1
c.? an .$%'1% j,, ; n ' 2 ' l-l::U ,.eh,; e 71
+[m,[ M ';}f! . d#
7 sl ' ?I y,;?p$jd@[t?%p w[.. '
, :l 17
, i i
. wp lY ' .4,
.n
.hNi'^
h$$.,gfs.m l$ ' t ,
3y
- nQn' 1g: -
a j
'f,qf A ~, J : i
,q. . s w;h; $' ) ./
R
- 2 ww,ayyijukv :
[b a
' f!
Y b :hb?W a
- m M;M "'Yy *e.
mfyMQ&+ sw :JA
/?
4- -
/
[ i j y [c 2 e
' ' 95 ?'D&M $
!!. .(b /d;ff '
I 1, y (
?5 hhhhhk agm I!
l l F
'!dQi '
e g#[h? k!f'{$ ( $5,% 9a q , l;
~k /
dkh?
. , .s o
3
,.J m%)R[#'M .?%qp? 4;
.i i
8 O
- ;G!{f% Y' 44 y
'plly%gr% A .
.j ;@,
*l%gpwrQQ
.o I .,.,
'Mhhk;$ /:
>f,
+
d f id(. i .1 N6Nhhfh gu s
' a
%n QQ-w MW%gp! l: .lu . .
yk+J d , ., kJ i: t, cy/
,i'Q b pQ{-i?)fg9- :j ' \ ((
~;)
c {iNhf['Q_ W'_%
.d '
/
(e:
'~n,l}w'ffndl* Mli t
3 :; lg QQ .7, l}l ' 1 ,,, v ., a,f 7' p [PL
> .. $lji Nb a :.p/m y. ' t !'
y f w w. ug*gg m$Uk M ... ;gN Q lE,, -
* : 5 m [ay y
- - _ = - . . . - . - -- ..- - - - . - - . - . -
l l l l 1 l
- 5. ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF STATION OPERATION 5.1 Rf5UMf The major design c0nge! that have environmental effects involve the heat dissipation system.
A more thorough analysis by ds :'*** of the thermai plume is described in Sect. 5.3.1.2. The 4 effects of the revised thermal-plune analysis on aquatic biota are discussed in Sect. 5.4.2.1. Changes in the effects of chemical effluents are discussed in Sects. 5.3.2 and 5.4.2.2. A revised discussion of radiological impacts is given in Sect. 5.5. Sect. 5.6 contains a revised assessment l of the socioeconomic impacts. a j 5.2 IMPACTS ON LAND USE Although the transmission line routes have been modified since the issuance of the construction permit (Sect. 3.2.5), the analysis of projected impacts as set forth in the FES-CP (Sect. 5.?) remains valid. All new transmission lines will be constructed on existing rights-of-way; a total of 5.2 ha (12.8 acres) of land will be required for access road extensions and for new tower bases.
- I The operation of SONGS 2 & 3 is not expected to affect any existing or proposed areas of the !
National Park System nor any existing or known potential sites to be listed as national land-marks.1 However, the staff is requiring the applicant to survey the existing transmission corridors to identify any site which may be eligible for inclusion in the National Register and to survey the new transmission corridors to identify any historic, archaeological, or Native American cultural resources which could be affected by the operation of SONGS 2 & 3. Any historic or archaeological sites identified by this survey will be evaluated in cooperation with the State Historic Preservation Officer. d 5.3 IMPACTS ON WATER USE j S.3.1 Thermal _ discharges 5.3.1.1 AE plicant's thermal analysis The applicant retained the California Institute of Technology to perform a thermal analysis for the purpose of nodifying the diffuser design in order to insure compliance with state thermal standards. To accomplish this, a physical hydraulic model study was carried out at the W. M. Keck Laboratory of Hydraulics and Water Resources. The culmination of this effort was the dif fuser design and configuration described in Scction 3.2.2. The physical mocel simulation was performed in a basin having horizontal dimensions of 11 m (36 f t) by 6 m (20 ft) which represents a prototype podeled region of about 8500m (28,000 f t) by 490&n (16,000 f t), The location and orientation of the Units 2 and 3 model intakes and dif-fusers within the basin are illustrated in Fig. 5.1. The bottom of the basin was filled with sand which was shaped to produce a simplified representation of the San Onofre bathymetry. The result-ing bottom geometry was uniform in the longshore direction and varied as a composite of linear slopes in the offshore direction, as shown in Fig. 5.2. In order to satisfy scaling laws, the number of ports per laboratory diffuser was 16. To perform simulations, the basin was filled with water at a constant temperature, then water at a temperature 30'F higher was discharged through the diffusers. Water was withdrawn from the basin f through the intakes; however, this water was not recirculated. The model basin had the capability 1 to simulate a variety of longshore current regimes, and among those investigated were no crossflow, crossflows of various amplitudes, reversing flows of various amplitudes, and special currents. The results of the simulations are summarized in the EP. Table 5.1-1. Amung these simulations,
- the worst case was that of zero crossflow. A plot of surface isotherms produced by the model for this case is given in Fig. 5.3. Further details of the physical-model study can be found in ref. 2. There are, however, certain physical conditions and mechanisms that could not be properly modeled in the laboratory. In an effort to account for this limitation on modeling, the modelers I
5-1
4 1 5-2 I
'8 "
PLAN VIEW OF BASIN l l f BASIN WALL h CURRENT
. - ~ ~ ,
T HER M1STOR [~ ~ ~ COVERAGE gy l l l l
- RAKE I 1 I POSITIONS 8X- . p.x l l
l 0.91 F T ---* , __ l l yh 4 o l 20FT f m 8 2 , 7 6 FT ! IO.92 FT T 2 8yT_-y y-J_ oo I g 7.91 F T 4.9 5 F T I 4.56 FT l INTAKES J V I T V T _ _f_ j BASIN WALL
- 36 FT =
I ! Fig. 5.1. Layout of tasin used for the physical model study. Source: R. C. Y. Koh, : N. H. Brooks. E. J. List, and E. J. Wolanski, E,fdraulie % ls, of Aca; 2af ill Mffm ra ) 2:r & Se A fec he:erm l a r F: n , W. M. Keck Laboratory of Hydraulics and Water Resources.
' California Institute of Technology, Report KH-R-30. January 1974, Fig. 6.1.
j associated a probable temperature excess with each uncertainty. The total of these individual
- uncertainties was 1.5 F. ! *. was therefore reasoned that state thermal standards should be met if the laboratory results sati
- .fied these standards f or 2.5T, with the 1.5"F margin of error, rather than 4.0*F.
I It is evident f rom Fig. 5.3 that this case satisfies the state thermal standards. The Applicant i suggests that this is the worst case and, therefore, concludes that SONGS 2 and 3 will, under all conditions, comply with California state thermal standards. The staf f has reviewed the applicant's thermal analysis and believes that the physical model does ! 4' not adequately represent certain hydrodynamic mechanisms and certain physical features of the l 5 prototype. The most significant of these is the limitation of the duration of the simulation by ' the size of the model basin. Once the thermal plume reaches a lateral boundary of the tank, the simulation must be terminated. The length of the simulation is thus dictated by the size of the model basin rather than by the natural time sca'as of the probicm. Using a mathematic model, the staff has qualitatively reproduced the applicant's results. However, this mathematical simulation 4 demonstrates that for increased duration of the simulation, there is a substantial increase in the predicted excess temperatures. In fact, for the conditions represented in Fig. 5.3, an increase in simulation time would likely have resulted in predicted excess temperatures that violate state thermal standards. However, such a prediction is unimportant because the particular simulation then represents conditions so unrealistic that the results become irrelevant. Although the problem of underprediction is inherent in all the applicant's results, it is less significant for the realistic cases. For conditions more realistic than those in Fig. 5.3, the predicted excess temperatures are sufficiently low so that no violations of thermal standards would be expected as a result of increases of simulation duration in the physical model. This expectation is confirmed by the staff's mathematical model study. 5.3.1.2 Staff's thermal ana Qsis s The staff has performed an independent thermal analysis for the proposed operation of the once-through cooling system. Depth-averaged numerical models from the Unified Transport Approach 5 were
l l 5-3 ) ES 4569 MODEL COORDINATES, f t 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 O I I i I I I i m I I W SAND PROFILE AND $5 y DIFFUSER LAYOUT 1-" =
*\
o.i - e Z - 9 $
- UNIT 2 b , 0.2 -
o' ].' . .- - to E
,/
- 3) .OS,I O a* q Q. 'o,j o O U
,- m= 5 9 9 UNIT 3 LD O.3 - 4 -
O x" N 4 o\o (L 0 h
& A W D 25 to u O.4 -
N - O o\o . O~ g [)F Z 4
- n- of ma 1
l 0.5 -v[ 2000 FT
.E -
l 6 PROTOTYPE
' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' I O.6 fig. 5.2. Bottom profile used for the physical model study. Source: R . C . Y . Ko h ,
N. H. B roo k s - E . J . Li s t , and E . J . Wol a n s k i , /!girra Ha No:!e ? in; of' Nr ul ca !!'a : 2 Mf'fhecre !br the fim 0efk MZear Power Tlant, W. M. Keck Laboratory of Hydraulics and Water Resources, California Institute of Technology, Report KH-R-30, January 1974, Fig. 6.2. used to simulate plant-induced flows, natural flow, and water temperatures. Predictions have been made for conditions typical of mid-July, since this is the time of year when thermal impacts should be the most severe. The modeled region is a rectangle measuring approximately 24,000m (80,000 f t) in the longshore direction and approximately 12,000m (40,000 f t) in the of fshore direction. This region with the numerical grid system superimposed is shown in Fig. 5.4. One numerical model was used to generate the induced flow from intakes and discharges from all three units. In this model, the intakes are represented as point sinks and the Unit 1 discharge is represented as a point source. The diffusers for Units 2 and 3 are each represented as a superposition of five jets. The hydrodynamics of each jet is modeled using a uniformly valid singular-perturbation theory, numerically corrected for bathymetry. The individual flows from the three intakes and discharges were summed to generate a total plant-induced flow field, as shown in Fig. 5.5. A quasi-potential hydrodynamic model was used to generate the magnitude and direction of the natural currents and free surface displacement resulting from two tidal components and a net downcoast drift, at each grid element. The open-water boundary conditions were adjusted to pro-duce flows which are consistent with observed data">V from current meters and drogues. Three individual runs were executed, one for each of the two tidal harmonics (a 12.4 hr period and a 24.8 hr period), and a third to generate the drift current. These three flow components were combined, with the appropriate phase relationships, to produce a simulation of the natural flow field during mid-July conditions.
4 5-4 4 SAN ONoFRE nucle AR E S-4570 GENERATING STATich I j UNITS 1, 2 6 3
- - ^n - -.rvw
_, ~ I e 4 4
'~ m et
=u x f f WSE R
- . SCALE
----k fiff n % A t' <,
MN OVO!WE DW R j l Q KEL9 Off g so r - 7 4 5
}/f A / ' (\ i ' N. ~
2
/ .( ] N 2 ) '
i / [/ ( i /
/ f q., )
\
# \
(x (x [ 5 Fig. 5.3. Excess temperature at the surface predicted in the physical model study, for the case of no ambient flow. Source: ER Fig. 5.1-1, i Water temperatures were computed using a depth-averaged thermal model. Inputs to this model were i the calculated natural and plant-induced flows, along with meteorological parameters used for i surface heat transfer calculations. The required meteorological variables are incoming solar l radiation, cloud cover, air temperature, wind speed, and relative humidity. The incoming solar i ! radiation is the mid-day value, which the code automatically adjusts for the time of day, from 4 ! sunrise to sunset. The remaining parameters are taken to vary sinusoidally over one day and, ; therefore, requirr: as input the daily average, the amplitude of the daily variation, and the time i of maximum value. Typical values for these parameters during mid-July were used and are shown plotted as a function of time in Fig. 5.6. This thermal model was first run without thermal output or flow from any of the units to produce a five-day simulation of ambient ocean temperatures. Subsequently, the calculation was repeated, with all three units operating at full capacity, to predict the total temperature field. These two results were then subtracted to generate excess temperature plots. Figures 5.7 through 5.14 show ambient flow and excess temperature plots at 6 h intervals during the fifth day of the simu-lation at 2:00 am, 8:00 am 2:00 pm, and 8:00 pm respectively. Isotherms are plotted in incre-ments of 0.S#F from 0.5*F to 5.0*F. In general, the hottest spots occur directly above the
5-5 1 l
.n ,- . . _
el m' - e j T e A 9 4 d - e - ,nd., O '
, l
-gl. u i lI , tN c \
ll
>. 2a l
-. .4 l
; e e v
@ l
[ n C1 m t h3 i
' s e 9 c-4 -
n ,
.+- ... r. .s,.,.. m 7
e
'6 4J m
Ni, s % a. W E o y I
. --. . - - - - .. ,a-,,% 4 g 4.J f
m x' 0 E j h'. .'(. i, -
-{ g v
s
., N s\ - # )
. myy e
. .. ... ,'r $. ' *
^
.: . Nt. +
~
.; a. . _ _ _
=_=-=-'r{.2
'qU
\.:. y.y-
- s. .%.
dfT , w I g a
%',hh%
,e 6- - i.4 si ', ,
4 .. -. .
%.f.. g % .% , e
%,'- ,gA%a 4.J
',N,'g 4 @
- . =
%. %W h
- (
8 i -
',, .;G yj
- s. g
~
m
<,'%ss '
D s, C
's,\ $
.w g C
. O s o j -CB GJ
___ . - , ., . _ . . . ...-- w% L o l g e.t - j f =f.
- f. M f .
w .. . _ s i . .- O .x , f u i e, *
- m. N. . O.
e e e 0 e e
> S M ew 4A # O es
56 4 4 i i 1 a i t s ases 1 4.5 ... l ! 3 10 20 30 4.0-4 30 4 3.5 - . . 1,
. . * , 11H ,II .. . . . .
t' 3.0-
- ll,
. i y . . . . ...1 ,
4 A H ] - x 2.5 -- - - - - - I S
. ', d
*(
. . .. . .?. .
.L . ' .
4
- 20 - - - *
...4
- 1 i l '
O ' .* .- e,. . . . . 4 - s * - ..sL<,*, .* = = = ~ < - 10
. . . . 1.A .. . . .
20 f 4 l 1.5 -
. , , .. . . . .m.. . , , a p - * . * ,. u ? * = . . . .
2 , t.0 - . / -
\. . . -
te { N-+m -m. - - 4 t I
- i 0.5 i i i e i i . i l 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 l
.' X AXIS
- 10 4 <
i 3 fig. 5.5. Predicted, depth-averaged. plant. induced flow field for Units 1, 2. and 3. 4 l l J
d 5-7 ES-d%7 d' 300 av i i i i j 0.75 wp i i i i yy200 - -- 050 - - too - - h o 25 - -- y g ! I i i i O I ! d I I up i l I i { e5 m, j , y 42 - - 80 - - 8 - - 75 - - 4 70 g - - - -
' I I I I - ' I I 0 W 65 I I o 4 e 42 5 20 24 ae .
TiMc thr) pg I . I' I o6 - -
} y 0.4 - -
$5 og - -
o I i t I ! O 4 e 12 16 20 24 TIMF Or) Fig. 5.6. Plots of meteorological variables as a function of time for use in the thermal model, discharge for each unit, with Unit I being consistently hotter than Unit 2 or 3. In addition, during the part of the tidal cycle when the natural flow is downcoast, there is a secondary warm spot approximately 3000m (10,000 f t) downcoast of the discharges. This apparently is a result of the influence of the shape of the shoreline on the flow which, in turn, causes the plume from Units 2 and 3 to intersect the plume from Unit I at this point downcoast. , The net downcoast dri'r used for these simulations is based y limited data for mid-July. During other times of the year, the data indicate that an absence of d'ift can persist for up to several ddys. Although there are no data to confirm a no-drif t assumption during mid-July, the staff believes that this situation is at least possible and, therefore, should be considered. To investigate this situation, the staff extended the previous simulation to seven days, with drif t removed from the natural flow field during the final two days. Resulting excess temperatures and natural flow at four times during the seventh day are plotted in Figs. 5.15 through 5.22. These correspond to 2:00 am, 8:00 am, 2:00 pm, and 8:00 pm respectively. ~ It is clear from these figures that an absence of drif t creates a significantly more severe thermal plume. Early in the seventh day, predicted excess temperatures are consistently 0.5*F greater than the predictions made for a comparable time during the fifth day. Later in the seventh day, the thermal plume has become hotter, so that excess temperature predictions are uniformly about 1.5'F hotter than similar predictions during the fifth day. California thermal standards require that the 4*F excess temperature isotherm never reach the shoreline or buttom, and. that the 4*F surface isotherm must be within 1000 ft of the discharge point during at least one-half of the tidal cycle. Although the thermal model is depth averaged, it is still possible to address the state standards with model results because the buoyancy and shear generated by the diffuser discharge produce a hydrodynamic instability, resulting in the water column's being well mixed within several diffuser lengths of the discharge." Therefore, within the specified mixing zone, the depth-averaged predictions are reasonable representations of surface temperatures. ! With an assumed persistent drif t, the data shown in Figs. 5.7 through 5.10 indicate that the constraints on the surface and shoreline excess temperature will be satisfied. The model is inadequate for addressing the issue of bottom temperature. However, at worst, the 4*F excess temperature should only touch the bottom over a very limited area in the vicinity of the Unit 2 , and 3 diffusers. On the basis of these results, the staff believes that violations of the state ' l thermal standards are unlikely. In the absence of drif t, the 4 F excess temperature will not reach the shore. However, state l thermal standards would be violated since the 4 F surface isotherm will extend beyond the 1000 f t ' l radius during most of the cidal cycle. The staff concludes that although there exists a remote I
g e -
.p--
y 7
" l
~ N'Mf -;
i
?>j,rrrrrn****rii?
1 1 .
, a g e a. ,
x ~ : g
~ 4 ki'.trttir ti!Illilill I I l I r i E - $,,,rtttttitiliiilil i I I ! 1 t
6
- 3
},,trilii?I!iliTIIII I ' [ [
[ { ; 2 f x - 2
~
~
,,st ttttttt111Tilli i i i i I l i;
* - ,,,tn111tillfilllll1 1 I i i i ? -
/ &
E!.e I ' r: ultitt'll/IItil,[l/ l ut1111'"in Ill // /// // /
/ / / ~-
b '- ,,rtistillililllllil I ( l i i i i : - utttililliilllilliii i i i i i j
; ;;1tilllillill!lli i i i
~
i ? hilililllifillilill!I i l
^
= /
e I' o
%pi d lli/IIl!IlilliiilI! / / l l l t 8
5 y . _ iiIff////!llllilllII/ l l l / l .t i
? : i.. . - _ .
1 +
I 5-9 l l { ES 4544 4,5 ,. i le PG l 3 _ _ _ . _ 3e . - j 4.0 e e 9 4 9 9 0 0 $ 0 9 6 36 1 3.s - 1 i I
. . e e e e e e e e . . ,
3.e - V A 2.s O.5 s N \ l
! lQ 'N * * * * *
{ 4 [ 75 3
'N' \' \
\
l
'* H' 2Q -
N N A(
, ; %4 yx\ qr ,(
3 3 , . . . . . N N > 11
% Q( )%}} f'~ (
s h' i.. I- g) Q y' ,/_./. g
N / ,
g.s t I ' t i i I a.s a.e a.s 3.e 3.s 4.e 4.s s.e s.s s.e s.s x axis e se* Fig. 5.8. Predicted excess temperatures in the San Onofre region at 2:00 am on the fif th day. Isotherms are plotted in increments of 0.5*f beginning with the 0.5 f isotherm.
I i 4 t 4 1 Se10 l l 4 4 4 1 1 4 ES 4545 d i . g,ee r* .i-i 1 q 19 de 39 d - - ~ 4.8 4
- e 1e e '
4 1 1,5 ! i i 2 e e e e a e o e e e 4 a
..e
.A , , e , e e e e . e e . e i t b g3 e e e e * *
- e , e e e e I
e e e e 8 e a e e e e e 1 e e o e e e e . e e a e i i 8 g,g -- e e * *
- e o e * * *
- i a e e s *
- e e a e e e 4 e 8 e e
- e e e e e o e 19 e e e e B e e e e e o e e
. e e
. o
; e o e . e e
. e . . . .
e d 8 e . e e e
,_g _ e e
- e e e o e e e e e
- e o d' e s e e o e e e e e . e e e e e s e e j
s e o e o e e e i . e e. . o e e e e . J l e e e II t.e - A e e e e
. ' '.' N. e e
e e e e I I yey; ,, p f i e.s L i i 1 I 1 I n.s a.e a.s 3.e 3.s 4.e 4.s s.e s.s s.e s.s I i x axis a to
- j .
Fig. 5.9. Predicted natural flow field in the San Onofre region at 8:00 am on the fif th day. 1 1
5-11 E S-454 6 4.s le de 3e I 4.0 l e e e e e e ,e e a o e e e l 3.s t-i e e e e e e e e e e e e 3.0 - v I l t O ' ! 2.6 I i M5_ i , 6 l ,
! 'l I, 10 s'
- i e e e e e . . e p_ i3 e
h5_ N y e e e e . e e
, 3 , , , , e e e e e
\ \ ,
ha 72_) e e e e e e ; i.e - l
* /
/ / a' ., / / , /,
e.. 1 2.8 2.5 3.0 3.5 e,. e.6 5.e 6.5 6.. 6.5 1.5 a Am!$ 8 19' fig. 5,10. Predicted excess temperatures in the San Onofre region at 8:00 am on the fifth day. Isotherms are plotted in increments of 0.5#F beginning with the 0.5'F isotherm.
3 6 * *
- r w ._ 3_ _. . _ .- -- o
, ? ? ? l l 1 1 ? ?f ? ?lf ??!!i??/1???) ?
e o
?: r u
c O
? ? ? ? ! ! 17 ?l tif f ?????????/r
- _ , Q j
- O
- o. .
r 7 7 ? ? ? ?/ff?!?7/f?f??ifff : "
~ - .
4 a c-r ? f 1 i f f f ? t!f fit ? f f t fit t s, 3m o l ' 7 f f 1 7 ? Iffffff!?tfftttie,. _ , S i f f f F 7 7 7 f f f f!? f f t ? f t ret e,.. @
. o e c I I f ffIfffftttttttte,.
i ? 7
~ *
[ ] g f ? ? 1 1 i 1111 T i.11117 t ? ti t e , . = o
*
- t t t t ? i t i t 1 *
- t t i t t t t t t , . . .. E
- g e " C d *'
k ? '
? 7 f f f f f f fi t Tif f t t tit t e e..
. V A
"o 1 -w I
- F r f f f is,fts??ts,rs,,,,,.f ,1
,/ '*
. w I f f f f f7?ffffffffff9,,e.* -'
. n ,
L
~3 a
f ' f f f f fffffffffftst9tte, , $
- )h e
~
2
~
v Y & b' t
- - - - , , , , ,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ~
es I! g, j . _ _ __ .__ _ as
. 1 1 . t. u 1 .__a . .e A w e e se o e s e e e t O .
. e
- V
> c m -. m
=
, -y- ,z-s --w--9 -e -g,-mew -g+y- -yw,-,.y ey, 3m--- p --%, . yo-.*" TUN-*'*****-T'WFN'-98*N+-t --
- 1 4w*'"'v1w' F T'-"M -N'W W MT-' W~*d"*=4'-'-*- --"* -'-"=" "-"v7' W
I 5,-13 i l l l l E S.4548 4,5 _ l 1 se 2e se 4.e - e e e e e e e e *
- e a se 3.5 h,i 1
e o e e e e e e o e e e 3.e - I y I l l a
, e.5 -! ' I o.5 s p__ -
l l
' 8* ~
i ;oi-i i i iN e e e e e e ie --15 N. s x h- e 7 ~06-__ 2 e > m_ e Jq N aqm
's 'w h -
mz]8.eh e o e I t.s p /, 2 V & N 2.6 NN rz ' ) 1 1
,, a e s _.5 % e,rg30;)I
,' y e e e N w -
/ .
M:<._ ( s. ( ( t N C ie t.e L,' a e /N --1 m h n;- ,1; e o e
- /y -f 'r, l . . .
.e . ..n
~- . _e ,, g~ mg- / \ , ,
e.s i i i_ __._' t.s e.e a.s 3.e 3.s e.e e.s s.e s.5 s.e s.s d x uss : ie Fig b.12. Predicted excess t'emperatures in the San Onofre region at 2:00 pm on the fif th day. Isotherms are plotted in increments of 0.5*F beginning with the 0.5F isotherm. I l I 1 l l l l
l 1 5 14 l l i .l E S 4549 l , ..s _ _ _ , _ _ ___
- 1.DO I' %( C l
1 19 Pe IP ' 4.e 4 l j l l t I d 1.% 4 J 3.6 l l v l a ' l 3 g.5 - . ! 3 s t
, t ,
j .
= z..
7-t0 '
. k
?O
.e
$.b f !
I. : 4 ! 1 se I
- - x '
- ; 1 t-
.P % -#' -
- .' .i . ., e I i
t . l.6 4.0 a.5 3.9 3.5 4.0 4.5 4.8 >*$ 4.0 6.5 x Arts a to
- I fig. 5.13. Predicted natural flow field in the San Onofre region at 8:00 pm on the fif th day.
1
5-15 l l ES 4050 4,g - - - - . - I* E' _ . , _ . . . . _ __ }* ,
.n 4.9 9 8 9 0 e e e e is 9 9 8 0 s
l J.4 r l e e e e e e e e e e . .e 3,9 ~ jl l -
- l l
, 2.5 f,
\
I J
~
Ng 3 J I
' 8' I- ~ e i n a y' i\ i Ne s e e e e
' ' e e'~ \ \
g,4 N'% N '%
- _- /g ' 20 W
If' ( Qs4N' ~. ' 1.5
- P_p-r -
e
,p ",
e i, fe, ,,
\N s %
i u 'I e , ._eh4 ( ls T,')) '.
/1.0 ls/O 5
. i i
j
- Q, <" / l ym cw-4y; . j g' ).5 3 0 2.5 ,2 O l- 'I.5gy i; + ,a ,
i e.s ! t a ___ _ . ) S.0 3.6 3.3 3,5 4.0 45 6.0 5.5 6,9 4.6 1.6 x axis a se
- Fig. 5.14. predicted e7 cess temperatures in the San Onofre region at 8:00 pm on the fifth day. Isotherms are plotted in increments of 0.5*F t:eginning with the 0.5'F isotherm.
l
> l I*
- .e , i i il j m-7 ; 4~' - ;L : ~* - .i . .
* ? ! 7 /1i ii 1 l / / /
- . o3
? l i i / /// !/ / i l i
~
.- m. 7
.
- i 1 i / /// / / i i l ! _
.> ? i i I / /// / i / i l !
I i i i / /// i i i ! l i
^
~ I i i i / /// ii i i l /
. ~a 7 I I i I T //l il l i l l .
? l f l T /// li i i l l I l f l T /[l ll l l l l _
. I i f i T T/l ll l ! l l .
? l f l t l/i li i l l _
. ?
I l l i t l i i l/T l i Il
!i l
l l i ll ll : _ a 7 ? i t ! i t/ l l i ! i[u t f i t t i. i i t l t r tl t[u l i i 1 l 1 I i llli lll . i i t i t :!l l 1 ! ! / l f r t t r i!t i ! ! ! / i t t t t t!t t ! ! l / l _ t t t i (t i!i i t ! l / / i , e, r v t t t i t t t ii t 1 t l i
/
/ /
/ :
i
- t. t r 1, / i m:N; , r n, m, t r t T i
/ l ue
, i g%;F' ' u t l
prf , . i r [Qh 4dw{i i .
.e _
, . ~ - - . ~
L _
- r. { y* 5 . - .e : e' : e-r.
- 1: ~~
,g* w'._
' g a 0 E E G ;- @ < : i r E ;* r;& 3i : ~ ? = a i :2 =
gw-
~ .
l ' ,l , ,l
.__ =- . - . . - .
5-17 E S-4%2 4,g . _ _ _ _ . . _ _ . . . . _
> ,, ,. 2.
3.5 i v x 35
,/~
'/ m \ \
t l i g
;u 7 x ;
c.. r i y ,i n\ xi w. . . . . i l i l u-- N e-<pCMA, '\ 'N
! lr-r~l , . .
i5 f/' A 2.s 43.0/ .-4( \s.g i , od NAoN,.3 w 3, 3, , i.o Do.3 i 3 ji ,
'4 95' ,i j ( / / / /
. h hM $ 3 L , _ .
... a.. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..,
- m. i. a Fig. 5.16. Predicted excess temperatures in the San Onofre region at 2:00 am on the seventh day. Isotherms are plotted in increments of 0.5'F teeginning with the 0.5'F isotherm.
i i
I 4 l 5-18 7 I 1 1 4 4 ) i t ES 4553 4.5 - - ---- --' ~ ~ ' ' ~ '
. -* 1.ee **
J
.3_._.. le 2e 3e ae -
- 3. i i 3.5 Li i
- 5i f
l
, l I
1 3.. e v I i a . s , a.s -1 1 ! I s g $ l 1 . 3 3.0 *- 5
,.4 .
1 i de 1.5
-lt Fi
- l' I I J
I 1 j 19 - is
/
_ M n- wa l l ' 4 e 0.6 I f i i ! ' ' ' 1.5 2.0 3.5 3.0 3.5 e.0 4.5 s.e 8.5 6.4 6.5 N asil A 10 1.' Fig. 5.17. Predicted natural flow field in the San Onofre region at 8:00 am on the seventh
- day.
a J
5-19 ES4554 4.L l 3 i. e. 3.
. . . . e . e . e . . . 3.
3.83 "- 1I Il i 3.. - l' l e.s
's x
~ j
. ... - _u_ .
,3 . . . . . . , ,
f . . . . . . i.s y X N t T ) 3.5x s. N
.x \'N s
it . . . . . . g;\\ ) N 4. l ?. .-
'?/?^w - <
..s , , , . . .
a.s a.. a.s s.. 3.s 4.. 4.s s.. s.6 s.. s.s x axis i.
- Fig. 5.18. Predicted excess temperatures in the San Onof re region at 8:00 am on the seventh day. Isotherms are plotted in increments of 0.5'F beginning with the 0.5 F isotherm, I
r
g ___ _ 5c
.n
. ~
a s : - i . _ . . . . . _ . . ___t__. ,t
; t'
? : l / l ? llllllll??????ll?!??/ .
e o EE c.
! i ? ? ? ? i 1 I?ll117?!!illl17??/ -
- o o
l . --
~
f
? ? ? ? i i 1 lilflllIlli!!!ill!N w c
*I S.
g-
.s t
i l i ?
? 1 II111111711!if:1'1t& E T 2 r
7
?
/
I
/ / / / / I T TIIllitif fitt t e,.'
1 1 1??T777?ffitfftt,te...}
)
o j c p . a T T T T f T T i!!ffffff!Titttte, y
, a t t f T f 1 1 1 1 W311 t i f t u t n s - ]. [
'T T i T f i 1 1 1111'111111111th e .. 3 -
~
l O M y f l 1
? 1 1 T f f f 1TT f f f f f f f t? tite,..
g x o 1 7 1 i ! ??T11?Tf 1?rttttteret C~
~
m
? / T T T T Tfit7trifftttrete,.: - =
3
- B' IS 2
? ?
i T i t rif f tt t?tttf rrss - 2 u
,w = u W @
I N I 1 . r i rrrrrifttfre,t.'
? ? ?
. g
, w\. '
- s. W g4 e e s, en
__ -. - _ _ _ . . _ _- . . . _ _ _ .../.N.G " w
. , _ . .i_ _
. 1 _ ... 1 ._. _ ,1_.. --- 1. - --_ -.b _. - .
e a a a a ll
> C st =. Se O u-,wg + t.y,-y33. gm-~~s-*r. am-n.s y .v ww we m y ,y *w--,9gc=, ggw.s-- ---s,y,-g,g -r w *y g y-y ge- -,nyt-e--w.**v-gweeses--m 9 p +it< g -a g p g '+ y,- m *e v g-eg ryw- m q w- - m y. v - ge-e.-a-+--evsamen*-p- ".p-at tMw73 -e y -y' y - wr t- t- - ve vi-g-
5-21
+
ES 4555 4.5 p - . _ I 3 i. e. >. 4..
. . . . . . . . .G . . J.
1.5 - 1 i [;l 2.. l v ,i I a .! H' I
=
a.5
; i i 05 3
- a. IQ
- 1
' P
~_.t_ - i i i 4 . . . . ,
I 8.a ' g)_ __ .
\ '
L M \s\ x s
~
s , e.
'5 -
p af4 3y-~4 \ gyg' s,'s ski x. . . ;
,s 3 'p
'),
ir h u 9 , dg k>. ,... - .
.du :J :
1.5 S.. 8.6 J.. 3.5 4.. 4.5 5,5 5.. 4.. 4.5 x ants a s.* Fig. 5.20. Predicted excess temperatures in the San Onofre region at 2:00 pm on the seventh day. Isotherms are plotted in increments of 0.5 F beginning with the 0.5#F isotherm. l l l 1 l
1 i 5-22 o i l 1 Jt t 1, 4
- L S 4557
, 4,g _. __ ._ .. _ _ -
.-. i. . , . su 4
3 - .-- i.
-.-a- < - . - - > - . ..
... v.
1
\
I l 2.s L. j i
, i t g l
= 1.e . , n . I
. i q
e a 3 ,.s . . . . . . . . . . . , , .
= 7 4 .
i l l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 s ' s t ' ,
, . . . . . . . . . . . . , , i 1
. a., _
4 4 , . . . . . '
; is i . . . . . . . . . . .
a . . . .. 1 . . . . . . , , ,
- t. l i
i j
... ri . . . . . . . .
. . . . . , , i i
. . . . , , , 4 4
,, 1
.! i.e . . . . . , , ,
% . . , , l 6 -M.. W, :
m,N, ,.,, ., . m __.r._,f c h.;,
. r,, ,m ,
- f. }
e.s i ' i i a i i t ___L_____. i.s a.e e.s 2.e s., 4.. ..s s.. s.s e.e e.s v mis se* i rig. 5.21, . Predicted natural flow field in the San Onofre region at 8:00 pm on the seventh day. 'I j l 1 4 4 3 a 4 m s 4
1 l 5-23 E S 4558
,,, __ - - . _ . . _ . . ~ ~ .- --
3 in ce _ ie
..e i
I l
\ l e e e e e e e e o e e e se ,
l 3.5 L' ' i j e e e e e e e e e e e e 3.e L! ;
! 3 4
, a.5 f I
- i N -
r.e r e '_ i i i M7 i i e e e l
, j _
is F
'~~
i i ra /yt /[ f NNNN DtN h s s
's O
'N N
/ N 2 N
[// N 's ' N .0 15 '
/ ,e r#
8
,M ]
*\' 3)5 s,e } NK 2.5 ,e /
b i t
*~ !
i,e a [ 3 3 ,
.m E ~~ ~~~g/s' c ' t/ j
y'8, [N 7
-(%((NM2D -
h _
~~'/ __
l e e.s > > > > , i 1 J s.s s.e a.s 3.e 3.s e.e e.s s.e 5.s s.e s.s a Axl4 e se fig. 5.22. Predicted excess temperatures in the San Onofre region at 8:00 pm on the seventh day. Isotherms are plotted in increments of 0.5'F beginning with the 0.5*F isotherm,
i , 5-24 ! possibility that state thermal standards could be violated by the operation of Units 2 and 3, l violations would, at worst, be infrequent and for short periods. There is no evidence in avail- , able drif t data to indicate that such an occurrence would take place during the sumer when thennal impacts would be the most severe. ! 5.3.2 Chemical discharges ' The assessment of the effect of chemical discharges on water use contained in the FES-CP ' l (Sect. 5.2) is still, for the most part, valid. The discussion of the impacts of copper and i nickel discharges has been altered by the change to titanium condenser tubes (Sect. 3.2.4.1), and
- these discharges should not affect water use since the tubes no longer contain ccpper or nickel, i
j A National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Permit for SONGS 2 & 3 was issued on June 4, ! 1976, by the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Diego Region. The chemical j effluent limitations imposed by this permit are given in Sect. 3.2.4.1. ! 5.4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS 5.4.1 Terrestrial environment i ! Generally, operation of SONGS 2 & 3 and associated transmission lines should have no significant , 5 impact on the terrestrial ecological characteristics of the area. Although the transmission 1 l line routes have been modified since the issuance of the construction pennit (Sect. 3.2.5), the I ! analysis of projected impacts as set forth in the FES-CP (Sect. 5.3.1) remains the same. All i new transmission lines will be constructed on existing rights-of-way; a total of 5.2 ha (12.8 acres) of land will be required for access road extensions and for new tower bases. The i fire break which was bulldored adjacent to the transmission line on Camp Pendleton Marine Base ( is expected to be maintained by periodic blading. Impacts associated with this operation j should be minimal. f j Other potential terrestrial impacts associated with operation of SONGS 2 & 3 which were not l 3 addressed in FES-CP are as follows. Some audible noise will be generated from the operation of j the transmission lines. Noise levels, however, will be well within the urban evening levels > accepted by the public (ER, Sect. 5.5.1). The transmission lines will be designed to minimize j any affects on radio und television reception (ER, Sect. 5.5.1). Maintenance of the transmission j lines (washing and repair work) requires that the access roads be kept in good condition by i blading (ER, Suppl. 1, item 21); associated impacts should be minimal. Maximum ground-level j field gradients for all transmission lines will not exceed 7.5 kV/m (ER, Suppl.1. Item 20). j Generally, no harmful effects occur from the electrical fields associated with lines operating at ! j 230 kV and below.9 1 I j 5.4.2 1.mpacts on the aquatic environment i = J 5.4.2.1 Effects of the heat dissipation system 1 1 A description of the heat dissipation system to be employed at SONGS 2 & 3 is found in Sect. 3.3 3 of the FES-CP. Design changes that have occurred since then are discuss,ed in Sect. 3.2.2 of this I i statement. The only changes of potential significance for the assessment of biological effects - j involve the final specifications for the fish return system, the blocide use program, and the 1 composition of the condenser tubing. Assessments of most major potential impacts also have been i 3 reevaluated in light of additional data obtained during technical specifications monitoring l j programs for SONGS 1 and from construction and preoperation monitoring programs for SONGS 2 & 3 l i (Sect. 2.5.2). Except as noted, the reassessments have resulted in the same conclusions that were j reached in the FES-CP. ) 1 l Thermal effects ) The discharges from SONGS 2 & 3 must conform to regulations of the California State Water Resources Control Board, the Environmental Protection Agency (with regard to thermal discharges), and the California Regional Water Quality Board, San Diego Region, (under the auspices of the EPA) with
- regard a NPDES permit considerations (primarily chemical effluent lin.itations). The regulatory restrictions on thermal discharges are found in Sect. 5.1.1 of the ER; the NPDES permit, as
~ i amended, is found in Appendix 12C of the ER. ! In addition to the thennal discharge associated with the normal operation of the facility, the ! applicant proposes to heat treat portions of the intake system to remove biological growth (Sect. 3.2.2). This heat treatment will result in periodic discharge temperatures higher than those i
- - .- - -- .-~- -
S-25 normally encounter ed. As a result, the above agencies have required the applicant to perform a demonstration (not as yet completed) to determine if significant impacts will result f rom this procedure. This demonstration, provided for under part 316(a) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, will be used to determine if the proposed heat-treatment process is accept-able to these government agencies. Because the demonstration is not complete, the use and the resJlts of the process are not yet certain. The applicant is scheduled to submit the final report on this study on December 29, 1978 (ER, p. S.1-3). The results of thermal models used to evaluate temperature increases attributable to SONGS 2 & 3 (and incremental to SONGS 1) are discussed in Sect. 5.3.1. These data indicate that the thermal plume characteristics will be different from those estimated in the FES-CP and in the ER. Since the area to be affected by thermal discharges is now estimated to be greater than previously thought and since areas of substantial biological importance potentially will be af fected (e.g. , kelp beds), a reassessment is necessary. Since using heat treatment for the antifculing process creates a dif ferent thermal effect (both spatially and temporally) from that produced by routine operation, the biological ef fects attributable to it will be assessed in the Final Environmental Statement when the demonstration noted above has been completed. Plankton. More planktonic organisms will be affected by thermal discharges than estimated in the fES-CP because the plume will cover greater area. The types of impact will, however, be the same (e.g., species compositon changes, greater respiration rates), and significant changes should be localized. The staf f believes that changes which are produced in plankton communities will not threaten the ecological integrity of the near-shore region surrounding the facility (see pp. 5-26 to 5-32 of the FES-CP for a description of the anticipated effects). Fish. The types of impact on fish to be espected as the result of thermal discherges are the same is~'those discussed in the FES-CP. However, with more area ;o be influenced try the ef fluent, more fish potentially will be affected. The most observable charge is likely to be shifts in the types of species (and their numbers) which inhabit the area; e.g. , species which normally exhibit increased standing crops during naturally warm years will be more prevalent. Although the area of potential impact will be greater than estimated before, no fish populations are expected tn be adversely impacted in the vicinity of the facility. Species composition changes, however, may
- af fect comnercial and recreational fishing within the thermal plume (in some cases adversely, and in others, beneficially; see FES-CP for details). However, because the plume will occupy a reld-tively small area of the available fishing space nearby, no significant changes in harvest rates for the various species are expected.
As stated in the FES-CP, cold kills of fish are not likely to occur to any large degree. The principal reasons are the relatively high ambient winter tenperatures and the fact that all three units are not likely to be inoperative at any given time. fle n t h,1 c. _f a una . The major component of the ecosystem expected to seceive the createst impact from thermal discharges is the benthic community. Unlike free-swimming or ganisms, benthic individuals cannot easily avoid undesirable temperatures. And unlike planktonic organisms, they do not regenerate quickly to compensate for losses or experience continual, rapid recruitment from surrounding waters. Twa major categories of the benthic corrunity exist: aninal s, such as s ta r-fish and molluscs, and -itached algae, the most conspicuous of which is kelp (discussed in the following section). Among the benthic fauna recorded i" the vicinity of SCNGS during surveys conducted in 1977 in compliance with Environmental Technical Specificatiors criteria for 50'GS Unit 1 were the gastropod nollusts nm mia t , & at . , M ' and i z , the asteroid echinoderm '
>s, , and the echinoid echinodern .' ,
e r l, r Although there have been only a limited number of detailed studies concerning the ef fects of temperature on marine species inhabiting the Pacific Coast, some recent laboratory simulation experiments of 12 to 14 weeks duration have examined the ef fects of therral ef fluent on the survival, growth, and state of health of seven motile invertebrates from stallow rocky habitats along the southern California coast.!i The treatment conditions simulated temperatures measured at distances of 84 and 335 m from the cooling-water discherce structure of the Pedondo Generating Station, located approximately 100 km upcoast of SONGS. Several of the species displayed low survival and impaired growth, especially among large adults, in response to the simulated thermal plume conditions. Weekly mortality data for ,> < . 2a , 1. , and r. ; 4 showed that individuals of all three species began to die when the temperature fluctuated over a range of 19 to 23'C, with a mean for the week of 21.4'C. No deaths had ocCLrred the previous week wnen the same temperature range prevailed and the mean was slightly higher (22 A C). The mortality observed during the second of these two weeks may, however, actually have been a delayed response to the higher average temperature of the previous week.
i 1 5-26 i In the test involving R. pahl under a different thermal regime, deaths began occurring when j the temperature flunctuated between IT and 24"C during the week, with a mean of 20.3"C. Although a mortality began to appear at a lower mean temperature than in the previous experiment with this organism, the maximum temperature in this second experiment was 1"C higher (24' vs 23"C) and the i temperature range was 2"C wider (6" vs 4*C) than in the previous experiment. These results demon-j strate the complicated nature of temperature effects, that is, adverse conditions can result from
- a critical high temperature of short duration, an extreme temperature fluctuation of short duration, or a prolonged period of a high but normally subcritical temperature, i The ambient depth-averaged temperatures predicted for the hottest time of the year (end of July) i in the vicinity of SONGS are shown in Sect. 5.3.1. This section also contains data on the tempera-
- ture expected during the operation of all thr ee units. Temperatures potentially as high as
- 27.8"C may occur naturally, and increases of 0.5 to 1.7*C brought about by the operation of all l three units can occur within an aren of sc<eral square kilometers.
On the buis of the 1977 studyil the staff concludes that several components of the benthic fauna in the vicinity of SONGS would probably be adversely affected in areas where weekly mean tem- ' peratures of 22*C prevail for one month or more or where daily temperatures reach or exceed 24"C. It is not, however, anticipated that temperatures averaging 22 C will occur for more than 2 to 3 weeks or that the area experiencing temperatures of 24*C or greater as a result of SONGS opera-tion will be considerably larger than the area experiencing these temperatures under natural condftions. The staff concludes that any impacts to the benthic fauna as a result of thermal discharges will
- be minimal and of an acceptable nature.
4
- Ke lp.. Kelp beds off California occupy roughly 75 sq mi (194 sq km) of ocean bottom in water j depths of 20-60 f t (6-18 m). '- Although management ef forts have possibly halted further severe 1
decline, kelp bed coverage has decreased markedly since about 1920. Although this deterioration may have been partially a result of overharvesting, much of it is probably caused by the increased alteration of the near-shore environment by human activities. In particular, increased temperatures and increased turbidity have been shown to be inimical to kelp survival.13 Even without the influence of human perterbations, individual kelp beds experience long-term l l variations in stand density, productivity, areal extent, etc. Natural factors implicated in j causing these variations include storm damage (causing detachment of plants), sand movement
- (burying holdfasts and causing detachment or prohibiting regeneration), introduction of turbid water masses, high natural temperatures, influx of grazing urchin masses, and fungal and bacterial diseases.lJ Thus, for example, in 1957-59, unusually warm temperatures off southern California caused an estimated loss of 90s of the regions' beds during this period (ER, pp. 2.2 28 and 2.2-29), as judged by surface examinations. Individual beds also commonly dis-play changes in canopy extent during the year. For example, the three beds near the SONGS site I
showed marked variation in canopy area during 1975 and 1976 (Fig. 2.10). Typically, canopy l tissue deteriorates during the warmest time of the year, leaving the basal portion of the plant (which is in cooler water) for regeneration when temperature and light conditions permit.13 1 i
- Kelp beds represent a very important ecological conmunity in California's near-shore waters.
It has been estimated that kelp beds are at least three times more productive than the autu-trophic components of other near-shore communities. Conservative estimates place the total standing crop of kelp in southern California at 1.8 x 10" kg (2 million tons) and new annual growth potential is on the order of 2-3 times this amount. l> Kelp beds harbor numerous types of animals and plants, adding greatly to the diversity of an area. Invertebrates commonly found on the plar.ts themselves include ostracods, copepods, amphipods, decapods, polychaetes, nematods, bryozoans, turbellaria and molluscs. Molluscs and echinoder's are kelp grazers prevalent on and around the plants. It is estimated that the larval, jusenile, and adult stages of 25 main sport fish use kelp beds for refuge and food gathering (eating the associated invertebrates, the kelp itself, or other algae), and the average standing crop of fish is estimated to be 300 kg/ha (300 lbs/ acre). U Kelp not only enter the food chain via grazers, but they contribute large quantities of organic matter to the detritus-based food chains, Since several detritus feeders are intermediate in the grazing food chain of California's commercial fishes, kelp i indirectly influences the populations of these fishes through the production of detritus.13 j Kelp is an important commercial commodity as well. Although used extensively in the past for such diverse things as fertilizer, cattle feed, and for the production of potassium, acetone, and iodine, most kelp today is processed for the production of algin, a polysaccharide with numerous industrial uses. L lt is estimated that roughly 15% of the annual kelp production is harvested yearly at a landed value (1964 dollars) of $2 million (market value is roughly 4 times this figure).13 Besides the necessity for a favorable physicochemical environment, kelp requires a solid sub-strate for attachment. Thus, the local distribution of kelp beds in an unperturbed area is largely substrate-dependent. Near the SONGS site, sandy bottoms are prevalent limiting the
s w- m -m as L _ maA--..+4m - - - - ' . --- --.m+-- n-semisi-,. 5-27 areas where beds can develop. Natural environmental fluctuations (e.g., higher-than-average temperatures) can virtually denude an area, but, since the casual phenomena are short-lived, kelp beds generally reestablish themselves quickly. However, anthropogenic disturbances fre-quently completely eliminate kelp beds in their sphere of influence because they generally are of long duration. Even chronic, low-level perturbations which only slightly decrease kelp pro-duction often cause the consumpi by grazers to outpace new growth.13 The temperature tolerance of kelp is probably a reflection of a combination of factors, including physiological responses, susceptibility to disease, and susceptibility to grazing. It has been rather well established that temperatures above 18-20'C (64-68*F) cause deterioration of kelp, and the degree of degradation is directly related to the duration of the exposure to these temperatures. Increased surface temperatures caused by SONGS operation (all three units) would have the effect of extending the period of canopy absence. During the hottest time of the year, data in Sect. 5.3.1 suggest that the closest kelp bed (San Onofre bed) will experience an average surface temperature increase (over a 24-hr period) of 1.4*C (2.6"F); the range of tem-perature increase will be 0.6-2.2"C (1-4*F). Although daily natural temperature variations of 1 C (2"F) are not uncommon in the area (ER,
- p. 2.2-28), they would not be continuous in nature and would thus not af fect the bed as severely as the continuous SONGS discharges would. Prediction of the degree to which canopy disappearance would be prolonged is impossible. Regeneration would be quicker in years with naturally cooler ocean temperatures, assuming the regenerative tissues remained unaffected (see below).
The greatest threat of SONGS to the long-term survivai of the San Onofre kelp bed is the pos-sibility of injury to the basal tissues from which the canopy is regenerated each year as the waters cool. Estimates for bottom temperatures within the bed at the end of July (Sect. 5.3.1) indicate that temperatures could reach 23-25*C (74-76*F), with a 24-br mean of 24'C (75'F). Such temperatures would represent a 1-1.5"C (2-3*F) increase above ambient conditions encountered during the hottest portion of the year (conditions which are likely to persist for up to approxinately a one-week period) (Sect. 5,3.1). Although the ambient temperatures given above would in and of themselves be detrimental to the kelp, exposure to them for up to a week would not likely cause permanent degradation of the entire bedl 3 because the mean exposure temperature does not quite exceed a recognized threshold temperature for rapid degradation (24"C) and deeper portions
- of the bed would be slightly cooler than the average and would have a greater probability of l maintaining a viable population. However, adding 1-1.5'C to these ambient temperatures could place the bottom kelp tissues in a critical temperature environment subjecting the tissues of most of the plants to temperatures greater than their short-term tolerance, and prolonging the period of time in which the plants would experience temperatures greater than 20*C (68"F), which j
would cause them to be more susceptible to grazing pressure, diseases, etc. , leading to their eventual demise.1i Since ambient bottom temperature in the region from August - early September may typically range up to 19"C (66"F) (Sect. 5.3.1), a seve'al r week period could exist in which temperatures exceed 19*C. The information above suggests that the thermal discharges from SONGS 1, 2 and 3 may result in the destruction of at least a portion of the San Onofre Kelp Bed during the summer months. Under average conditions, the result may not be detectable or it may be manifested in a noticeably earlier decline of the canopy. However, under extreme worst case conditions (e.g. , several days with high ambient temperatures and slack currents, and with all three plants operating con-tinuously), destruction of the basal regenerative tissues might result. Although recolonization of the area from outside sources could occur during the cooler months, the community, if destroyed frequently, could never achieve a stable state characteristic of other kelp beds in the area. i Furthermore, constant temperature increases coupled with added turbidity would be inimical to i interim reestablishment since these factors tend to increase the effects of grazing.13 The perennial occurrence of worst case conditions seems highly unlikely (Sect. 5.3.1) and the staff i thus concludes that the long-term thermal impacts from normal station operation are not likely to
- be severe. However, in view of (1) the potential additive of synergistic effects of turbidity l and sediment with thermal discharges, (2) the ecological importance of kelp beds and their already diminished stature, and (3) the fact that the San Onofre bed represents about one-third of this resource along approximately 16 km (10 mi) of shoreline in the vicinity of SONGS, the staff requires that extensive monitoring be conducted to ensure the bed's protection (see Sec t. 6.2.1).
Turbidity and sediment transport ef#ects The FES-CP discusses the types of effects turbidity increases due to SONGS operation will have on the various biological communities, indicating that it is not possible to predict the areal extent of this impact. However, since turbidity dispersal will be related to dispersion of the thermal effluent, that the thermal plume is now predicted to cover a greater area than before indicates that turbidity increases will occur over a greater area as well.
5-28 The organisms likely to receive the greatest impact from increased turbidity are those which cannot readily avoid adverse conditions or do not regenerate quickly (or experience rapid recruitment from surrounding waters), namely, the benthos. Since the San Onofre Kelp Bed is estimated to be enveloped within the thermal plume, it is likely that it will also experience increased turbidity. The ef fect on the kelp would potentially be decreased photosynthesis, possibly causing many of the plants to die if the exposure is continuous (a It increase in the , - absorption coefficient has been found to result in a 20% loss in net photysynthesis at 15 m)l3 and burial of the holdfasts in particles which settle out, inhibiting regeneration and recoloniza-tion. Regardless of the magnitude of these effects, their presence would add to the probability 2 that the kelp bed would be adversely affected (see preceding section). Some of the effects of increased sediment transport on benthic fauna are addressed in the FES-CP. The staff has further addressed the impact of the change in sediment size in areas near the SONGS site which would result from sediment redistribution. A study conducted during SONGS 1 operation, shutdown, and subsequent startup showed a significant reduction in the mber of species and the total abundance of individual benthic fauna (primarily molluses and pol s. te worms) within 200 m of the intake and discharge structure, probably because of the coarsening of the grain size of the sediments in this area.h Sediment coarsening appears to be mainly a result of the dis-charge of shells and shell fragments of fouling organisms (barnacles, molluscs) sloughed from the insides of the intake and discharge pipes during normal operation and especially during heat i treatment. The sediment-altered area associated with SONGS 1 (following 13 years of operation) is estimated to be approximately 125,600 m 2 , on the assumption of a circular pattern of effect with a radius of ) 200 m. h Assuming sediment alteration associated wif n SONGS 2 & 3 form a rectangular pattern ' approximately 200 m from the sides and ends of each dif fuser, the area af fected by SONGS 2 & 3 would be approximately 0.8 km 2 Adding this to the area af fected by SONGS 1 (125,600 m2 ) plus an estimate of the area affected by heat-treatment backflushing of the SONGS 2 condenser (59,900 m?) gives a total area affected by all three units, from both normal operation and heat treatments, of approximately 1.0 km-It is dif ficult, however, to extrapolate f rom the ef fects associated with the point source dis-charge of SONGS 1 to the 762-m long dual, staggered dif fusers of SONGS 2 & 3. SONGS 2 & 3 Jointly are expected to have 5 times the cooling water flow rate, 3.3 times the intake pipe area per intake structure, and 12.5 times the total fouling surface area associated with the two out-fall lines that SONGS 1 has. h None of these f actors has been taken into consideration in cal-culating the area potentially affected by SONGS 2 & 3. The magnitude of the effect will also ] ! increase with duration of opera tion. In contrast to the above prediction of benthic impoverishment, the staff concludes that a zone of enhanced species diversity and abundance is to be anticipated beyond the area of sediment modification. This conclusion is also based on results of the Marine Review Committee study,b which indicates that within a zone of 200 to 800 m from the intake and cutfall of SONGS 1, diversity and abundance cf benthic fauna show a positive correlation with proximity to these I structures. It has been estimated that this area contains 2 times the diversity and 8 times the abundance of benthic fauna as the sediment-altered area within the 200 m radius of the out-fall. This phenomenon is believed to be a result of organic enrichment from sinking plankton fragments and/or material continually resuspended by the localized turbulence of the discharged cooling water. h Assuming an eliptical ring pattern for this area of enhancement, starting from a point 200 m on either side of the intake and outfall structures of SONGS 1, to 1200 m upshore and downshore (the extent of enhancement appears to diminisF between 800-1500 m downcoast) and extending for a distance of 400 m beyond the 200-m point in the onshore and of fshore directions (offshore / onshore effect is much less than longshore), the area of enhancement is estimated to be approximately 2.1 km? , Predicting the magnitude of an enhancement effect associated with SONGS 2 & 3 on the basis of SONGS 1 observations is compiteated. The total volume of dead plankton dispersed might be approx. imately 5 times that of SONGS 1 as a result of the 5-fold increase in cooling water flow rate. However, the volume of discharge for each diffuser port is less than for the single outfall of SONGS 1 so that the distance the entrained plankton are dispersed would be expected to be less. l'here may alsn be considerable differences between the shallow current patterns where the SONGS 1 outfall is located and the current patterns in the deeper waters where the SONGS 2 & 3 diffusers will be located. i If it is assumed that the dispersal distances for dead plankton will extend approximately half the distance from the sediment-altered area surrounding the SONGS 2 & 3 diffusers as was found asso-ciated with the SONGS 1 discharge, and accounting for overlap, the area of enhancement would be 2 approximately 2.4 km . Adding to this the area affected similarly by SONGS 1 gives a total of y-m y -- m e- m wu, -- --,-i,m-- 4.- 3---eoy -,+. - - --e - + ear-e a
5-29 5.5 km2 . This is an area approximately 5 times that estimated to show a reduction in benthic diversity and abundance. The staff concludes that the impacts likely to occur to the benthic fauna as a result of sediment transport effects are acceptable. Entrainment The staff's analysis of entrainment effects in the FES-CP remains valid (FES-CP, p. 5-7 to 5-12). A program on the mortality experienced by entrained ichthyoplankton is being planned currently at SONGS 1 and is expected to be submitted to the NRC staff in December 1978 for approval. The results of this program should help to determine the significance of any impacts although the analysis presented in the FES-CP indicates that impacts should not be significant. The comple-tion date for this study will be approximately one year after it is initiated. The circulation of water from near-shore areas to offshore areas will cause some redistribution of species, particularly zooplankton, since species composition is not exactly the same for both areas (Sect. 2.5.2). Although this may result in long-term species composition changes, the areas affected should be small (FES-CP, Sect. 5.3.2) relative to the coastal areas as a whole around San Onofre. Because no other power plants or industrial facilities that could exert a similar influence exist within several miles, this impact is judged acceptable. Jmpingement The basic impingement analysis contained in the FES-CP remains valid. Some additional informa-tion is available, however, on the design and efficiency of the fish return system. The system is described in detail in Sect. 3.4 of the ER and in Sect. 3.2.2 of this document. Basically, the fish return system consists of a mechanism for shunting any fish entrained in the intake to a side holding area by means of an angled conduit design to avoid impinging them on the trash removal mechanisms in front of the final intake. Preliminary experimental results (ER, p. 5.1-20) indicate that perhaps 90% or more of the fish can be returned to the ocean unharmed. However, precise figures on the effectiveness of this system will not be available until the fish return system is in full-scale operation. The FES-CP analysis assumes a worst-case situation in whicn the fish return system is not at all effective. Under these conditions, 33 to 91 tonnes (36 to 100 tons) of fish per year would be removed from the San Onofre area. These figures are based on extrapolations from data obtained on SONGS 1 operation; new data do not indicate that these figures should be adjusted significantly. The majority of the fish impinged at SONGS I are anchovy, and, for reasons given in the FES-CP, losses from all three units should not have a significant impact on the anchovy population. Moreover, of the dominant recreational fish impinged at SONGS 1. losses were less than 0.8% of the amount taken by fishermen. Likewise, the primary commercial fish of the area - jack mackerel, Pacific bonito, and white seabass - were seldom entrained at SONGS 1. Ogshore current induction The analysis of the effects of induced circulation as given in the FES-CP (p. 5-16) remains valid. 5.4.2.2 Effects of biocides and other chemical discharges The FES-CP expressed concern about the potential long-term effects of copper being released into surrounding water by corrosion of the condenser tubing. Design changes have eliminated the plan to use a copper-nickel alloy for condenser tubing; titanium tubing will be used. Therefore, copper- or nickel-induced stresses to the receiving water from condenser tubing would not occur. The FES-CP conclusion that the ef fects of chlorine will not be significant remains valid. How-ever, new information is available on this subject. The applicant estimates that the effluent chlorine concentrations will be no greater than 1.5 ppm as total residual before discharge to the ocean (ER, p. 5.3-2). With a 10-to-1 mixing in the immediate vicinity of the diffuser ports (ER,
- p. 5.3-2), this value would be reduced to 0.15 ppm. The FES-CP required, and the applicant agreed, that the total residual concentration of chlorine and other halogens in the immediate vicinity of the discharge from each unit be limited to less than 0.1 ppm for no more than six 15-min periods each day [FES-CP, p. iv, item 7,a(2)]. Experience at SONGS 1 indicates that total residual chlorine concentrations quickly dissipate to undetectable quantities within a few hundred feet of the outfall and, for any given 15-min dosing period, are only detectable over the outfall for 2 to 18 min (ER, p. 5.3-2). Even assuming a worst-case condition for SONGS 2 & 3 in which chlorine remains at levels around 0.15 ppm (total residual) in the vicinity of the outfall ports for as long as 30 min, any significant impacts are unlikely.15 Thus, any chlorine effects are
5-30 likely to be minimal and of an acceptable nature. Moreover, the difference in effect between discharges of 0.1 and 0.16 ppm are negligible. In view of this and in light of the provisions of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, the staff does not believe that the more stringent limitation on chlorine discharges to which the applicant agreed is a necessary one. Accordingly, it will not be carried forward as a condition to the Operating Licenses. Miscellaneous chemicals will be discharged through the circulating water outfall system and will include laboratory wastes, ion exchange regeneration chemicals, and pH adjusters (Sect. 3.23 of this document and Sect. 3.5 of the FES-CP). The FES-CP analysis of the impact of these chemicals remains valid; that is, because of the small quantities involved, the great dilution factors present, and the relatiiely innocuous nature of most of these chemicals, impacts will not be detectable. 5.4.2.3 sffectsofsanitarywastedischarge The ef fects of sanitary waste discharge are 'not discussed specifically in the FES-CP. However, any effects will be insignificant for the following reasons.
- 1. On the average, only about 26 m3 / day (7000 gpd) of secondary treated sewage will be discharged.
- 2. The discharge will be made into the circulatory water system at the rate of 0.02 m /3 min (5 gam), The cooling water flow is about 1200 m l/ min (320,000 gpm). Thus, a 6400 dilution factor will result.
- 3. The resulting concentrations of suspended solids BOD, N, P, coliform bacteria, and chlorine will not result in detectable incremental increases above ambient levels even before dis-charge into the ocean.
5.5 RADIOLOGICAL IMPACTS 5.5.1 Radiological impact on man The impact on man associated with the routine release of radioactive effluents from SONGS 2 & 3 .has been estimated. The quantities of radioactive material that may be released annually from the plant are estimated based on the description of the radwaste systems given in the applicant's ER and PSAR and using the calculational model and parameters described in NUREG-0017. R Using these quantities and site environs information, the dose commitments to individuals are estimated using models and considerations discussed in detail in Regulatory Guide 1.109. Addi tional assumptions and models described in Appendix B of this environmental statement were used to estimate inte-grated population doses. 1 5.5.1.1 Ex_posure pathwayj The environmental pathways that were considered in calculating the radiological impact are shown in Fig. 5.23. Calculations of radiation doses to man at and beyond the site boundary were based on the ridioactive material quantities shown in Tables 3.2 and 3.3, on site meteorological and I hydrological considerations, and on exposure pathways at SONGS 2 & 3. I In the analysis of all effluent radionuclides released from the plant, tritium, carbon-14, radiocesium and radiocobalt inhaled with air and ingested with food and water were found to account for essentially all total-body dose commitments to individuals and the population within 80 km (50 miles) of the plant. 5.5.1.2 Dose commitments from radioactive releases to the atmosphere Radioactive effluents released to the atmosphere from SONGS 2 & 3 will result in small radiation doses to the public. NRC staff estimates of the expected gaseous and particulate releases listed in Table 3.3 and the site meteorological considerations discussed in Sect. 2.4 of this statement and summarized in Table 5.1 were used to estimate radiation doses to individuals and populations. Dose commitments to individuals and the population can be estimated uiing different methodologies. The staff's assessment of dose is based on a 50-year commitment and is described in Regulatory Guide 1.109. The results of the calculations are discussed below.
5-31 E S-2510 GASEOUS EFFLUENT NUCLE AR POWER PL ANT 5 D i E p j 1 2 Q - LIQUID EFFLUENT 1 { T. ! -. 4 e s 6 9 %4 2 ( _3 h '
,*o, P
] {g \o, Direct irradiation S
~
o i ,
~'
& FUEL TRANSPORT sno,,nn, a 5No,'.h,......N..
D:m/Q*%s,','yo ,
~ ~
, ,e,,,,,
w n
* ,#i $ @ C3 @ @ C
G6 db6EbS %,
' n p ^,,puo
/gj /
~
/ y 7 i;
..~ *$ % y
. ... s j _ _
M
= ,
\cego on _ g
~
=- ,
~~~ J --
3 8 g
% h J:::b >
Fig. 5.23. Exposure pathways to man. Radiation dose commitments to individuals The predicted dose commitments to the " maximum" individual from radiciodine and particulate releases are listed in Tables 5.2 and 5.3. The maximum individual has been estimated to receive the highest dose commitment f rom SONGS 2 & 3 and is assumed to consume well above average quan-tities of the foods considered (see Table A-2 in Regulatory Guide 1.109). The maximum annual air, total body, and skin doses from noble gas releases are presented in Tables 5.3 and 5.4. Radiation dose conunitments to populations The calculated annual radiation dose conriitments to the population within 80 km of SONGS 2 & 3 from gaseous and particulate releases are presented in Table 5.3. Estimated dose commitments to the U.S. population are presented in Table 5.5. Background radiation doses are provided for comparison. Within 80 km of the plant site, specific meteorological, populational, and agricultural data for ) each of 16 compass sectors around the plant were used to evaluate the doses. Beyond 80 km, meteorological models were extrapolated by assuming uniform dispersion of noble gases and con-tinued deposition of radiciodines and particulates until no suspended radionuclides remained. Dcses were evaluated using average population densities and food production values discussed in Appendix B. The doses from atmosph:ric releases during normal operation represent an extremely small increase in the normal population dose from background radiation sources.
..m . , _ . __.m___ _ _ . _ . _._ - . -- . _ _ _
T i 5-32 Table 5.1. Summary of atmospheric dispersion factors and deposition values for selected locations near SONGS 2 & 3' Location Source
- X/O (sec/m 31
.q Nearest s,te land boundary (0,36 m<le WNW)' A 44E5 8 3 E'8 l 0 6.9 E S 1.3 E 7
} C 16E5 30E8 i
- Nearest res.dence and garden (1.3 mile NNW)' A 3.5 E 6 15E8 j H 48E6 2.0 E B C 17E8 69E9 i
l The deses presented in the following tables are corrected foe radioactive decay and cloud de- ) sNetion from devoution, where appropriate, in accordance with negulatary Guide 1 1I1. Hev. i. l " Methods for Estimatmg Atmospheric Transport and 0,spers.on of Gaseous Ef fluents in Routine i Releases from Light Water Reactors." Juiy 1977.
- Source A is gas decay ta%,24 purges pee year,10 hr per purge source B is conta.nment vent, 24 purges per year,2 hr per purge source C is vent continuous releaw.
- "N e ar es t " refers to that type of locaten whe<e the highest radtation dose is empceted to oc-cor from all appropriate pathways
{4 d th:rc E-x is used to indicate the f actor 10" i.e.s 4.4 E-5 4.4 x 104, f Table 5.2. Maximum ennual dose commitments to an iadividual near the SONGS 2 & 3 plant caused by particulate and liquid effluents , Dose (mallarems pt r year per unit) 4 3 Location Pa t hway r organs Total txxiv Thyroid [o
- dose) 9 -_ _ -..
6 1 lodine and puticulate doses
- Nearest residence and garden (1.3 NNW)" Ground depost t 0.41 0 41 NA 4
inhalation 0 10 0.20 1 3 Vegetation 0.39 0.80 l j Totals 0 90 1.4 Liquid effluent doses j Nearest fish Fish ingestion 0.019 0 018 0.0016 4 invertebeate ingestion 0.0058 0,025 0.104 Shorelme use 0.039 0.039 0.039 l Totals 0 064 0 082 0.15 i { "" Nearest" refers to the location where the highest rad-atton dose to an ind'vidual from all applicable path-ways has been estimated 1 $ 5.5.1.3 Dose commitments from radioactive liquid releases to the hydrosphere Radioactive effluents released to the hydrosphere from SONGS 2 & 3 during normal operation will j result in small radiation doses to individuals and populations. The staff estimates of the expected liquid releases listed in Table 3.2 and the site hydrological considerations discussed in Sect. 2.3 of this statement and summarized in Table 5.6 were used to estimate radiation dose
; connitments to individuals and populations. The results Of the calculations are discussed below.
4 Radiation dose connitments to individuals 4 % 4 The estimated dose commitments to individuals at selected offsite locations where exposures are i expected to be largest are listed in Tables 5.2 and 5.3. The standard NRC models given in Regulatory Guide 1.109 were used for these analyses, i i T
--w r
. _ . . . - . . - - _ . . . . . ~.. .
S-33 Table 5.3, Maximum calculated dose commitments to an individual and the population from SONGS 2 & 3' _..__ . _ _ _ _ _ - _ ~ Appendue i Calculated Design obineteves doses (Annual dosu per reactov unstl
.._~-_.v..-,- . ~ -
3 Maximum mdividual doses Ltquid etfluents Dose to total body from all pathways, maturems 3 0.064 Dose to any organ f rom o!l pathways, milbrems 10 0 15 Noble gas ef fluents (at site boundaryl Gamma dose m a,r. m,ihrads 10 4.2 Beta dose m an, milbrads 20 14 Dose to total body of an ind+vidual, millnems 5 2.5 Dose to skm of an individual, mithrems 15 8.3 Radeciodines and particulares b Dose to a.i, organ from a!! pathways, mdhrems 15 14 Population doses within 80 km 150 miles) i Total hady T hy roid , 1 (man remo (man rems) Natural radiation background' 700.000 Liquid ef fluents 0. t 7 0. t 4 Noble gas etfiuents 2.7 2.7 Radiciodit es and particulates 10 15
" Appendix 1 design obiectives from Sects. II.A.11.0, II.C, and ll D of Appendix 1 10 CF R S0, considers maximum doses to individuals and popu!ation per reactor unit.
Source fevhvar Regest. 40.19442. May 5.1975.
'Cartion 14 and totium have been added to this category.
'" Natural Ra+ation E xposure en the United States." U S. Environmental Protec-tion Agency. ORP-SID 721 Uune l972), using the average State of Cahfornia back-ground dose of 97 rnahrems per year and year 2000 projected population of 262 nulhon
' ) Table 5.4. Annual total body, skin, and air doses at the nearest site boundary of SONGS 2 & 3 i caused by gaseous radioactive offluents' Dose (rmlbrem per year per umt) location Total body Skin Gamma air dose Beta air dose Nearest site boundary (0.36 mile WNW)* 2.5 8.3 4.2 14
'" Nearest" refers to that site boundary location where the highest radicion doses caused by gaseous effluents have tmen estimated to occur.
Table 5.5. Annual total body population dosa commitments m the year 2000 Category U S. population dose commitment for the site Natural background rad,ation man rems per year' 27,000.000 SONGS 2 & 3 operation, man sems per year per site Plant woekers 1.000 General pubhc Gas and partrculates 440 Liquid effluents 2 Transportation of fJel and Waste 14
'Usmg the average U S. background dose of 102 man-rems per year and year 2000 protected U S. l population from " Population Estimates and Protections." Senes 11, U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census. Series P 25 No 541 (February 1975L - _ -.. _ . , - - . . , . . - . . . , _ - _ , ~_
- - - - . - .. . -- . - . ~ - - - _. . ._ - . . - - s . . ~ _-.
i 3 5-34 i
- Table 5.6. Summary of hydrologic tc amport and 4
dispersion for houid releases from $0NGS 2 & Y t Location Transit time (tirl Ddution f actos Nearest sport o.1 1 + fishmg kication ) (plant outf aH)* I Nearest shorehne (piant boundarv) 0.1 1 f 'See Rc0ulatory Cude 1.112. "Analybral Models to j Estimatmg na6oisotope Concentrations m D,f ferent Water ' 1 Bodies " (1976). j 6 Assuma! tot purpows of an upper +mit est4 mate, de-f taaed information not awlable. I i , 2 d l j , Radiation dose commitments _ to,popu_lat_ ions, s The estimated population radiation dose commitments to 80 km for SONGS 2 & 3 from liquid releases, i based on the use of water and blota f rom the Pacific Ocean, are shown in Table 5.3. Dose consnit-i ments beyond 80 km were based on the assumptions discussed in Appendix B. l: Background radiation doses are provided for comparison. The dose commitments from liquid releases { from SONGS 2 & 3 represent small increases in the population dode from background radiation i sources. { 5.5.1.4 Direct radiation 1 Ra_dia t,lo,n f rom the f acii t ty, ! Radiation fields are produced in nuclear plant environs as a result of radioactivity contained ' within the reacto and its associated components. Doses from sources within the plant are i primarily due to nitrogen-16 a radionuclide produced in the reactor core. Sinw the primary coolant of pressurized water reactors is contained in a heavily shielded area of the plant, dose rates in the vicinity of PWRs are generally undetectable (less than 5 millirems per y ar). Low-level radioactivity storage containers outside the plant are estimated to contribute U ss l 4 than 0.01 millirem per year at the site boundary. J Oc_cupational radiation exposure. o 1 i On the basis of a review of the applicant's FSAR the staff has determined that the apolicant is conunitted to design features and operating practices that will assure that individual occupational radiation doses (occupational dose is defined in 10 CFR Part 20) and that individual and total plant population doses will be as low as is reasonably achievable (10 CFR Part 20). Portraying { , athe radiological man-rem impact radiation occupational of the plant dose. operation on all onsite personnel necessitates estimating For a plant designed and proposed to be operated in a I manner consistent with 10 CFR Part 20, there will be many variables that influence exposure and make it dif ficult to determine a quantitative total occupational radiation dose for a specific
- plant. Therefore, past exposure experience from operating nuclear power stations l7 has been i
used to provide a widely applicable estimate to be used for all light water reactor power plants of the type and size for 50 HGS 2 & 3. ! per reactor unit. This experience indicates a value of 500 man-rems per year 4 On this basis, the projected occupational radiation exposure impact of the two-unit San Onofre station is estieted to be 1000 man-rems per year. i 1 4 l
- , Transportation of radioactive material j
The transportation of cold fuel to a reactor, of irradiated fuel from the reactor to a fuel reprocessing . plant, and of solid radioactive wastes from the reactor to burial grounds is within j the scope of the NRC report entitled Dwiromental nevey c! Trans;wMadon of FalicaMit?e j ,wtwials to and from Nhur rover Plants [10 CFR 51,20(g)). The estimated population dose tocinitments associated with transportation of fuels and wastes are listed in Tables 5.5 and 5.7. 7
5-35 Table 5.7. Environmental impact of transportation of fuel and waste to and from d one hght-water cooled nuclear power reactor
"'T#d* ComWat.ve dose to Est: mated to espourt g E xposed populanon numtwr of indmduab persons (rmti rems per g reactor year)
Transportation workers '200 o of Io 300 4 General pubhc Onlookers 1.100 0.003 to 1.3 Along Route 000.000 0 001 to 0.06 3 Accidents in transport Radmingical er fects Smalf Common (nonsadiologicall causes 1 tetal iniary in 100 reactor yeau, 1 nontatal ensury m to reactos yems: s475 property damage per reactor year "Gata supporting this table are given de the Commes.on's f rmronmenta/ Survey o/ Transportstoon of Radioactive Materials to and from Nuclear Power Plants, wash 1238, December 1972, and Suppl.1. NUREG 75'o38, Apr:t 1975
" Normal cond tions of transport: heat (per erradiated fuel cask in tranuth 250,000 Btu'hr; weight (governed by Federal or State restrictionst 73.000 lb per truck 100 tons per cask per rad car. traffic density, <1 per day: ra I <3 pe' month.
'The Fedual Radiat.on Council has recommended that rad:ataon dows ham all sources of radiation other than natura! back ground and medical exposures should be bm ted to 5000 mderems per year for indmduals as a result of occupational exposure and should be hmited to 500 melbrems per year for individuais in the general populanon. The dose to in-dmduals as a result of everage natural back round 0 radiation is about 102 miinrems rm year.
dMan-rem is an expression for the summabon of whole body doses to mdeduals m a group, Thus, if each member of a population group of 1000 people were to receive a dose of 0 001 rem 11 milbremi, or if 2 people were to receive a dow of 0.5 rem (500 mdhremu each, the total man rern in each case would be 1 man rem.
'Although the environmental risk of radiological effects stemmmg bom transportation accidents ns currently mcapable of beitig numericaHy quanUfied, the risk remains small re.
gardless of whether at is being appbed to a single reactor or a multireactor sae,
'5.5.1.5 Comparison of dose assessment models The applicant's site and environmental data provided in the ER and in subsequent answers to staff questions were used extensively in the dose calculations. Any additional data received which i could significantly af fect the conclusions reached in this draf t statement will be used in pre-paring the final statement.
5.5.1.6 Evaluation of radiological iiijpact_ The actual radiological impact associated with the operation of SONGS 2 & 3 will depend, in part, on the manner in which the radioactive waste treatment system is operated. The staff concludes on the basis of their evaluation of the potential performance of the radwaste system that the system as proposed is capable of meeting the dose design objectives of 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix 1. Table 5.3 compares the calculated maximum individual doses to the dose design objectives. How-ever, because the facility's operation will be governed by operating license technical specifica- . tions and because the technical specifications will be based on the dose design objectives of' 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix I, as shown in the first column of Table 5.3, the actual radiological impact of plant operation may result in doses close to the dose design objectives. Even if this situation exists, however, the individual doses will still be very small when compared to natural background doses ($100 millirems per year) or of the dose limits specified in 10 CFR Part 20. As a result the staff concludes that there will be no measurable radiological impact on man from routine operation of SONGS 2 & 3. 5.5.2 Radiological impacts to biota other than man Depending on the pathway and the radiation source, terrestrial and aquatic biota will receive doses.spproximately the same or somewhat higher than man receives. Although guidelines have not been established for acceptable limits for radiation exposure to species other than man, it is i l t.- -
. - - ~ - .. .- _- - -_ . - -. 5-36 generally agreed that the limits established for humans are also conservative for other species. Experience has shown that it is the maintenance of population stability that is crucial to the l survival of a species, and species in most ecosystems suffer rather high mortality rates from natural causes. Although the existence of extremely sensitive biota is possible and increased radiosensitivity in organisms may result from environmental interactions with other stresses (e.g., heat, biocides, etc.), no biota have yet been discovered that show a sensitivity (in terms of increased morbidity or mortality) to radiation exposures as low as those expected in the area' surrounding SONGS 2 & 3. Furthermore, in all the plants for which an analysis of radiation exposure to biota other than man has been made, there have been no cases of exposures that can be considered significant in terms of urm to the species, or that approach the exposure limits to members of the public permitted by 10 CFR Part 20.19 Since the BEIR ReportM concluded that the evidence to date indicates that no other living organisms are very much more radiosensitive than man, no measurable radiological impact on populations of biota is expected as a result of the routine operation of this plant. 5.5.3 Environmental ef fects of the uranium fuel cycle I On March 14, 1977, the Commission presented in the Fed m l Fegid er (42 FR 13803) an interim rule regarding the environmental considerations of the uranium fuel cycle. It is effective (by Amend- l' ment of September }2,1978) through March 14, 1979 and revises Table S-3 of Paragraph (e) of 10 CFR Part 51.20. In a subsequent announcement on April 14, 1978, (43 FR 15613), the Commission further amended Table S-3 to delete the numerical entry for the estimate of radon releases and to clarify that the table does not cover health effects. The interim rule reflects new and updated information relative to reprocessing of spent fuel and radioactive waste management as discussed in NUREG 0ll6, Envirowntal breay of the Reprocceo:ng and Waste Mr:gunt rcrtione of the EER Fuel cycle,M and NUREG-0216,23 which presents staf f responses to comments on NUREG-0116. The rule also considers other environmental factors of the uranium fuel cycle, including aspects of mining and inilling, isotopic enrichment, fuel fabrication, and management of low-and high-level wastes. These are described in the AEC report WASH-1248, Feirm.m:tal Lms of the W :iw- Fuel cyale. ' Specific categories of natural resource use are included in Table 5-3 of the interim rule, which I is reproduced in this statement as Table 5.8. These categories relate to land use, water con- ' sumption and thermal effluents, radioactive releases, burial of transuranic and high- and low- i level wastes, and radiation doses from transportation and occupational exposures. The contribu-tions in Table 5.8 for reprocessing, waste management, and transportation of wastes are maximize 1 for either of the two fuel cycles (uranium only and no recycle); that is, the cycle that results in the greater impact is used, The following assessment of the environmental impacts of the fuel cycle as related to the opera-tion of SONGS 2 & 3 is based on the values given in Table 5.8 and the staff's analysis of the radiological impact from radon releases. For the sake of consistency, the analysis of fuel-cycle impacts has been cast in terms of a model 1000 MWe LWR operating at an annual capacity factor of 80L In the following review and evaluation of the environmental impacts of the fuel cycle, the staff conclusions would not be altered if the analysis were to be tased on the net electrical power output of SONGS 2 & 3. ihe total annual land requirement for the fuel cycle supporting a model 1000 MWe LWR is about 41 ha (101 acres). Approximately 3 ha (7 acres) per year are permanently committed land, and 38 ha (94 acres) per year are temporarily committed. (A " temporary" land commitment is a com-mitment for the life of the specific fuel-cycle plant, e.g., mill, enrichment plant, or succeeding plants. On abandonment or decorinissioning, such land can be used for any purpose. " Permanent" coninitments represent land that may not be released for use af ter plant shutdown and/or decom-missioning.) Of the 38 ha per year of temporarily committed land, 29 ha (72 acres) are undis-turbed and 9 ha (22 acres) are disturbed. Considering common classes of land use in the U.S.,+ fuel-cycle land-use requirements to support the model 1000 MWe LWR do not represent a significant impact. The principal water-use requirement for the fuel cycle supporting a model 1000 MWe LWR is that required to remove waste heat from the power stations supplying electrical energy to the enrich-ment step of this cycle. Of the total annual requirement of 43 x 106 m3 (11,000 x 10' gal), 2 A notice of final rulemaking proceedings was given in the Foderal Reafster of May 26, 1977 (42 FR 26987) that calls for additional public comment before adoption or final modification of the interim rule.
*A coal-fired power plant of 1000 MWe capacity using strip-mined coal requires the dis-turbance of about 81 ha (200 acres) per year for fuel alone.
. _ _ . - .. . ~ , . ... . .. . - - a. . - . . ..- 5 37
- w. i s. s.,mme,v e e,se <o.waeni, eon.se euen. h .er u ii f,eei evoe*
14ormeWed to mudei LWR anreud fuel es4weement (WASH 1248 rir reference redelaie vede INURf G 0116) Netwd estource use Tota! Maomum eMed pea annua # fue r ,,o aement na eekronce re.ktor rede ed modet 1000 MWe LWA
-- ~-
. ~-
Land, acres Tempore..ly cummitwd" 94 Umtsturiano eres 73 D sturfaed ares 22 Egwwsteof t#110 MWe wei.f aed power plant Poemanentiv romm;tted 7t Ovesbusden mewers. milhons of etierric trens 2s tgurveient to 95 MWe cp* fireo conc peant r ~.- 4 Weer, smhions 5-1 pilons Dncheeged iu s r I fs0 Eque4 2% of modei 1000 MWe LWII *ith wobne to*ei Dacherged to wate brxt.es 11 060 D4chavptf to ground 124 Totai 11.373 Less than 4 L of muttel 1000 MWe 4.Wil m in once through coolmg FoW fuel Electncat onergy thouseds of 321 Lese tt.*i 6% o' model 100G Mwe LWR output mapwisit hours kQwlsaient ebei, thewsandt I17 kilwegterti IV the f.onsumption of & 46-MWe coal n'ed (d fastert tosts puwer plant Natural ps, mdhone tr8 atendesd cutes feet 124 Less than 0.3% of modei 1000 n8We ensivy output E+fwents - chemica s, metnc teos Geses qmcbomg eit'aimnertfl' SC, 4 400 NOf IJ90 f qwvvent to emiuions bm 45 MWe coes orest power plant for 4 veer i Hydrocartsons 14 l CO 29 6 l
#cowam 1.194 I Other oeses F~ 0 67 Prmapeu wteam UF, psosluchon, ennchment, amt repre eHmg Concentrabor= wefem range el state sidadarth -
Delow le est that has eHoc*s on hurado heatm hcl 0 014 oginos SO 4 " 99 F ro m en+ement, tvec I 40not.on. amt reprc<.essmo steps. Comteness that connuture a pawntial fue advese environments) eMer ero prewit m Slute concent+atsons and rece ve add 4tiosial d btion or recemn6 hod **s NOf 25 8 of water so seve4 tielow permimbie stemsertts The constituents the vequ.te t$+tution and the flow o' dou-F 6uor.de 12 9 Cd " 54 tive worar se C1 ^ 9$ NH, - 500 ch N/ 12 1 NO3 - 20 cis NH, 10 0 FNonde - 70 cis We 04 Ta ungs smutums. tnovweh of metne tons 240 F vom mills omy - no s.gmtcant ettNerin to ers.apoment Sor ids 9t000 Pemc pshy Itorn truNs - ve Ugmbcent s'fments to environment Ofiuents vadiolog. cal, cunes Genes hnerustmg erstra amente Hn 222 #mently undes enorudettemn Dv the Commeon Re 226 U C2 T* 210 0 02 Veamom 0 034 Tritiurn. thowi.ar=A 18 1 C 14 24 Ke 86 thousands 400 Ru 106 0 14 Pne+cmetiv hom Not reprucess og piants i 129 I2 4 131 0 83 5.ssme prmbets and resusma<urs 0 203 LutWeh u amam and daughtcs 7) Premapalt, from mithng - mate 1ed m taatmgs hooor and teru e ned to yound ao efflueen theeefoes. no oftect on enbegrmitet Ita 226 0 0034 From VF, proovesso th 230 0 0015 Yh 234 0 01 Frum fue! tatoit.eooa piants - concwpat+on 1% o' 10 C5 P Part 20 for tota' proces.ng 26 annual foes reounements for model LWR F sonvid riovevon B, oduin 5 9 X 10 ~ *
$0.sth (burieds uit s+tel Otaer thes biek towel isnshowl 11 300 9100 Ci come ham tow nevet rearw wesie- en<s l'iOO D cane from <wtoe dnontammanon er d derunnm.asum ms; ~ but:Grl dt lerid buts &l tac 6hties MiHs gerarbce 600 C. - mctudad m taehngs retur nett to you<wt W>out 60 Cs come fiOPl(OfWarskre end spent hWI sto'ei)r NG 99:0f cytt eHJuant to the etW>ttsnment TilU And btLW Meept 11 X 1Q ? Sused at Federat settesitory f Htuents - theemed. bancos of Bonsa 3,46? Leu thers 4% of model 1000 MWe LWR theemst uwth T'ansportetton, prison tems 2$
Lepmere o' workses and genere puwt Occusashonet secosuee person. rems 72.6 From worocewng rd *aste inanageenent
'sn semw cases where no entry es.samt 41 a cw I con the background damments that the mattee w.se ar#ts+ssed arut thn. in e 'ect. s th+,14 pie shouid ese re4rt as d a suscehr aero eritty w i,een mede Howem inere ,e on..r ,,s.s ihm ,e n.n .dd.essed u a ru we ram, s u W ash i248 duo r of oww. he m ennis imm the .muena de ,d.ed m m,s table Of esumdes Of releJ'aes Of Redon 222 hone the utarhum fuel cycle These iHues whd are not afdressed et ett by thte tehle sney tie the subiect Of 1 UgeOon in art (l+v: dual hsensmg pror.eettmgt Dats supptwemy thet saida se ipvec m the fortrurimerne/ Surwr of the L/rsnaam Fuel C)ce. W ASH 1248. Asvd 1914 the Ennronmental hvey of the Res presump u arid Waste 44Wrdgetineni Po*1t*MS Or the L61*M Mi Cule Nt)RtG 0116 t$urse 1 ta W ASH 1246; and the Den,arur' of Commersus Regardmp me trwmmmentar krsey que the Reptmewns and Hesse 4dermspraenti P tefroras s>f fee t WA f tart Me NURF G02!6 (Suppt '2 to W4Sn 1748L The corats. hub <,en from *vowresve4 waste maserment. and tranpo latum of wnves see mdhmmted tot dether of the two ftsed Cy$s hsrennem Urily end no recyfsd The Contf thutron trum transportabon esubdes trangeortehde Ul coef futi to e teacloe god of utadrated hjet and rad oorttre Wesles frOT 4 feeCOW abch are conudered m Tame 3 4 of $nj $l2tFge The untntmheg lym the other Ste03 of the ftsei cyrie Me pen m columni 4 - ( Of Tdter S 3A of W ASH 1248
- The etw petiubone to temporardy cornetetted farvi leom reproreuen6 are not proisted ove. 30 vers twouse the comsdem to't'pora+v *npett accruei rege tuen of weietner the plant sofWsel I reactpf for 5 ye4s or 52 teactnes fos 30 yeast E St+rhSted ef fluents besed Os1 CGmDulI43n Of e')uevatent M4I fot 90Wer gerisprgpor
# 12% horn neture' get use 44d pentess
___ - - - - -. -~ . . . . .- - 5-38 l 1 1 about 42 x 106 m are required for this purpose, assuming that these plants use once-through 3 4 cooling. Other water uses involve the discharge to air (e g., evaporation losses in process ' cooling) of about 0.6 x 106 m per year and water discharged to ground (e.g., mine drainage) 3 of about 0.5 x 106 mi per year. ! i
- On a thermal ef fluent basis, annual discharges from the nuclear fuel cycle are about 43 of those i frum the model 1000 MWe LWR using once-through cooling. The consumptive water use of 0.6 x 10' m i l per year is about 2% of that of the model 1000 MWe LWR using cooling towers. The maximum con-l sumptive water use (assuming that all plants supplying electrical energy to the nuclear fuel cycle used cooling towers) would be about 6% of that of the model 1000 MWe LWR using cooling towers, Under this condition, thermal effluents would be negligible. The staff finds that these com-
, binations of thermal loadings and water consumption are acceptable relative to the water use ( and thermal discharges of the proposed project. t i Electrical energy and process heat are required during various phases of the fuel-cycle process, j The electrical energy is usually produced by the combustion of fossil fuel at conventional ] power plants. Electrical energy associated with the fuel cycle represents about 5% of the annual
- electrical power production of the model 1000 MWe LWR, Process heat is primarily generated by i the combustion of natural gas. This gas consumption, if used to generate electricity, would be less than 0.3% of the electrir.al output from a 1000 MWe plant. The staff finds that the direct
} and indirect consumption of electrical energy for fuel-cycle operations are small and acceptable
- relative to the net power production of the proposed project, i
l The quantities of chemical, gaseous, and particulate ef fluents with fuel-cycle processes are l given in Table 5.8. The principal species are 50x, N0x, and particulates. The staff finds, on ! the basis of data in a Council on Environmental Quality report.2 + that these emissions constitute j an extremely small additional atmospheric loading in comparison with these emissions from the j stationary fuel-combustion and transportation sectors in the U.S., i.e., about 0.02% of the 4 annual national releases for each of these species. The staff believes such small increases in
- releases of these pollutants are acceptable, i
l Liquid chemical effluants produced in fuel-cycle processes are related to fuel-enrichment, l l -fabrication, and -reprocessing operations and may be released to receiving waters. These ' j effluents are usually present in such dilute concentrations that only small amounts of dilution l 1 water are required to reach levels of concentration that are within established standards. l l Table 5.8 specifies the flow of dilution water required for specific constituents. Additionally, J all liquid discharges into the navigable waters of the United States frnm plants associated j i with the fuel-cycle operations will bf subject to requirements and limitations set forth in an l j NPDES permit issued by an appropriate state or Federal regulatory agency. l l Tailings solutions and solids are generated during the milling process. These solutions and i solids are not released in quantities sufficient to have a significant impact on the environment. l Radioactive effluents estimated to be released to the environment from reprocessing and waste i management activities and certain other phases of the fuel-cycle process are set forth in 1 Table 5.8. Using these data, the staff has calculated the 100-year involuntary environmental 1 dose commitment to the U.S. population. These calculations estimate that the overall involuntary l total body gaseous dose commitment to the U.S. population from the fuel cycle (excluding i reactor releases and the dose commitment due to radon-222) would be approximately 400 man-rem l per year of operation of the model 1000 MWe LWR. The additional involuntary total body dose 4 commitment to the U.S. population from radioactive liquid effluents due to all fuel-cycle i operations other than reactor operation, estimated on the basis of the values given in Table 5.8, i would be approximately 100 man-rems per year of operation. Thus, the estimated involuntary i 100-year environmental dose commitment to the U.S. population from radioactive gaseous and liquid i releases due to these portions of the fuel cycle is approximately 500 man-rems (whole body) per i year of operation of the model 1000 MWe LWR, t 5 At this time Table 5.8 does not address the radiological impacts associated with radon-222 j releases. Principal radon releases occur during mining and milling operations and as emissions j from mill tailings. The staff has determined that releases from these operations for each year : J of operation of the model 1000 MWe LWR are as follows: 1 3 i
- The environmental dose commitment (E0C) is the integrated population dose for 100 years; 4 1.e., it represents the sum of the annual population doses for a total of 100 years. The t population dose varies with time, and it is not practical to calculate this dose for every year.
1 i 5 i 1. t
5-39 Mining:a 4060 Ci Milling and Tailings:H (during active milling) 780 Ci
)
Inactive Tailings: h (prior to stabilization) 350 Ci Stabilized Tailings:2S (several hundred years) I to 10 Ci/ year l Stabilized Tailings:25 (after several hundred years) 110 Ci/ year The staff has calculated population dose commitments for these sources of radon-222 using the RABGAD computer code described in Anpendix A of Chapter IV, Section J of NURCG-0002.a The results of these calculations for mining and milling activities prior to tailings stabilization are shown in Table 5.9. Table 5 9. Estimated loo year environmental do e commitment per year of operation of the model 1000 MWe LWR Radon 222 releases Source Amount (Cd Total txidy Bone Mimng 4100 110 2800 2300 Mahng and act ve 1100 29 7so 020 taihn95 Total 14o 3600 2900 When added to the 500 man-rem total body dose commitment for the balance of the fuel cycle, the overall estimated total body involuntary 100-year environmental dose commitment to the U.S. population from the fuel cycle for the model 1000 MWe LWR is approximately 640 man-rem. Over l this period of time, this dose is equivalent to 0.00002% of the natural background dose of about 1 3,000,000,000 man-rems to the U.S. population.* The staf f has also considered health effects associated with the releases of r6 don-222, con-sidering both the short-term effects of mining, milling and active tailings, and the long-term effects from stabilized tailings. The dose to the bronchial epithelium was used as the standard of comparison. As noted in Table 5.9, this dose for mining, milling, and active tailings is approximately 2900 man-rems per year of operation of the model 1000 'iWe LWR. For long term radon releases from stabilized tailings, the staff has assumed that these tailings would emit, per year of operation of the model 1000 MWe LWR,1 Ci/ year for 100 years,10 Ci/ year for the next 400 years, and 100 C1/ year for periods beyond 500 years. With these assumptions, the cumulative radon-222 release from stabilized tailings piles per year of operation of the model 1000 MWe LWR is estimated to be 100 Ci in 100 years and 53,800 Ci in 1000 years. ' The 4 bronchial epithelium dose commitments for these two periods are 56 and 30,000 man-rems, respectively, i At a risk estimator of 22.2 cancer deaths per million man-rem lung exposure, the estimated risk of lung cancer mortality resulting from mining, milling, and active tailings emissions of radon-222 would be 0.065 cancer fatalities per year of operation of the model 1000 MWe LWR. When the risk from radon-222 emissions from stabilized tailings over a 100-year release period is added, the risk of lung cancer mortality is estimated to be 0.066 cancer fatalities per year of operation of the model 1000 MWe LWR and, similarly, a risk of 0.74 cancer fatalities over a 1000-year release period. When all other risks of cancer mortalities (e.g., bone cancer) are considered, the overall risks of cancer fatalities per year of operation of the model 1000 MWe LWR are as follows: i Based on an annual average natural background individual dose commitment of 100 mrem and a stabilized U.S. population of 300 million.
l
- 5-40 I 0.11 fatalities for a 100-year per-lod j 0.19 fatalities for a 500-year period i 1.2 f atalities for a 1000-year period.
$ To illustrate: A single model 1000 MWe LWR operating at an 801 capacity factor for 30 years j would be predicted to induce 3.3 cancer fatalities in 100 years, 5.7 in 500 years, and 36 in ! 1000 years as a result of releases of radon-222. l These doses and predicted health effects have been compared with those that can be expected from
- natural-background emissions of radon-222. Data from the National Council on Radiation Protec-
, tionM indicate that the average radon-222 concentration in air in the contiguous United States is , about 150 pCi/m?. which the NCRP estimates will result in on annual dose to the bronchial
~
I epithelium of 450 mrem. For a stabilized U.S. population of 300 million, this represents a total l dose commitment of 135 million man-rem per year. With the same risk estimator of 22.2 lung cancer j fatalities per million man-rems used to predict cancer fatalities for the model 1000 MWe tWR, estimated lung cancer fatalities alone from background radon-222 in the air can be calculated to be 3000 per year. Against this background, the staff concludes that both the dose commitments and health ef fects of the uranium fuel cycle are insignificant when compared to dose commitments and i health effects to the U.S. population resulting from natural background radiation sources, i The quantitles of buried radioactive waste material (low-level, high-level, and transuranic l wastes) are specified in Table 5.8. For low-level waste disposed of at land burial facilities, the Commission notes in Table 5.8 that there will be no significant radioactive releases to the
- environment. For high-level and transuranic wastes, the commission notes that these are to be j buried at a Federal Repository, and that no release to the environment is associated with such i disposal. NUREG-Oll6 which provides background and context for the commission's data on high-j level and transuranic wastes shown in Table 5.8, indicates that these wastes will be buried and 2
will not be released to the biosphere. No radiological environmental impact is anticipated from such disposal. [ The annual occupational dose attributable to all phases of the fuel cycle for the model 1000 MWe 1 LWR is about 200 man-rems. The staff concludes that this occupational dose will not have a
- significant environmental impact. '
I i The transportation dose to workers and the public is specified in Table 5.8. This dose is small i and is not considered significant in comparison to the natural background dose. A j The staff's analysis of the uranium fuel cycle does not depend on the selected cycle (no recycle 1 or uranium- only recycle), since the data provided in Table 5.8 include the maximum recycle impact j option for each element in the fuel cycle. Thus, the staff's conclusions as to the acceptability j of the environmental impacts of the fuel cycle are not affected by the specific fuel cycle selected. *
! i i
5.6 SOCIDECONOMIC IMPACTS l 5.6.1 Introduction
- A 96-km (60-mile) radius of the San Onofre site circumscribes most of the metropolitan areas of j Los Angeles and San Diego, the third and fourteenth largest cities, respectively, in the United i States. Betweea 1960 and 1970 San Diego County had a 31.4% increase in population, reaching a j total of 1,357,782 in 1970 and a density of about 319 per square mile.
1
! Continued growth within 96 km (60 miles) of the San Onofre site is expected for the next three i decades. The central portion of Los Angeles County and the city of San Diego and its immediate i environs are projected to be the major growth areas (ER, Sect. 2.1.3.2.2). The population growth j rates within lf km (10 miles) of the site are expected to fluctuate over the operating life of i SONGS 2 & 3. The annual growth rate between 1976 and 1980 is expected to be 4.2t, decreasing to j s
0.3% between 1990 and 2000 and rising to 1.lt between 2010 and 2020 (ER, Sect. 2.1.3.1.1) i
; 5.6.2 Im2act of the construction labor force 1 1 I A peak labor force of about 3000 workers will be employed at SONGS 2 & 3 in 1979. Of this number, the applicant has estimated that about 600 workers (20% of the peak labor force) have relocated to the southern California area (Sect. 2.2.3). Although the staff could not determine the exact location of these workers, current growth projections for the area indicate that the addition of 600 workers represents an insignificant impact. Between 1976 and 1980 the population in the area that is 16 to 80 km (10 to 50 miles) from the site is projected to increase 2.2% (ER, Sect.
2,1.3.P.1). The addition of 600 workers accounts for less than 0.1% of the growth expected during that time period. l 1
4 5-41 Staf f interviews with local and regional officials indicated that construction of SONGS 2 & 3 has i had no impact on cities within 24 km (15 mi) of the site. Representatives of Southern California Association of Governments stated that it was doubtful that any significant impact attributable to
- 1. plant construction could be identified in Orange County. The fact that (1) the majority of the work force commuted to site, (2) there was widespread busing to and from Orange County, Oceanside, Vista, Escondido, and San Diego, and (3) the region is currently experiencing rapid population growth supports the staff's judgment that no significant social impact has occurred or is likely to occur due to in-migration of construction workers, i !
' Cessation of large construction projects can result in varying degrees of economic dislocation to an area, especially if a previously underdeveloped commercial and service structure is expanded to , meet the requirements of a large, short-term population influx. The southern California area has I a well-developed infrastructure; thus, ending the construction phase of SONGS 2 & 3 is not J expected to produce significant economic dislocation. 5.6.3 Impact of the operating labor force The operation of SONGS 2 & 3 will employ about 200 workers. Table 5.10 provides an estimate for typical operating personnel requirements and types of employment positions at a two-unit pressurized-water reactor (PWR). The operations positions will be filled first by current members of 1.B.E.W. Local No. 246. Positions unfilled will be offered to all Southern California Edison (SCE) employees, and if the position remains unfilled, SCE will advertise in local and regional newspapers (ER, p. S.2-175). Because of the diversified labor markets of Los Angeles and San Diego, the staff believes that at least 75% of these workers can be hired from within a 96-km (60-mile) radius of the site. The applicant conducted surveys in March 1976 to determine the residential location of SONGS 1 workers. Seventy-five percent of these workers lived with 40 km (25 miles) of the San Onofre site, and 65% resided in Orange County, 301 in San Diego County, and 5% in los Angeles and Riverside counties (ER, Appendix 8A, p. 10). The surveys further indicated that the cities of Carlsbad Oceanside, San Clemente, San Juan Capistrano, and Vista were the major communities of worker residence. The staf f esti aates that approximately the same pattern of ir, cation will occur -7 with SONGS 2 & 3 workers as occurred with SONGS 1 workers. I Between 1973 and 1980, northern San Diego County is expected to have a population increase of about 22,000. From 1975 to 1980 southern Orange County is projected to grow by about 21,000 ' persons. Assuming that all operations workers relocated to the area, the staf t concludes that the addition of 200 workers and their households represents a negligible effect. l The staf f cannot determine precisely the number of workers who will (1) relocate f rom outside the area or (2) choose to move from within the 96-km (60-mile) radius to a residence closer to the plant. In order to predict the maximum possible impact on housing in the area, the staff assumes that all of the workers will relocate and thus require housing. A relocating operations force will likely demand permanent housing. From Table 5.11, it appears that housing availability in-Orange and San Diego counties is sufficient to provide diversity in location for all operations workers' households. The table further indicates that, based on the number of vacant units in 1976, a surplus of housing exists in each of the communities expected to house workers. Based on the location of SONGS 1 workers, SONGS 2 & 3 households will likely contribute to increased enrollments in the school districts of Carlsbad, Capistrano, Oceanside, Saddleback Valley, and Vista. The total additional enrollment at all five school districts will be about 105 students (ER, Appendix A, p. 20). The community college districts of Oceanside-Carlsbad, Palomar, and Saddleback will likely increase their enrollments by approximately 20 to 25 students (ER, Appendix 8A, p. 20). The staff concludes that this estimated increased enrollment represents a negligible impact on the school districts. I Operations employment at SONGS 2 & 3 will be relatively high-paying, stable work. About 87t of the total work force will have gross incomes in excess of $15,000 per year (ER, Appendix 8A, p.15), The annual average income in 1976 dollars for a SONGS 2 & 3 household will be about
$20,800. This compares to a median family income in 1970 for San Diego and Orange counties of
$10,129 and $12,238 respectively. SONGS 2 & 3 households are expected to contribute to the economic activity of the area. Total taxable retail expenditures by households of operations employees are estimated to be about $855,000 peryear(ER,p.S.2-176). In addition, those l workers who build homes will contribute further to the economic activity of the area.
j 1 5.6.4 Economic impa_cy The staff believes that the major social impact associated with the operation of SONGS 2 & 3 will be due to tax revenues generated by the plant. These taxes include property tax, state income
' tax, utility users tax, franchise tax payments, and sales and use taxes.
. . ~ - - - -- -- - . . . -- - -
_- . ... . . . ~ 1 i 1 l l 5-42 i - 1 Table 5.10. Operating personnel for a two umt PWR j 1 Plant supenntendent Warehouse staff i 1 Assistant plant supermtendent 1 Supenntendent . 2 Safety engmeens 1 Assistant supenntendent 5 Clerks Quabtv assurance staff 1 Truck dover 3 1 Supenntendent Engmeenng section l 4 Engineers 1 Superintendent j 5 Engmeenne aides 3 Instrument engmeets
! 3 Instrument engmeenne aides j Admmistratwo services 2 Senior instrument mechanic foremen 4 f Superintendent 20 Mechanics 1 Assistant supenntendent 2 Mechanical engmeets f 3 Payroil clerks 3 Mechanical engmeenng aides i
1 9 Stenographers and file clerks 1 Reactor engmeer j 7 Jonitors 1 Reactor eng neenng side q 2 Nuclear engmeers 1 Industrial eng neer 1 Chemical eng neer 1 Nurse 9 Chemical engineenng auks Health physics staf f Maintenarse staf f 1 Supenntendent 1 Supenntendent 2 Technicians 1 Assistant supenntendent (electncal) 1 Clerk 1 Asustant supenntendent (mechanical) j 2 Mechanical maintenance engmeers l Secunty staff 1 Electncal mamtenance engmeer 1 Supenntendent 3 Engmeenng aidns . 1 Asustant supenntendent I D Secunty officers Trados and labor staff ( 1 Machinist foreman Operations 11 Mach nists A Control ux)m staf f 1 Boiler maker foreman l 1 Supermtendeni 5 Boder makers 4 1 Assistant supenntendent 1 Steam f.tter foreman 1 Training coc rdmator . 12 Steam fitters ; , 5 Clerks 1 Electacian foreman i 6 Shif t engineers to Electricians to Assistant shif t engmeers 1 Labor foreman . 15 Umt . perators 10 Labovers
. 18 Assistant umt operators 2 Truck dnvers l 2 Carpenters ,
j Communications engmeermg staff 2 Sheet metal wo.kers ) j 2 Engmeers 2 Pamters ) { 3 Engineenng ads 2 Insulators '
- 1 Structural iron worker
'J Source: Tennessee Vaney Authonty, Department of Plannmg, Chattanooga. Tenn.. 1977, ' k i j The San Onofre plant is located in San Diego County Tax Area 75001. Property tax revenues from t the plant are distributed among (1) San Diego County General Fund, (2) San Diego County Library J Fund, (3) Fallbrook Union elementary schools, (4) Fallbrook Union high schools, and (5) Palomar ! Community College District. Table 5.12 provides the 1976 tax rates in tax area 75001, the per-i centages allocated to each jurisdiction, and the total assessed valuation of property in those } jurisdictions. Applying a nominal discount rate over the 30-year operating life of the plant and j assuming a constant tax rate, the discounted value of property taxes is about $396 million (ER, Appendix 8A, p. 4), 1 l Two county jurisdictions will receive increased property tax revenues from operation of SONGS 2 & 3 - the county general fund and the county library fund, in 1971 revenue f roni property taxes j collected by San Diego County totaled $347,096,000.29 SONGS 2 & 3 are expected to add about l 1 59.121,000 yearly to these revenues, which would account for less than 31 of the total amount collected (ER, Appendix 8A, Table 2). The coun'y library fund had expenditures in FY 1976-1977 of $3,629,392 (contact with the San Diego County Tax Auditor's office, November 4, 1977). SONGS 2
- & 3 will add ohout $602,000 annually to this fund (ER, Appendix 8A, Table 2).
In Fallbrook Elementary Fallbrook High, and Palomar Community College districts, public utility holdings accounted for 89% 85%, and 58%, respectively, of the total assessed valuation in 1977
5-43 Table 5.11. Housing availabihty in Orange and San Diego counties Number of Residential dis- Number of existing Commumties tribution of house- dweII ng umts holds SONGS 2 & 3 as of Jan.1.1976 for Jan 1,1976 127 592,932 10,080 Orange County total San Clemente 32 to 636 170
$an Juan Capistr ano 41 4.561 73 22 11,102 178 Saddleback (Irvine)
Other umncorporsted areas 32 76,260 1,220 San Diego County total 61 547.708 6.763 Carlsbad 11 9,111 200 25 20.835 458 Oceanside Vista 20 12.539 276 Other umncorporated areas 5 100,841 2.395 l l ! $ource: E R Suppl. 2. Table 89 A, p. 5 2178. 4 Table 5.12. Distribution of property tax revenues by jurisdiction for operating life of SONGS 2 & 3 1975-1976 Total assessed SONGS 2 & 3 d Pew ' " " " Tax rate area 75.001 valuation (per $100 ahocated (milhons (millions of dollars!8 ut dollarsF i County 4,4 80.9 2 621 35.9 142.2 County hbeary 1,589.3 0.173 2.4 9.5 i Faubrook Umon Elementary 95 7 1 497 20 5 81.2 Faubrook Umon High 157.1 1.201 16 4 64 9 Palomar Commumty Conege 889 7 o.565 77 30.5 Other educational purposes 1 250 y G 7.7 Total $7.307 100 o 396.o l
- SONGS 2 & 3 assessed valuation * $348 rmthon.
6 Discounted present warth in 1981. Source. E R, Appendix 8A, Tables 1 and 2. (contact with San Diego County School Board, Department of Finance. August 11. 1977). These large percentages were attributable predominantly to the assessed value of SONGS 2 & 3. Table 5.12 provides current tat rates, projected tax rates, and estimated annual revenues for these districts. Because of the larce increase in the tax base represented by SONGS 2 8 3, the staf f expects that Each school these tax rates will decrease rather than remain constant as assumed in Table 5.12. district in the state is allored a maximum tax rate. This rate. based upon a maximum revenue limit determined by the state Department of Education, is based upon the number of students and on population changes. If a school district generates revenue above the limit, the tax rate will decrease accordingly. If they do decline as anticipated (Table 5.13), schools in Fallbrook Elementary, Fallbrook High, and Palomar Community College districts will receive annual property tax revenues of $953.500, $1.127,500, and $1,325.900 respectively (ER, Appendix 8A, Table 2). Sales and use taxes payable to the State of California are levied at 6% of the retail or use value of fixtures, equipment, machinery, and materials purchased either in or outside of the State of California and placed in use within the state. For every 6 cents collected, 1.25 cents is allo-cated to counties and cities. The state tax on nuclear fuel for SONGS 2 & 3 is expected to be about $2.5 million per year. In addition, $415,000 in sales tax for materials will be paid in 1981, the first year of operation (ER, Appendix 8A, p. 8). Over the operating life of SONGS 2 & 3, about $66 million in California state corparate income taxes will be paid by the applicant. California also has a City Utility Users Tax that, although it is difficult to determine the proportion for which SONGS 2 & 3 are directly responsible, is estimated to increase by $1.6 million per year (ER, Appendix BA. p. 8). This tax varies for each city, and the revenues are not earmarked for any particular purposes.
~.. , _ _ , _ . O
- - . _ - . . . . . . . . - - -~ ... _. . - _ . -
i I, t j 5-44 i e Table 5.13. Estimated property tax revenues and tax rates l for school districts in tax area 75,001
; Current Projected E stimated
! tax rate tax rate annual } School district (per s100 (per s100 tax l assessed) assessed) revenues valuation valuation (dollars) l Fallbrook Union Elementary 1.497 o.274 953.500 Falibrook Union Ngh 1.201 0324 L127,500 Palomar Community Cohege o565 0.381 1.325,000 h Source: ER. Appendix BA. Table 2. i 4 } The California Energy Resources Surcharge is included in the retail customer's bill and is ! collected by the utility. The current surcharge is $0.00015 per kilowatt-hour. The revenues collected are placed in the State Energy Resources Conservation and Development Special Account 1 3 in the General Fund in the State Treasury by the State Board of Equalization. All funds in the account are to be expended for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of the Warren-Alquist l State Energy Resources Conservation and Development Act. I ! The staff emphasizes that the analysis of socio-economic impact does not address the effect of i the recently passed (June 1978) Jarvis-Cann Amendment (Propositic,n 13). As passed, Proposition 13 includes provisions to cut property tax payments by almost 60% and to place limitations on the percentage increase in assessed valuation of property. The impact of this bill on tax !. jurisdictions affected by operation of SONGS 2 & 3 is not clear at this time. The applicant
- a. should reassess the potential tax benefits accruing to these jurisdictions and districts in light of Proposition 13. It is almost certain that revenues from the plant and their allocation within communities will be significantly different from what was assumed in the foregoing y analysis.
l. 4 i 5.6.5 [mpact on recreational resources 1 In the early 1960s the applicant secured a leasehold from the U.S. Marine Corps at Camp Pendleton. i During construction of SONGS 1, the Marine Corps released about 5.6 km (3.5 miles) of beach front i to the State of California to be maintained as San Onofre State Beach. When this park opened in 1971, an additional 2439 m (8000 ft) of beach front had gained public access. Of this,1372 m I (4500 f t) were on the applicant's leasehold. l j in order to comply with NRC regulations regarding the siting of nuclear power plants set forth j in 10 CfR Part 100, the applicant proposes to control recreational activities on the beach for a distance of about 1.4 km (0.85 mile) adjacent to the station (ER, Sect. 2.1.2). Access to this I area will be permitted for the purpose of viewing the barrancas and bluffs south of the station j and for pedestrian passage between the public beach areas north and south of the station.
- Recreational activities, such as sunbathing or picnicking, will not be permitted within the i
landward portion of this restricted area. To facilitate passage between the beaches, a walkway )' will be constructed through the restricted area adjacent to the seawall. This walkway will be 4.6 m (15 f t) wide, will be bounded by a 2.4-m (8-ft) chain link fence, and will be used only i for passage through the restricted area. l i 4 In the final environmental statement required for the construction permit of SONGS 2 & 3 the staff stated that. "Use of the be ch will not be restricted after construction is complete" (FES-CP,
- p. 2-11). The current plar e restrict use of approximately 25% of the 3-1/2 mile San Onofre j Beach for the 30-year operat.ag life of the plant is a significant loss of valuable recreational and scenic space and represents a substantial change in action between issuance of the FES-CP
{ and application for an operating IS.ense. The staff further stated that, "the beach in the j' vicinity of the Station (18,500 f t. south and 3400 f t. north) is considered to be a unique and
- scarce recreational resource," (FES-CP, p. 2-11) and "that closure for even a brief period is objectionable" (FES-CP, p. B-1). The loss of this resource precludes recreational benefits j
to significant numbers of beach users in the vicinity of San Onofre Beach. The staff reiterates those judgments and concludes that the current plan to restrict the public's use of this beach is a significant cost of the project unanticipated at issuance if the construction permit. Although the adjacent beaches of Doheny and San Clemente remain popular, attendance at San j Onofre Beach has risen considerably. Between 1972 and 1975 the San Onofre Beach experienced an
5-45 almost 40% increase in use compared to a 1.7% and 9.5% decrease during the same period, respec-tively, at Doheny and San Clemente beaches (ER, Appendix 8A, Table 24). As demand on available I recreational resources increases, the significance of removing the beach from unrestricted public use will increase. 5.6.6 Sunanary and conclusion The staff concludes that, with the significant exception of restricting public use of 1.4 km (0.85 mi) of the San Onofre beach, the social and economic impact of operating SONGS 2 & 3 will be moderate. The large population within 96 km (60 miles) of the site and the projected popula-tion growth in the area is such that the addition of all 200 workers and their families would represent negligible impact to the area. The property tax revenues received by the San Diego g County General Fund and the San Diego County Library Fund are relatively small in proportion to ) the existing revenues. On the other hand, the addition to the tax base in the three school j districts represented by SONGS 2 & 3 likely may enable those districts to lower their respective i tax rates. ! The fiscal impact analysis of SONGS 2 & 3 does not take into account the effects of Proposition 13, I i i l i l i l l 2 1 l l' i l t w w-e -w._ _ --w,m,-w .-..-e.-* --,-w----------_. - _ _ _ - - - - ~ ~ = ~ . - - - . . . - . . - -
5-46 REFERENCES FOR SECTION 5 l
- 1. B. M. Kilgore, U.S. Department of the Interior, National Park Service, letter dated May 13, 1977, to Division of.5ite Safety and Environmental Analysis, Nuclear Regulatory Commission l
- 2. R. C. Y. Koh, N. H. Brooks, E. J. List, and E. J. Wolanski, updraulio ModeZing cf rhemaz l cutfa77 Diffusere for the San Onofre Kualdar Power P? ant, W. M. Keck Laboratory of Hydraulics '
and Water Resources, California Institute of Technology, Report KH-R-30, January 1974. j
- 3. Intersea Research Corporation, " Current Meter Observations and Statistics Off San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station, Jan. 5-Nov. 22,1972," January 1973.
- 4. C. D. Winant, R. E. Davis, and R. W. Severance, A Study of Physical Para-ctcre in Coastal Waters off San onofre, Califcvnia, Fina7 Feport 1977, Scripps Ins titution of Oceanography, University of California, 510 Reference 77-11, June 31, 1977
- 5. Ennrgy kivision b.nual Prograce Report , Report ORNL-5364, Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
Oak Ridge, Tenn., April 1978.
- 6. current Meter Observatiana and Statieties off San oncfre Natear Gewratim; Station, !
.%anaarp-L*:, November 1972, Intersea Research Corporation, January 1973.
- 7. R. C. Y. Koh, " Estimation of Drif t Flow at San Onof re," memo to Southern California Edison Company, June 12, 1978.
- 8. C. W. Almquist and K. D. Stolzenbach, Staged Diffusero in Sha!?ou Water, Report No. 213.
Ralph M. Parsons Laboratory for Water Resources and Hydrodynamics, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Mass. ,1976.
- 9. G. V. Schiefe1bein, Altmative Electrical Transmicaion Spe. wa and Their Envirwenta; le; w t, Report NUREG 0316, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, D.C., August 1977.
- 10. tockheed Center for Marine Research, San 0=fec Nuclear Generating Station Unit 1, Ewiron-
) untal Tomhnk al Specif%2tivne, Annual Operating Report, Vol. II, Bioloyical Cata ~ 19??, March 1978,
- 11. R. F. Ford, E. G. Foreman, A. J. Grubbs, E. B. Innis, E. C. Sommerville, and F. L. Steinert, Eff,wte of Ther"tal Eff?wnte on Marinc Organieme, Annua: Rc[ ort fcr Phase I:, Southern California Edison Co., Research and Development Series No. 76-RD-90, 1976,
- 12. E. Y. Dawson, Marine Fetany, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc., New York,1966,
- 13. R. C. Phillips " Kelp Beds," in Coacta: EacZusica? iS.caeme cf the United Statcs, vol . II, 1
{ H. T. Odum, B. J. Copeland, and E. A. McMahan, eds., The Conservation Foundation. Washington, 1 D.C., 1974, pp. 442-87.
- 14. California Coastal Commission Marine Review Committee, m:m.a! Repcet to the california coastal Cc vicelon, Auguet 197i'-Ayuct 1977, Sw'; mary of Ectimated Effecte on Marine Lifa of D:it 1 Sau. Onofre Nus!aar Generatigi Station, MRC Document 77-09 no.1. September 1977.
- 15. J. S. Mattice and H. E. Zittel, " Site-specific Evaluation of Power Plant Chlorination," '
j J. Water Pollut. centro? red. 48: 2284-2308 (1976). ' i
- 16. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, calculations of Rele2ce of Radicaoticc Naterialo in
\ Gaecoua and Liquid Effiante from Prceewined Water Beastcre (PWR-GALE Code), Report NUREG-0017, April 1976. 17 U.S. Nuclear Regulatary Commission, Ceaupational Radiation &posure to Light Water Cooled Acactors 19ce-1974, Report NUREG 75/032, June 1975.
- 18. B. G. Blaylock and J. P. Witherspoon, " Radiation Doses and Effects Estimated for Aquatic Biota Exposed to Radioactive Releases from LWR Fuel-Cycle Facilities," Kual. Safety 17: 351 (1976).
- 19. National Academy of Sciences - U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission The Effecto on Pcpulation cf &poaure to tou Levete vf Ionizing Radiation (BEIR Report),1972.
- 20. u.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Environmental Survey of the Reproceecing and Wacte Managemcnt Portions of the LWR racI Cpole, Report NUREG-Oll6 (Supplement 1 to WASH-1248),
Washington, D.C., October 1976.
5-47
- 21. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Conunission, hMia Corr-ento and Taek Force Reeponaco Regardin;; the Environmental Curvey of the Re; ruceceing wd Wiete Managemsint Tcrtions of the LWR Ehe! Cpis ,
Report NUREG-0216 (Supplement 2 to WASH-1248), Washington, D.C., March 1977.
- 22. U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, Environcntal Saracy of the Uranium fact Cy?c Report WASH-1248, Washington, D.C., April 1974.
- 23. Council on Environmental Quality, seventh Annaal Rc;et, September 1976, Figs.11-27,11-28, pp. 238-239,
- 24. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, In the Matter of Duke Power Company (Perkins Nuclear Station), Docket No. 50-488, Testimony of R. Wilde, filed April 17, 1978.
- 25. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Conunission, In the Matter of Duke Power Company (Perkins Nuclear Station), Docket No. 50-488, Testimony of P. Magno, filed April 17, 1978.
- 26. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Final Ccncen Enuiromental Statement on the Use of Recycic Plutonium in Mixed Gxide Fuel in Li,aht-Water-Caoled Reactcre, Report NUREG-0002, Washington, D.C. , August 1976.
- 27. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Conunission, in the Matter of Duke Power Company (Perkins Nuclear Station), Docket No. 50-488, Testimony of R. Gotchy, filed April 17, 1978,
- 28. National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements, Nblication 46, (1975).
- 29. U.S. Department of Conunerce, Bureau of the Census, ln Ceneas of Covennnte, Fo?. 6 Goverreent Finaneco: kb Compemitwn of Gouvrent Finanace, Table 53.
W i
, s-- , - - - ,.. w c- ,w,
._ m _ . . _ ._ .__ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ __ _ ._ _
- 6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING 6.1 RESUME The applicant has expanded its environmental monitoring program (chemical, biological, and thermal) to determine environmental effects which may occur as a result of site preparation and construction of Units 2 and 3 and to establish an adequate preoperational baseline by which the operational effects of Units 2 and 3 may be judged. The environmental monitoring programs dif fer somewhat from the description in the FES-CP. More detailed information is given on the proposed operational programs. Changes in the monitoring programs are required as a result of the staff analysis.
The locations of various zones referred to in this section are shown in Fig. 6.1. 6.2 PRE 0PERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS The results from the preoperational monf toring program for Units 2 and 3 will be submitted with . the Annual Operating Report for Unit 1. 6.2.1 Aquatic biological monitoring program The applicant'a preoperational aquatic biological monitoring program is designed to determine the species composition, abundance, and the temporal and spatial distribution of phytoplankton, zooplankton, icthyoplankton, nekton, benthos, and intertidal organisms. The data obtained will be used to provide a basis of comparison with future operational monitoring data to determine if plant operation has caused observable perturbations in the ecosystem. The possible operational impacts identified in this document and the FES-CP include: changes in local plankton populations due to entrainment; changes in the abundance of fish eggs, larvac, juveniles, and adults due to entrainment; adult fish population shif ts due to fish impingement; alterations in some of the benthic and fish communities from thermal discharges; and changes in benthic and planktonic comunities from increased turbidity. Thus, results from the preopera-tional and operational monitoring programs will be used to determine the extent to which the above effects (or other unidentified impacts) occur. The preoperational program for SONGS 2 & 3 was initiated in April 1978 and will terminate at the time of initial operation of Unit 2. The program is an expansion of the operational monitoring program fer SONGS 1. 6.2.1.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton Phytoplankton and zooplankton are sampled bimonthly. Samples are collected from at least four fixed stations, one each in zones OB,1B, 28, and 6 (Fig. 6.1). A pump system is used to sample the water column and a 202 um mesh-size screen is used to collect the zooplankton. Zooplankton biomass is determined shd predominant species are enumerated. Chlorophyll analyses are per- i formed on whole water samples. Collections are coordinated, as much as possible, with the collection of pertinent physical data such as temperature, transparency, and current velocity and direction. I The staff requires that predominant phytoplankton genera also be enumerated to provide base-line-conditions for this group. This would enable, for example, the determination of whether opera-tion of the facility promotes red tide development (see Sect. 5.3.2, FES-CP). 6.2.1.2 Ichthyoplankton Ichthyoplankton will ba collected mont.hly at two stations in the Units 2 and 3 discharge area, zone 08, and at two stations in the reference area, either 2one 5 or 6. Additionally, the Unit 1 intake area will be sampled. The study will begin approximately two years prior to initial 6-1
e 6-2 4
- ($ 45*9
\ / {
> I
\ **
j/ % *
/ g j 1
* ..d i>t
^
/ / s g . 3 i
N. **
.i / s[
..., a. r----~--~---------,
' s
* /
- 4 g
l
- jsg />,/ . ~.. % ,x..x s ,
I SI -
% ? r.,.~r_ -. -- ,,,"
.' - - - '}/ _,.'J
/*
Q. -
- 6^
3s
-::=****'"'~h----- ~~--.'Q..'-Q '
s ha. $,
-m--- p ~ ~ - -
m ~ - ~~ ,i
~$
\ .,
33 og o .. sa . _ x .,
- u. .d.r e .. .4 '-- .Oo 1
4
< i is O '~ '
g i 0 c .u ;
- --,*'--- s ' ~ gyq^~*'** "'^~-~ r, , _ U *
.. i SE' ' %& f,) 1
\ ~- ~ ~. 1 j'
/ ~- ge . , '
I g . . ,
*C - N I O PLANut0N I
6 F tSet i d O SENTHiC ! , a 4 u sew-. + , .,.___.q
* *""i m.
s s v e 1 I I 4 I J ES-4660 i I
\ / 1
)
4 (sXg # .* \** 5 e d'
.- 1 I
'g j+' X -
I
. , ,' s '
T - a 1
\ k / m u ua'i ei
- x' (g fj[r..=..o ,0 . . a..a.e...~r------,----==-----, -- - (s l
l ,. rren%j ' Y, ,OX- -~ - - = , .y . O .,-. T._.- <- w m. l q .A' ,; i tA
~
a . - . - e v~_... ~=.q... .*g..., c -. ~^2 /? f M N--'~'~'s"'-C-
~
,,s ,. _ r %
' Q.: *j.1 , -- -- j sam oNoret ar6P ._ _ ._ %-
a
- , . - o .a .
G 9 is O , s O Sao inarac med O os O
-,, 'S a h --- - - - - - - - - -
~%
g
,0 j g --.%
3 -- g- , . . - - - r--._, s.ea sas. y- g 3e c . _ __ ,,
,'# O oc O N~~..
4C O . O - N 4 ) i O d O TruptnatuRt Peoritts AND TUH8tDtT Y j O CONTINUOUS YIMPERATURE O 00, pH AND ME AvY ME TALS
, , y y 9 ., 7,_
- . s o ,
4 4 Fig. 6.1. Environmental monitoring stations for SONGS 2 and 3 preoperational monitoring program. Source: ER, Apendix 6A, Figs. I and 2.
6-3 operation of Unit 2 and will last one year. Sampling will be conducted during the day, at night, at dawn, and at dusk at the intake; night sampling will be employed at the other locations. The water surface, water column, and epibenthos will be sampled at each station. Fish larvae will be identified to the lowest taxon possible and enumerated. Fish eggs will be sorted and enumerated. ' A study by the Marine Review Committee (MRC) was initiated in July, 1978 to assess the dis-tribution, abundance, and entrainment of ichtyoplankton at SONGS 1. It is expected that data acquired from this work will also help characterite the SONGS 2 & 3 environment. 6.2.1.3 Nekton Replicate fish samples are collected on a quarterly basis from at least two stations in zone 00, two in zone b, two in the control zone, zone 6 (Fig. 6.1). The gill nets used are 2- by 46-m (6- by 150-ft) full size, containing six 25-ft panels of 3/4 , 1 , 1-1/4 , 1-1/2 , 1-3/4 , and 2-1/2-in. bar mesh. The fish are measured, their state of health is assessed, and sexual maturation is determined on subsamples. Synoptic measurements of temperature and transmis-sitivity are taken at each station. 6.2.1.4 Benthos Benthic samples are collected quarterly at at least two stations within each of zones 08, 2B, 6 and 5 (or zones 3A and/or 3B) (Fig. 6.1). Permanent sampling stations exist in which a 6-m2 sampling area has been established. Each sampling area contains 300 evenly spaced contact points which are used to estimate the distribution and relative abundance of sessile inverte-brates, large motilo invertebrates and macrophytes. Species enumeration and subtrate type are recorded for each contact point. Additionally, four 1/8-m 2 quadrats are randomly placed within the sampling area to evaluate the distribution and abundance of small, clumped, or patchily distributed organisms. General observations to be recorded during sampling include: quantity and composition of drift algae, conspicuous or sparsely distributed biota not sampled with the point contact method, and substrate alteration (e.g., increased sedimentation). Selected species which are enumerated will be measured, and their general condition recorded. Procure-r:ent of some of the physical data, such as temperature and turbidity, will be coordinated with the benthic sampling program. 6.2.1.5 Intertidal organisms Quarterly observations are made along cobble intertidal transects at four monitoring stations and one control station. The presence of species by ecological zones is recorded along a 2-m-wide (6.6-f t-wide) band along the transects, which are situated perpendicular to the shoreline and extend from the high tide level to the water's edge. Additionally, all macroscopic species are identified and counted in 0.25-m' (2.69-ft )2 quadrats along lines perpendicular to the main transect lines. Photographs are also taken of each quadrat for a permanent record of ecological changes. The staff believes that it is unnecessary to begin the intertidal sampling program until the time of removal of the construction apron from SONGS 2 & 3 (see FES-CP, Sect. 4.3.2, p. 4-9). At that time the intertidal monitoring program should be reinstated to assess the effect of the added sand movement in the intertidal zone. Provided the data show no significant effects, this program may be terminated af ter all translocation of sand has occurred or after two years. Until the time of apron removal, visual inspection of the intertidal zone will be sufficient, with biological sampling and laboratory analysis initiated only if needed. Deletion of the intertidal program may be reasonable during operational monitoring because of the extensive impact sustained by the intertidal area from activities unassociated with SONGS (Sect. 2.5.2.4) and because of the unlikely potential for any significant impact resulting from SONGS operation. 6.2.1.6 Re_ qui rements The preoperational aquatic biological monitoring program will be adequate if the following requirements are met:
- 1. The dominant phytoplankton genera are enumerated.
- 2. A more rigorous program for obtaining baseline data on the San Onofre Kelp Bed will include:
- a. the benthic sampling program as outlined above,
I i 6-4 i b, determination of the areal extent of kelp bed cuyerage, stand density, and the t general physiological state of the component plants at least twice weekly during July and August and monthly the remainder of the year, l l c. determination of temperature and turbidity within and near the bed at least twice
- weekly during July and August and monthly the remainder of the year, i
' d. an evaluation of the extent to which sediment is redeposited in the kelp bed and the effect this has on maintenance of the holdfasts at least monthly. 6.2.2 Oceanographic monitoring f_rogram i i The preeperational oceanographic monitoring program is an expansion of the existing program j required by the Environmental Technical Specifications for SONGS 1. This program is designed to
- establish base-line characteristics of selected oceanographic parameters for comparison with I data obtained during the operation of SONGS. This comparison will allow determination of the
! extent to which SONGS operation alters water quality. Those parameters identified in the
! FES-CP and in this document which might be altered include: pH, temperature, turbidity, certain j heavy metals, and dissolved oxygen.
{ Sea water temperature-depth profiles are measured bimonthly at stations in the area of the Units
- 2 & 3 diffusers and at a reference station outside of the area of predicted thermal influence.
- Stations are as follows: two within each of zones IB, 2B, 1C, OC, 2C, and 6, and six stations i 1 within zone 0B (Fig. 6.1). Additionally, sea water temperatures are continuously monitored near
{ the surface, at mid-depth and near the bottom at a permanent station in zone OB. Temperatures ); from each depth are recorded hourly. The accuracy of the system is 20.5 degrees centigrade, i l 130 minutes per month. i
; Turbidity is monitored bimontnly at two stations within each of zones 18, 2B, 1C, DC, 2C, and 6, ; and at six stations within zone DB (Fig. 6.1). The pH is monitored bimonthly at four sampling i stations - one in each of zones 08,18, 2B, and 6. Dissolved oxygen is measured bimonthly at four stations one in each of zones 08, IB, 2B, and 6.
j Mid-depth ocean water samples and grab samples of ocean bottom sediments are collected quarterly j in the area of the Units 2 & 3 diffusers and an appropriate control area for analysis of heavy g metals, One station in each of zones 1B, 28, 08, and 6 is sampled. Samples will be analyzed for chromium, iron and titanium. Copper will not be monitored as the applicant has indicated j that SONGS 2 & 3 will have titanium condenser tubing. 4 { The staff considers this program adequate with the following additions: (1) the water quality I data should be collected within a two-day period at maximum to permit station-by-station compar- ; j isons and the investigation of possible cause and effect relationships, and (2) all control ! i i samples should be collected from an area predicted to be unaffected by any discharge effect. - i I ] 6.2.3 Onsite meteorological monitoring programl .2.3 i d j The original onsite meteorological program began in late 1964 with wind measurements at the top I
$ of a 19.5-m (64-ft) mast, in December 1970 the current meteorological monitoring program began j with the installation of a 36.6-m (120-f t) tower atop the coastal bluff about 100 m (330 f t) 4 i west-northwest from the Unit I containment and 420 m (1380 ft) west-northwest of the Unit 2 i containment. In October 1975 the tower was extended to a height of about 43 m (140 ft). i j Tabla 6.1 describes the kinds of measurements and their elevations on the tower between 1970 and the present. I 1
J 4 Southern California Edison Company also conducted an onshore tracer test program at the San 1 Onofre site. Among the objectives of the program were (1) to evaluate the appropriateness of 1 using data measured on the existing site meteorological tower located on the coastal bluf f for making dispersion estimates for onshore flows, and (2) to characterize dispersion representative
! of meteorological conditions during routine plant releases. NUS-19273 describes the test i program and data.
1 5 On the basis of our analysis of the test data, we conclude that the wind and vertical tempera-ture data measured on the San Onofre onsite (bluff) tower are acceptable for use in calculating atmospheric dispersion estimates for the site vicinity using the staff's model, described in Sect. 2.4.4. i 1
i 4 4 6-5 1 7able 6.1. SONGS onsite meteorologecal mitrumentation Elevation abovi g.ound Per mod Measured porameter December 1970-January 1973 Wind docction, speed 36 6 120 and standard deviation , Dry bub vertical temperature 366-61 120-20 i gr adierit January 1973-Octote 1975 W nd direction and speed 10, 36 6 33.120 l Wind d rection standaid 36 6 120 l deviation Dry bu b s temperature # 61 20 Wet bulb temperature 6 61 20 Dry bulb vertical gradient 36 6-6.1 120-20 Octate 1975-present W.nd direction and speed 10. 20f 40 33 66,131 Wend d.rection itandard to 33 deuat.on Dry bulb temperature 10 33 Dry IMb vertical gradient 40-10# 131-33 366-61' 120 -20 1mtatted Januavy 1974 O lnstalled January 1974, removed January 1975
' Tempor am Two sets of instruments 6.2.4 Terrestrial monitoring program The baseline terrestrial environmental monitoring program for the FES-CP was very nominal. As a condition of the construction permit, the applicant expanded its terrestrial monitoring program to establish an adequate preoperational baseline by which the operational effects of SONGS 2 & 3 may be judged. Biological data were collected seasonally in order to document changes in the biotic communities over a one-year time span. Methods utilized included small mammal trapping; bird censusing; observations of reptiles, amphibians, and large mammals; plant species lists; and vegetation analyses using the line intercept and quadrat methods. Results of tnis expanded mcnitoring program are presented in Sect. 2.5.1.
The applicant has proposed and is currently monitoring areas of cut and fill associated with construction of the plant and transmission lines to detect areas of erosion (ER, Appendix 6A, Special Studies I). Visual inspections are conducted and documented biweekly; any erosion resulting from the applicant's construction activities will receive appropriate corrective action. 6.2.5 Radiological monitorin1 program Radiological environmental monitoring programs are established to provide data on measurable levels of radiation and radioactive materials in the site environs. Appendix 1 to 10 CFR Part 50 requires that the relationship between quantities of radioactive material released in efflu-ents during normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences, and resultant radioactive doses to individuals from principal pathways of exposure be evaluated. Monitoring programs are conducted to verify the effectiveness of in-plant controls used for reducing the release of radioactive materials and to provide public reassurance that undetected radioactivity will not build up in the environment. A surveillance program is established to identify changes in the use of unrestricted areas to provide a basis for modifications of the monitoring programs , The preoperational phase of the monitoring program provides for the measurement of background levels and their variations along the anticipated important pathways in the area surrounding the plant; the training of personnel; and the evaluation of procedures, equipment, and techniques. This is discussed in greater detail in NRC Regulatory Guide 4.1, Rev.1. " Programs for Monitoring Radioactivity in the Environs of Nuclear Power Plants," and the Radiological Assessment Branch Technical Position, August 1977, " Standard Technical Specification for Radiological Environ-mental Monitoring Program."
i 1 l 1 j 66 I. ! The applicant has proposed a radiological environmental monitoring program to meet the objectives i !. discussed above. The applicant's proposed preaperational radiological environmental monitoring I ! program is presented in Sect. 6.1.5 of the applicant's Environmental Report. The applicant proposes to initiate parts of the program two years prior to operation of the } f acility, with the remaining portions beginning either six months or one year prior to d operation. The staff concludes that the preoperational monitoring program proposed by the applicant' is j acceptable. l 6.3 OPERATIONAL MONITORING PROGRAMS t j 6.3.1 Water quality monitorinigrogram i
- Direct sea surface temperature measurements and temperature depth profiles will be taken j bimonthly at five stations, such that there is at least one station each in zones 10. OC and j 2C. A continuous temperature recording system in zone OB will measure near sea surface, mid- I
- water, and near bottom temperatures digitally every half hour. These surveys will supply the l l
information necessary to determine the extent of the thermal plume vertically and horizontally i and the horizontal shape of the thermal plume at the surface, f l Turbidity will be monitored bimonthly at at least nine sampling stations such that there is at l l least one station in zones IC, OC, and 2C. The turbidity will be measured using a transmis- 1
- someter and Secchi disk, i
- The applicant states that the pH will be monitored semiannually at five monitoring stations
- two in zone OB and one each in zones 2A, 28, and 6. These measurements will determine com-i pliance with the Water Quality plan for Ocean Waters of California, which states that the pH s shall not be changed at any time more than 0.2 units from that which occurs naturally. The
!- staf f considers this to be inadequate and requires that the pH be monitored bimonthly. l ' \ Dissolved oxygen will be monitored bimonthly at three stations - one each in zones 10. OB, and l 3 6. These measurements will determine compliance with the Water Quality Plan for Ocean Waters of i California, which states that the dissolved oxygen levels shall not be depressed more than 10% i from that which occurs naturally. 1 l tron concentrations will be determined in mid-depth ocean water samples and representative grab 5 samples of ocean bottom sediments four times per year - once each calendar quarter - f rom at ! least four stations, with at least one station in zones 20, 00, and 6. If there is no measur-4 able increase in concentration due to station operation af ter five years of monitoring the l study may be discontinued. f The staff has assessed these monitoring programs and has determined that they are adequate to monitor the plant's impact on water quality. However, the staf f also believes that this pro-posed operational monitoring program can be modified, if needed, in order to incorporate the f results of the preoperational monitoring program. i l 1 3 6.3.2 Terrestrial monitorini froy am i The applicant does not-have an operational terrestrial monitoring program. The staff does not ] recommend any operational monitoring of floral or faunal species because no significant ef fects
- have been identified between the operation of SONGS 2 & 3 and the terrestrial environment. The i California Coastal Zone Conservation Commission, however, requires the applicant to protect the i bluf fs 0.5 km (0.31 mile) south of the plant site for the duration of the site easement (expira-l tion date, May 1, 2023) (fR, Appendix 12B). The staff concurs with this decision.
1 6.3.3 A_quati,c biological monitoring i l A discussion of the proposed Technical Specifications operational monitoring program appears in 4 Sect 6.2.6 of the ER. The program is basically satisf actory in the areas it addresses, but it does not include adequate sampling programs for ichthyoplankton in the marine environment, ichthyoplankton and zooplankton entrainment, fish impingement, and kelp condition. The operational monitoring program should contain sampling programs which are extensions of the baseline and preoperational programs 50 that analyses can readily be made of the changes, if any, that occur in the aquatic environment due to plant operation. Thus, the ichtyoplankton 4 m - - - . y,wy.-.,..y , , . , , , - - - . . _ _ - . , - -
6-7 study nowbeing conducted and the required kelp preoperational program should be continued during operation of the facility until such time as it is possible to state credibly that no significant impacts result from the facility. The applicant is required to develop a plankton entrainment mortality study plan to comply with Sect. 316(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and with the NRC-Environmental Technical Specifications. The applicant intends to forward a description of the study with a schedule for completion to NRC by December 1978 (see ER, Suppl.1, p. 51-31). A study of fish impingement at SONGS 2 & 3 will be required by the ETS. Although the new fish return system (Sect. 3.2.2) is expected to be about 90% effective according to laboratory models (ER, p. 5.1-20), precise figures on its effectiveness will not be available until it is operated i in conjunction with the heat dissipation system. The applicant wi.11 be expected to include a program for assessing the effectiveness of the fish return system in its proposed Environmental l Specifications program, which must be submitted to NRC and reviewed by NRC staff prior to plant operation. In addition, the applicant should determine the delayed mortality of the fish successfully diverted by the fish return system by holding them for 48 to 96 hr before returning them to the ocean. Consideration of deletion of the intertidal sampling program from the operational monitoring program for SONGS 2 & 3 is discussed in Sect. 6.2.1.5. 6.3.4 Radiological monitoring program The operational offsite radiological monitoring program is conducted to measure radiation levels and radioactivity in the plant environs. It assists and provides backup support to the detailed effluent monitoring (as recommended in NRC Regulatory Guide 1.21, " Measuring, Evaluating and Reporting Radioactivity in Solid Wastes and Releases of Radioactive Materials in Liquid and Gaseous Ef fluents from Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plants") which is needed to evaluate individual and population exposures and to verify projected or anticipated radioactivity
~
concentrations. The applicant plans essentially to continue the proposed preoperational program during the operating period. However, refinements may be made in the program to reflect changes in land i use or preoperational monitoring experience. 6.3.5 Requirements for Environmental _ Technical Specifications The operational monitoring program shall contain sampling programs which are extensions of the baseline and preoperational programs so that analyses can readily be made of the changes, if any, that occur due to plant operation. The following items are also required.
- 1. The pH shall be monitored bimonthly.
- 2. The predominant phytoplankton genera shall be enumerated.
- 3. The icthyoplankton study now being conducted and the required felp preoperational program shall be continued until such time as it is possible to state credibly that no significant impacts result from the facility.
4 A plankton entrainment mortality study shall be developed to comply with Sect. 316(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act.
- 5. There shall be a program for assessing the effectiveness of the fish return system. This program shall include a determination of the delayed mortality of the fish successfully l diverted by the fish return system by holding them for 48 to 96 hr before returning them to
, the ocean. .
- 6. Refinements in the preoperational radiological monitoring program shall be made, if necessary, to reflect changes in land use or preoperational monitoring experience.
1
-sr Y v -W -
7 -w
. .. . __.. . ... . . . = _ - - . - - - - . . - . -.
6-8 1 6.4 RELATED ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENTS AND MONITORING PROGRAMS 6.4.1 Thermal exception studies i a As a condition of the exception to the State Thermal Plan granted by the California Regional
- ' Water Quality Control Board, San Diego, the applicants are required to perform studies.to deter-
- mine the optimum mode of heat treatment to control fouling organisms while minimizing adverse effects on marine life and to permit the Regional Board to set precise limits on the frequency, degree, and duration of heat treatment. These studies are intended to support a Type III Demonstration for a Sect. 316(a) exception under the federal Water Pollution Control Act Amend-ments of 1972.
) 6.4.2 Marine Review Committee studies The California Coastal Zone Conservation Commission specified that an extensive study be con-ducted as part of the Coastal Zone Fennit for SONGS 2 & 3 issued in 1974. The study program is being administered by a three-member Marine Review Committee, and the intent of the program is to provide an independent assessment of the marine environment and a prediction of the potential , impact of SONGS 2 & 3. The following six areas of interest have been identified: physical 1 oceanographic and ecological modeling, plankton entrainment, fish diversion, plankton"-far field effects, fish populations, and benthic communities.
6.5 CONCLUSION
S The preoperational and operational monitoring programs as described above with the changes required by the staff are acceptable. 4 l j 1 l O l. i l-ll
- n. , ,_y-. _
t a. 1
, 6-9 i
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 6 1
- 1. Southern California Edison Company, S:m omfre Nuclear Generatin;; St.nion unito a wd I,
- dnvirce
- 04tA Report - Operatig7 Licase S:aje, Docket No. 50-361/362. 1977.
i
- 2. Southern California Edison Company, s m onofrc Cencmtin; ncition Ucite : ard J., Final
{j Safcfp Ana7usia Report, Docket No. 50-361/362,1977.
- 3. M. Septoff, A. E. Mitchell, and L. H. Teuscher, Final Acpce: cf t!.c Onsharc Trax v n ets Coralasted l%orher 1970 through March 1D77 at the San Onofre Ru2: car Jensratir:g Gtation, J Report NUS-1927 NUS Corporation, Rockville Md..,1977, i
l a 4 l i i l 'l 4 l l s 4 1, 4 l 1 a l l
. . . . . --.s - ~ . . . ~ . , -_... . . . ~ . . . . _ . . , , . _ , , . , , , _ , , , . - _ . . , ,._.,n- .. .w,- _ . . . . _ , , . . , . r,.__-,,- - - ,-,, , ,
l l I 1
- 7. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OF POSTULATED ACCIDENTS A high degree of protection against the occurrence of postulated accidents in the San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Units 2 and 3 will be provided through correct design, manufacture, operation, and through the qualita assurance program used to establish the necessary high integrity of the reactor system, as is considered in the Commission's Safety Evaluation Report.
System transients that may occur are handled by protective systems to place and to hold the plant in a safe condition. Even so, the conservative postulate is that serious accidents might , occur, even though they may be extremely unlikely; engineered safety features will be installed a to mitigate the consequences of those postulated events that are judged credible. The probability of occurrence of accidents and the spectrum of their consequences, considered from an environmental effects standpoint, have been analyzed using best estimates of probabili-ties and realistic fission product release and transport assumptions. For site evaluation in our safety review, extremely conservative assumptions are used for the purpose of comparing calculated doses resulting from a hypothetical release of fission products from the fuel against ' the 10 CFR 100 siting guidelines. Realistically computed doses that would be received by the population and by the environment from the postulated accidents are significantly less than those presented in the Safety Evaluation Report. The NRC issued guidance to applicants on September 1,1971, requiring the consideration of a spectrum of accidents with assumptions as realistic as the ' state of knowledge permits. The applicant's response was contained in the Environmental Report. The applicant's report has been evaluated, using the standard accident assumptions dnd guidance issued as a proposed amendment to Appendix 0 of 10 CFR 50 by the NRC on December 1, 1971. Nine classes of postulated accidents and occ.urrences ranging in severity from trivial to very serious were identified by the NRC. In general, accidents in the high potential consequence end of the spectrum have a low occurrence rate, and those on the low potential consequence end have a higher occurrence rate. The examples selected by the applicant for these cases, shown in Table 7.1, are reasonably homogeneous in terms of probability within each class. Table 7.1, Classification of postulated accidents and occurrences Class N RC description Applicant's examples 1 Trivist incidents Under routine releases 2 Small releases outside Under reutme releases contamment 3 Radioactme waste system Leakage from waste gas tank, radioactive fmiure waste secondary tank leakage, telene of waste gas tank contents, and relene of radioactive waste secondary tank contents 4 Fission products to primary Not applicable system (BWR) 5 Fission products to primary Of f-design transients that induce fuel and secondary systems (PWR) failure above those expected with steam generator tube leak and steam generator tube rupture 6 Refuehng accident Fuel assembly drop and heavy object dion onto fuel in core 1 7 Spent fuel handhng Fuel assembly drop in fuel storage pool, accident heavy object drop onto fuel rack, and 4 fuel cask drop B Accident initiation events Reactor coolant system pipe breaks. rod considered in design-bases ejection accident. and steam kne break evaluation in the Safety outside containment Analysis Report j 9 Hypothetral sequens.e of Not evaluawJ f ailures more severe than class B 7-1
k 4 7-2 1
- Our estimates of the dose that might be received by an assumed individual standing at the site i boundary in the downwind direction, using the assumptions in the proposed Annex to Appendix D.
( are presented in Table 7.2. Estimates of the integrated exposure that might be delivered to the population within 80 km (50 miles) of the site are also presented in Table 7.2. The man-rem l estimate was based on the projected population within 80 km (50 miles) of the site for the year
- 2000.
i i To rigorously establish a realistic annual risk, the calculated doses in Table 7.2 would have to be multiplied by estimated probabilities. The event's in classes 1 and 2 represent occurrences
- that are anticipated during plant operations; their consequences, which are very small, are con-sidered within the framework of routine ef fluents from the plant. Except for limited fuel fail-
] ures and steam generator leakage, the events in classes 3 through 5 are not anticipated during g plant operation, but events of this type could occur sometime during the 40-year plant lifetime. . Accidents in classes 6 and 7 and small accidents in class 8 are of similaa or lower probability 3 than accidents in classes 3 through 5 but are still possible. The probability of occurrence of I large class 8 accidents is very small. Therefore, when the consequences indicated in Table 7.2 j are weighted by probabilities, the environmental risk is very low. j The postulated occurrences in class 9 involve sequences of failures more severe than those l required for consideration in the design bases of protective systems and engineered safety i features. Their consequences could be severe. However, the probability of their occurrence is d judged so small that environmental risk is extremely low. Defense in depth (multiple physical 4 barriers); quality assurance for design, manuf acture, and operation; continued surveillance and i d testing; and conservative design are applied to provide and to maintain a high degree of assurance l i that potential accidents in this class are, and will remain, sufficiently small in probability that the environmental risk is extremely low. i The NRC has studied these risks quantitatively. The initial results of these effortr were made ! available for comment in draf t form on August 20, 1974,1 and were released in final form on l October 30, 1975.2 This study, called the Reactor Safety Study, is an effort to develop i realistic data on the probabilities and consequences of accidents in water-cooled power reactors, j in order to improve the quantification of available kncwledge related to nuclear reactor acci-1 dent probabilities. The NRC organized a special group of about 50 specialists under the j direction of Professor Norman Rasmussen of Massachusetts Institute of Technology to conduct the 4 study. The scope of the study has been discussed with EPA and has been described in correspond-j ence with EPA, which has been placed in the NRC. Public Document Room.3 4
- Table 7.2 indicates that the realistically estimated radiological consequences of the postulated j accidents would result in exposures of an assumed individual at the site boundary which are less j than or comparable to those which would result from a year's exposure to the maximum permissible ,
i concentration (MPC) of 10 CFR Part 20. Table 7.2 also shows the estimated integrated exposure l j of the population within 80 km (50 miles) of the plant from each postulated accident. Any of l
- these integrated exposures would be much smaller than the exposure f rom naturally occurring l
- radioactivity. When considered with the probability of occurrence, the annual potential radia- 1
- tion exposure of the population from all of the postulated accidents is an even smaller fraction l l cf the exposure from natural background radiation and, in fact, is well within naturally occur- '
j ring variations in the natural background. The results of the realistic analysis indicate that the environmental risks due to postulated radiological accidents are exceedingly small and need ! not be considered further. ! l 5 i 1 h i i i e d. ,l d
-n--- - - , . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ --___
l. I 7-3 Table 7 2. Summary of radiological consequences of postulated accidents" 4 Estimated fraction Estimated dose to of 10 CF R Por120 supulation in 50- [ g;,,, mile radius hmet at site
- l. boundar y h (manremsl
' 1.0 Trivial mcidents e c 1 2.0 c e Small releasas outside contamment 30 Radeoactive weste system tailures 3.1 Equipment leakage or malfunction 0 019 30 Release of waste gas 0 076 12 0 32 storage tank contents 33 Release of traved waste 0 008 1.2 storage tank contentt 4.0 Fission products to NA NA primary system (BWR) 50 Fisuon products to primary and secondary systems (PWR) 5.1 Fuel cladding defects and c c steam generator leak 5 52 Ott-des,gn transients that induce fuel failure above those expected and steam gener ator leak 0002 0.2 5.3 Steam generator tube ruptose 0.089 14 0 6.0 Refuehng accakmts 6.1 Fuel txmdie drop 0 0 62 Heavy oblect drop onto fuet m core 0 0 7.0 Spent fuel handimg accident 7.1 Fuel assembly diop in fuel storage poot 0.003 05 7.2 Heavy oblect drop onto fuet rock NA NA
- 7. 3 Fuel cask drop NA NA 8.0 Accident-tnet<ation events considered in design basis evaluation m the Safety Analysis Report 8.1 Loss of coolant accidents Smatt break 0.041 12.0 Large break 14 1400 0 81(a) Break in instrument ime from primary system that penetrates the contamment NA NA 8 2(a) Rod ejection accalent (PWR) 8.2(b) Rod drop accident (BWR) NA NA 8.3(a) Steamtene breaks (PWRs outside contamment)
Small break <0 001 <01 Large break <0 001 0 13 0.3(b) Steambne break NA NA } l *The doses calculated as consettuences of the postulated accidents are based on airborne transport of radioactive matersais resulting in both a direct and an inhalation time. The statf's evaluation of the accident dnses assumes that the appbcant's environmental monitormg program and appropriate additional monitormq (which could be mitiated subsen1uent to a huuid release meident tietected by m plant momforing) would detect the presence of radioactivity in the environmerit in & hmidy manner buch that remedia: ytion crold be taken if necessary to limit exposure f rom other potential pathways to mari.
,%p.,>ents the calculated fractron of a whcie body dose of 500 millirems or the equivalent dose to an or gan.
'These radionuchdes released are considered in developmg the gaseous and tiauid source tems presented in Sect. 3 and are included in the doses in Sect. E
i 1 j 7-4 i t i REFERENCES FOR SECTION 7 ( i . 1. U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, seactor Safety Study: An Ascevevnt of Accident Ricks in { U.S. Corrnercial Nuclear Poucr Plante, Draft, MASH-1400, Augus t 1974.
- 2. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Reastor Safety Study: Ar. Aeoecament of Axident Rieke j in U.S. Corrwrcial Nuclear Feuct P2m:te, WASH-1400 (NUREG 75/014), October 1975.
1 s 3. Letter, Doub to Dominick, June 5,1973. t l, k 1 l 1 1 5 l
, I I 4 1
i , i i b. 1 i 1 i I I 1 I s 1 1 i l
! l 4
I f i e J l 2 l 9 1 i i 1 . a 4 1 il
J i i 1 1-e d i s F
- 8. NEED FOR THE STATION l ' 8.1 RESUME The ownership of Units 2 and 3 of the San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station will be divided 4
between Southern California Edison Company (SCE) and San Diego Gas & Electric Company (SDGSE), with the former owning 80% (1760 MW) and the latter owning 20% (440 MW). This section presents an analysis of the need for the station based on the energy demands of the applicant's service areas, the potential for production Oost savings, and the potential for increasing the reli-ability of the applicant's systems. Reflected in the analysis are the dramatic changes that have occurred since the Arab oil embargo of 1973 and the downward revision of the applicant's load forecasts that resulted from those changes, 8.2 APPLICANT'S SERVICE AREAS AND REGIONAL RELATIONSHIPS 8.2.1 Applicant's service areas Southern :alifornia Edison Company's service area extends over a 15-county area of southern and central California, covering about 130,000 km 2 (50,000 sq miles) and containing a population in excess of 7.5 million. In 1975. SCE served 2.75 million customers, over 88% of which were residential. San Diego Gas & Electric Company supplies electricity to about 567,000 customers in San Diego County and in portions of Orange and Imperial counties. The boundaries of the service area enclose a 10,630-km 2 (4105-sq-mile) area with a total population of about 1.5 million.1 A map of the applicant's service area is presented in Fig. 8.1. 8.2.2 Regional relationships SCE and SDG&E are members of the Western Systems Coordinating Council (WSCC) and the California Power Pool (CPP). The WSCC is the regional reliability council for the interconnected power network that serves the states west of the Rockies and parts of British Coluubia. Established in 1967, the WSCC's primary function is to facilitate coordinated planning among its member systems and to provide technical support. In relation to these duties, the WSCC compiles load i and resource data for the region, performs reliability studies, and recommends minimum reserve ) criteria. The California Power Pool, whose members are Pacific Gas & Electric Company (PG&E), SCE, and SDG&E, was formed in 1964 to provide for the continuous interconnected operation of 1 the member utilities' power supply systems. This interconnected operation allows the utilities to make more efficient, and therefore more economical use of their generation resources and increases the overall reliability of electric service. l 8.3 BENEFITS OF STATION OPERATION 8.3.1 Minimization of production costs To minimize energy production costs, it is necessary to use the most economical mix of genera-tion resources, lhe impact of the operation of SONGS 2 & 3 on the applicant's total cost of generation will be a major factor in determining the desirability of such operation. In assess-ing this impact, it is important to note that the fixed re:ts of each facility, such as the sunken capital investment and the fixed portion of tne o'perating and maintenance costs, are irrelevant to the choice of which generation resources will be used to meet a given load, precisely because these costs are fixed and will not vary with an altered mode of system operation. To assess the impact of station operation on the applicant's overall production costs, the staff first reviewed the 1976 production costs reported by the applicant to the federal Power Com-mission for its thermal-electric generation stations. These data, presented in Tables 8.1 ar.d 8.2, show that all oil-fired facilities had production costs greater than, or in one case, equal to $20/MWhr, whereas Unit 1 of the San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station had a production cost of $7.5/MWhr. In determining how the additional units of the San Onofre Station would compare with these figures, the staf f estimated the 1976 fuel cost and operating and maintenance costs 8-1
I I 8-2 i l 1 l j l i i ES-4116 Oy N'1
- : q. N N
.5 ,.
I F ~ 1: g__ r_ 9, j
- r.
_ _7 _...g 4
._a.
- _
- : : ..:T :~ :q:
.7- _
f i 33 PACIFIC ; $ j ! i
~; GAS 8 ELECTRIC -
~
. / l
*: ~; .. ~ . _- _..
l ' t... :~ Ys t 2 g) ----
+y': :-'::d k
N ( .. _ .. __. - . ' L.._.._:-:-:; fg::
.4 ,,,p_ ::...q .._.
a s s i l l
. . . __j 4 3
r_ }E.. - - - - j , 7 's j f"_". M_g N
; sy 9
i i 1: ... __ _ _ __. Q ""hl N
\
i ] s V~ : .
,\
_ _ l jj j
... . _,, 7, r..'? SOUTHERN \
t CALIFORNIA N 5 ! % EDISON
- %* nI' \
- SOUTHERN I CALIFORNIA , i'l l
j EDISON ql (Jj,p 3.Jytp e
,( ":.. - , 0 (P ' l ,
- S AN DlEGO J a GAS 8 ELECTRIC . I, '
[ @9 J V
~
'. / i 3 l Fig. 8.1. Service dreas of the member utilities of the California Power Pool. Source: ER, j p. S.2-193. d
l 8-3 Tatde 81. Southern Cahfornia Edsson Co. thermatelectric generstmo stations and production costs Onen, dates Total stat.on Production for brst and f u nction Fuel type capacety cost Stat ion horne last unit (MM (dollar s W/hr i Long Beach 1928-1930 S ONgas too NA Rededo Beach 1948-1957 S O>i/ga 642 25 I Huntmyton Beach 1958-1961 1 Od Nas 991 22 9 Mandalay 1959-1970 i+P OdNas b51 21 9 Ormond Beach 19/1-1973 I Onga 1500 24.0 1956-1966 S*l OrUgas 2071 24.5 Alam.tos El Segundo 1955-1965 S+1 Od Nas 1020 23 2 1953-1963 S.I . + P Oil / gas 904 23 7 E owanda Mohave 1971 B Coal 884 9' Four Cornen 1969- 1970 B Coal 768 56 Se Onof re Umt 1 1968 8 Nuetw 344 75 Coolwatei 1961-1964 S Od ' gas 146 22 7 Rghgr ove 1952-1955 S Od/ gas . 154 38 3 San Bernardmo 1957-1958 S Od/ga 2 20 o Gartien State 1967 i Odigas 12 46 7 Diwood 1974 P O d / gas 54 NA
~ . - _ . - _ . . _ . _ _ . . . . . _ _ _
Note S - sem.pcak mg. NA = not ava, tab 4e. t = mtermediate, P
- peakmg. and B
- hase.
Source' E R. Table 1.13 and p. S 2188 Table 8 2. San Diego Gas and E.lectnc Co. thermal +1ectric gunerating stations and production costs On ime cLaes T otal station Produt Don Storen narne for first and F unction f uet f eu capacity cost tat unit (MW) (dollars /MWhil 1923-1941 P 04 87 116.1 Station "B" Saver Gate 1943-1952 i Od 230 32 0 Encma 1954-1973 8 Od 591 25 1 Encma GT 1968 P Od 16 53 o South Bay 1960-t971 B Oa 700 23.0 South Bay GT 1966 P Oa 22 102.7 d San Onofre Un.t 1 1907 B Nuciw 66 6.3 1968 P OJ 17 43,3 a Caion Km ny 1969 P Oa 147 55 2 Divivon 1908 P Od 16 56 4 Navat T'ammg Center 1968 P Od 16 31.6 Maamar 1972 P Od 49 36.3 North bland 1972 P Od 52 54.2 Nav4 Sianon 1976 P Od 28 36 6 Note: P ' peakmg. l = intermedrate, and B = base,
" San Diego Gus and Eiectne Co. cost per megawatt hour for San Onohe Unit t is tower than Southern r
Cahlornsa Edmon's cost bet;auw of an accountmg dif ference of the accrumg plutonsurt, and u anium salvage values RR. p S 2189) Sou# ce E H. Table 1.2 5 and p S.2189. for these units to be $5.3/MWhr (ref.1) and $1.4/MWhr, respectively, for a total operating cost of $6.7/MWhr,* Because oil-fired facilities make up over 75% of SCE's installed capacity and over 95% of SDG&E's installed capacity, the staff concludes that operation of SONGS 2 & 3 would result in reduced reliance on oil-fired facilities with a resulting savings in production costs. To quantify the magr.itude of the production cost savings, the staff made a comparison between the fuel cost that would be incurred in 1993 (the first full year in which both units are scheduled for full operation) if the two nuclear units were operated at a combined capacity factor of 50%, and the fuel cost that would be incurred if an oil-fired facility produced the The lower costs for SONGS 2 & 3 compared to SONGS 1, reflect larger and more modern units.
e l l 8-4 l same arount of electricity. In this comparison, the staff assumed a nuclear fuel cost of a
$5.3/MWhr in 1976, an oil cost of $13/ bbl in 1975,2 a 5% per year escalation in both fuel costs
, to 1983,* a heat content of oil of 6.616 x 106 Btu / bbl, and an oil-fired plant conversion ratio of 10,000 Btu / kwhr. The results show that operating the nuclear units will save $200 million in fuel costs during 1983. Lowering the assumed plant capacity factor to 40% resulted in a j fuel cost savings of $160 million, and raising the capacity factor to 601 gave a cost savings j of $240 million. The cost of nuclear fuels would have to rise more than 27% per year and the I ' cost of oil would have to rise no more than 5% for the savings of operating the nuclear units ! to disappear. These results, coupled with the information presented in Tables 8.1 and 8.2, ; , clearly indicate that the applicant's production costs will be reduced significantly by the operation of SONGS 2 & 3. } 8.3.2 Energy cemand Since the issuance of the FES-CP, electrical energy consumption has fallen far below the levels i, predicted in 1973. For example, SDG&E's 1973 forecast as presented in the FES-Cp predicted a j 1976 peak demand for their system of 2280 MW; the actual 1976 peak was 1716 MW. Similarly, I SCE's 1973 forecast predicted a 1976 peak of 12,910 MW, but the data presented in the ER I ! list a 1976 peak demand of 11,292 MW. These peak demands were overestimated because the 1973 l i forecast did not foresee the Arab oil embargo, the following period of ecor.omic recession, and I the nationwide effort to promote energy conservation. t l , Accordingly, forecasts of annual electrical energy requirements by SCE (which will receive 801 l of the output of SONGS 2 & 3) were revised downward in 1976 (Table 8.3). This revised estimate for 1985 is 34% less than had been estimated in 1973 (ER, Table 1.1-1). SCE's current forecast
- shows a peak demand growth rate of 4.11, from 1976 to 1985, and energy requirements are expected
, to experience a growth rate of 4.3% in the same period, t 1 Table 8 3. Southern Cahfornie Edison co. forecasts of peak demand. energy requirements. instalh4 ) generstmg capiscity, and reserve margms through 1985 l __ _ _ _ . _ . _ . _ . _ . _ _ _ _ - _ - - _ . 1 installed capauty (MW) Resmve margm (%) Peak Growth
- Gr owth* W.th W:thout j War h and wmn With W thout N ^
N SONGS SONGS SONGS SONGS l __.__2 & 3._._ ._ _ .._2 & 3. . -2&3 -- ?&3 E 1976 11.025 58.482 13.859 13 859 25 7 2S 7 4 1977 11,488 4.2 god 12 4o 14.435 14.435 25 7 25 7 j 1978 11.940 40 62.498 27 14,671 14.671 22 8 22 8
- 1979 12,450 42 64,812 53 15.087 15.087 21 2 21 2 1980 12.777 20 68542 4.1 15.374 15.374 20 3 2U 3 j 1981 13.333 44 71.455 42 15.657 15.481 17 4 16 1 1982 13.857 39 74.013 44 16,727 15 671 20 7 13 1 l 1983 14.517 48 78.178 48 17.483 15.723 20 4 83 l 1984 15.100 44 81.859 47 17,725 15 065 16 9 53
) 1985 15.8f5 4. 7 85.733 47 18.600 1chlu 17 2 6I
- Percent growth over previous year
, Lurce E 8, Tabies 111 and 1.41 The revised forecasts of SCE were compared to forecasts for the State of California made by i Chern and Holcomb of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. SCE's estimates agreed well with the base- )
case analysis of Chern and Holcomb; growth in annual electrical energy requirements from 1976 4 to 1985 was estimated to be 4.4% by Chern and Holcomb compared to the SCE estimate of 4.3% j mentioned e,arlier. The forecas'ts shown in the ER for the other applicant, SDG&E, (Table 8.4) showed higher rates . of growth of demand for electrical energy than either SCE or Chern and Holcomb, a reasonable l i * ' This escalation rate is judgemental, but is based on long-run expectations. The results , of the analysis (of savings due to operation of SONGS 2 & 3) are not very sensitive to the ! escalation rate of cost of nuclear fuel as noted below. I I
8-5 Table 8.4 San Diego Cas and Electric Co. forecasts of peak demand, energy renwrements, instaHed generat ng capacity, and reserve margms through 1985 instaHed capacity (MW) Reserve margin W) p,3 g With Without With Without Year demand Growt h* requirements Growth
- SONGS SONGS SONGS SONGS (MW1 kwhr X los 2&3 2&3 2&3 2&3 2232 2232 36 2 36.2 1976 1639 1.2 ' 9.472 7. 9 1768 7.9 9.973 5. 3 2228 2228 26 0 26 0 1977 2212 2212 12 6 12 6 1978 1965 11.1 10.442 4. 7 2617 2617 22.1 22 1 1979 2144 9.1 11.023 6.6 11,765 67 2616 2616 11 3 11.3 1980 2351 9. 7 1981 2473 5.2 12,454 59 2654 2610 7.3 55 1982 2598 51 13,261 65 2880 2616 to 9 o7 1983 2734 5. 2 14.165 68 3o43 2504 11.3 -51 j 6.5 2991 ID 4 41 l 1984 2873 5.1 15.089 34 31 1985 3o23 5.2 16,134 6.9 3344 2934 11 6 9 l
' Percentage merease over preucus year Source ER, Tables 1.21 and 1.2 6 difference considering continuing expectations of rates of population growth for the SDG&E l service area higher than those of other parts of southern California or those of the entire !
state. The three forecasts described are based on historical information, and demand for electricity is l assumed to be determined by the independent variables (e.g., price of electricity, price of I other fuels, per capita income, etc.) included in the models. As a result, the forecasts are all subject to at least two limitations: (1) their projections do not reflect non-price-induced j conservation due to such influences as mandated improvements in the ef ficiency of appliances, and (2) forecasts can be made most confidently when the values of the independent variables are within the range of variation experienced historically; if an independent variable, such as the
' real price of electricity, takes on values outside the range of historical experience, con-fidence in the accuracy of the forecast is decreased.
An analysis,3 performed since the preparation of the SONGS 2 & 3 ER, estimated non-price-induced conservation in the residential sector of the SDG&E area at 115 million kwhr in 1980, 446 million kwhr in 1985 (which represents 1.0% and 2.8% of energy sales forecast in the ER), 729 million kwhr in 1990, and 990 million kwhr in 1995. These estimates, combined with other revisions of SDG&E's forecasts'* result in the forecasts of energy sales shown in Table 8.5. The sales fore-cast in Table 8.5 for 1985 (13,268 million kwhr) represents an 11.6% reduction from the cor-responding forecast in Table 1.2-1 of the ER (15,001 million kwhr). It should be remembered that non-price-induced conservation in the e m erciaI and industrial sectors is not included in the revised forecast. The staff knows of no analysis bringing non-price-induced conservation into the SCE forecasts. The forecasts appear, therefore, to be subject to both of the above-mentioned limitations. - As a result, it is possible that there will be a degree of conservation of electricity in the service area of both SDG&E and SCE which is not reflected in the load forecasts. Although these considerations may reduce confidence in the load forecasts described, the analysis of cost savings due to a shif t from oil-fired to nuclear generation remains valid and makes the operation of SONGS 2 & 3 economically desirable independent of load forecasts.
- .. . . -. . - - - -... . - _ . . , . - . . . - . . . .- - -.. ... - ._... - _,...~.-..-. ..- . ...-.-. .- - _-. - -
1 i 1 8-6 i l I { i ', Table 8.5. San Diego Gas and Electric Co. modified i electric energy sales forecast + Year 8 Total sales (kwhr X 10 { 1976 8,398 1977 8,825 l 1978 9,237 1980 9.704 1981 10,291 1982 10.665 1983 11,849 1984 12,518 1905 13,268 1986 14.024 1987 14,841 i , 1988 15,710 , 1989 16.596 i 1990 17,630 l 1991 18,452 1992 19,425 1993 20.316 1994 21,336 f' 1995 22.303 l
- Source
- San Diego Gas and Electric Co., Mode /rea j Demand Forecast Dec. 9,1976. Table 1.
J l , i l l i f ( r , {
- l. i a
t I I !i 1 j 5 , J em,..=wv- w n:.w,v--.-=r. v-.w=-a w ,-,- =~ ~ a-a-r- .,. -w<ms-.-s. ----x~~e.v. ,,----.- - < .- .m-- - ,- -"
_ _ _ . . . . - . - . - . .- .-- ~ - . . . . - - 8-7 REFERENCES FOR SECTION 8
- 1. Based on testimony of Darrel A. Nash and Jack 0. Roberts befcre the Atomic Safety and Licensing Board in the matter of Public Service Company of Indiana. Inc., Marble tiill Nuclear Generating Station, Units 1 and 2. Dncket Nos. STN 50-546 and 50-547.
Ma r. 25.1977.
- 2. Federal Energy Administration National Energy C:4t!cek, February 1976, p.15.
- 3. Economics Sciences Corporation, A residential ucwPrice Canen.:ativn Ad,furtnent fcr the San Diego Gas and Elcetria Company Fcrecaat, prepared for the San Diego Gas & Electric Co. , December 1976.
- 4. Econometric Research Associates, Inc., Nodified Electrica? Energy re-tand Force.2 sting Nodel of ti.a San Diego Region, prepared for San Diego Gas & Electric Company, November 1976.
l 4 J o 1 l
i l
- 9. CONSEQUENCES OF THE PROPOSED ACTION 9.1 ADVERSE EFFECTS THAT CANNOT BE AVOIDED The staff has reassesst.d the physical, social, and economic impacts that can be attributed to SONGS 2 & 3. The identification of adverse effects that cannot be avoided, given in Chap. 8 of the FES-CP, remains valid. The major effects identified were the destruction of a small amount of wildlife habitat in the area occupied by the plant buildings and the loss of fish and other marine organisms that will be entrained in the circulating cooling water system.
In addition, construction has resulted in the excavation of about 16.4 ha (40.5 acres) of the San Onofre Bluffs, and operation of the plant will result in the removal of approximately 1.4 km (0.85 mile) of beach from unrestricted public use. 9.2 SHORT-TERM USES AND LONG-TERM PRODUCTIVITY The assessment of the short-term uses and long-term productivity contained in Chap. 9 of the i FES-CP remains valid. About 21 ha (52 acres) of the total of 36 ha (90 acres) comprising all three units will be devoted to the production of electrical energy for the next 30 to 40 years. If, at the end of this period, the site is no longer needed for the production of electrical , energy, it could be used for other purposes (see Sect. 9.4, below). j l i , 9.3 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENT OF RESOURCES There has been no change in the staf f's assessment of these commitments since the earlier review (FES-CP, Chap.10) except that the continuing escalation of costs has increased the dollar values of the materials used for construction and for fueling the plant. The staff has, however, expanded and updated the discussion on uranium fuel availability. This updated discussion is presented below.
- 9. 3, I Replaceable components and consumable materials Uranium is the principal natural resource irretrievably consumed in f acility operation. Other materials Consumed, for practical purposes, are fuel-cladding materials, reactor-control elements, other replaceable reactor core components, chemicals used in processes such as water treatment and ion-exchanger regeneration, ion-exchange resins, and minor quantities of materials used in maintenance and operation. Except for the uranium isotopes 0-235 and U-238, the consumed resource materials have widespread use; therefore, their use in the proposed operation must be reasonable with respect to reeds in other industries, The major use of the natural isotopes of uranium is for production of useful energy.1 The reactor will be fueled with uranium enriched in the isotope U-235. Af ter use in the plant, the fuel elements will still contain U-235 slightly above the natural fraction. This slightly enriched uranium, if separated from plutonium and other radioactive materials (separation would take place in a chemical reprocessing plant), would be available for recycling through the gaseous diffusion plant if required. Scrap material containing valuable quantities of uranium may also be recycled through appropriate steps in the fuel production process. Should chemical reprocessing of spent fuel be effected in the future, the fissionable plutonium recovered is potentially valuable for fuel in power reactors.
In view of the quantities of materials in natural reserves, resources, and stockpile and the quantities produced yearly, the expenditure of such ma+erial for the power facility is justified by the benefits from the electrical energy produced. A detailed discussion of uranium supply and demand follows. 9.3.2 Uranium resources availability _ This section reviews information available from the Department of Energy (DOE) on the domestic uranium resource situation and the outlook for development of additional domestic supplies, 9-1 l
l i ' ! 9-2 ) j availability of foreign uranium, and the relationship of uranium supply to planned nuclear generating capacity. j Analysis of uranium resources and their availability has been carried out by the government since t the late 1940s. The work was carried out for many years by the Atomic Energy Commission (AEC). , l The activity was made part of the Energy Research and Development Administration (ERDA) when the l ! agency was created in early 1975. This activity was subsequently transferred to the DOE when it was formed October 1,1977. l i 9.3.2.1 U.S. resource position To establish some basic concepts, a review of resource concepts and nomenclature would be i worthwhile. Figure 9.1 is a chart of resource categories based on varying geologic knowledge } and on varying economic availability. Resources designated es are reserves have the highest j assurance regarding their magnitude and economic availability. Estimates of reserves are l based on detailed sampling data, primarily f rom gamma ray logs of drill holes. DOE obtains i basic data from industry from its exploration effort and estimates the reserves in individual i 4 deposits, in estimating are reserves, detailed studies of feasible mining, transportation, I l and milling techniques and costs are made. Consistent engineering, geologic, and economic i
- criteria are employed. Tne methods used are the result of over 25 years of effort in t.rsnium i j resource evaluation. l
$ \ t i ES-3336 i { CUTOFF OkE ! c0si R!sfRVis LA11MTE"C NURE POT [NTIAL 4{PDTINil AJ PMSAB! E PcMIBlI sPfCUtATIvf j l (P>oe Districts- (Productive (N w Provinces g Identified Provinces, or 1 rends) in Fro- tm formations) j 6cthe l g f orr at icns) f~ V l ss t sIO sis j 130 i i HIGHER l cosi t , ottatAstNG ENDE [3GE A W AssURA %( j -- } Fig. 9.1. DOE uranium resource categories. 4 i i j Resources that do not meet the stringent requirements of reserves are classed as potential resources. For its study of resources, DOE subdivides potential resources into three categories: { probable, possible, and speculative.2 Probable resources are those contained within favorable j trends, largely delineated by drilling, within productive uranium districts (i.e., those having i more than 10 tons of U3 08 production and reserves). Quantitative estimates of potential resources i are made by considering the extent of the identified favorable areas and by comparing certain
- geologic characteristics with those associated with known ore deposits.
I Possible potential resources are outside of identified mineral trends but are in geologic provinces and formations that have been productive, Speculative resources are those estimated to occur in fonnations or geologic provinces which have not been productive but which, based on the evaluation of available geologic data, are considered to be favorable for the occurrence 4 of uranium deposits.
I 9-3 The reliability of the estimates of potential uranium resources differs for each cf the three potential classes. The reliability of probable potential estimates is greatest in view of the mor e complete information, a renlt of the extensive exploration and development in the major uranium districts. It is least for speculative potential for areas with no significant uranium deposits, for which favorability is determined from available knowledge on the characteristics of the geologic environment. 1 Because any evaluation of resources is dependent upon the availability of information, the estimates themselves are, to a largo degree, a scorecard on the state of development of in fonna tion. Thus, appraisal of U.S. uranium resources is heavily dependent on the completeness of exploration efforts and the availability of subsurface geologic data. Since the geology of the United States as it relates to mineral deposits can never be completely known in detail, it will not be possible to produce a truly complete appraisal of domestic uranium resources. Given the nature and current status of DOE estimates, however, so far as an overall appraisal of the United States is concerned, it is more likely that the total resources eventually will prove larger than is presently estimated. The key question may be the timeliness with which ; resources are identified, developed, and produced. l Conceptually, a resource, whether uranium or other mineral comodity, would initially be in the potential category. Development of additional data and clarification of production techniques and economics is required until the point is reached that specific cre deposits are delineated and understood to a degree that they can be categorized as reserves. We can expect that there will be a dynamic balance between anticipated markets and prices and the extent to which exploration and reserve delineation will be done. There is no economic incentive for industry to expand reserves if the additional uranium viill not be needed for many years ahead, and Especially if the long-tenn market outlook is uncertain. This has been true for uranium. The mining companies are concentrating on markets for the next 5 to 15 years. The utilites and government are concerned with the outlook for the next 30 to 40 years. Conversion of the presently estimated potential resources inte ore reserves will take many years and will cost several billion dollars. It would be dif ficui* to economically justify accelerating such I an effort to delineate ore reserve levels equal to iifetime requirements of all planned reactors covering some 30 to 40 years in the future simply to satisfy planners. Supply assurance through continued timely additions to reserves and maintenance of a resource base adequate to support production demands, coupled with carefully developed information on potential resources, is considered to be adequate and a more realistic and economic approach. a The conversion of potential resources to ore reserves and expansion of production facilities can be accomplished when needed as markets expand and production is needed. The vertical dimension in Fig. 9.1 relates to the impact of increasing production costs on resource availability. Higher prices are needed to produce cres of lower quality and those with more difficult mining or milling characteristics. Such reserves, though well delineated, are not economically available if prices are too low. The domestic uranium industry has, over most of its lifetime, been concerned with discovery and production of uranium at costs in the range of 58 to $10 or less per pound. Average prices for uranium deliveries in 1975 are reported to be 110.50 per pound of U 0 3 3 .3 Prices for 1976 deliveries were $16.10 per pound. In view of the economic acceptability of higher cost uranium in reactors, resource estimates by DOE in recent years have included r wurces that would be available at $15 and.530 production cutoff costs. Because of the lessei experience with 515 and
$30 resources, they are not as fully delineated nor as well understood as the $10 resources.
An initial estimate of $50 resources has been made as of January 1,1977. At cost levels above , 550 per pound, there has been little effort at appraisal of resources or in exploration. There- I fore, these resources are poorly known at present, and quantitative estimates are not possible (with the exception of the Chattanooga shale to be discussed later). Such resources are known to exist, and efforts are under way to appraise them. In Table 9.1 DOE estimates of domestic uranium resources are tabulated following the conceptual arrangement of Fig. 9.1. These estimates reflect the results of the preliminary phase of the DOE National Uranium Resource Evaluation (NURE) program. The resources estimates at the beginning of 1978 totaled 3.3 million tons up to a production cost of $30, and 4.4 million tons at $50 (early 1978 dollars). Of this total, 890,000 tons are in the ore reserve category, An addi- a tional estimated 140,000 tons of supply not included in resource estimates are projected from , phosphate and copper production by-product material through the year 2000.
.In this evaluation program, the nation has been divided into study areas, as shown in Fig. 9.2, For comparison, the major known uranium areas in the United States, such as the Colorado Plateau, Wycming Basins, and Texas Gulf Coastal Plain, are shown in Fig. 9.3.
_ - -_ _ _~ _ , . _. . . . -
i 9-4 Table 9.1. U.s uranium resouvces as of January 1.1978 itons 03 03 ) Cost category e Potential resourcesb
- - ~ ~ ~ - - - - - - --~ - ~'- ~ ~
4, g R eserves Probable Poss.ble speculatwe Total 15 370.000 540 000 490.000 165,000 1.565.000 15 30 mcrement 320,000 415,000 645.000 250,000 1.690.000 i 30 690,000 1 015.000 1,135.000 415.000 3,255.000 4 30 50 increment 200,000 380,000 380,000 150.000 1.110.000 50 890,000 1,395.000 1.515,000 565.000 4,365,(X)0
*1977 dot ars.
buranium that could be produced as a by-product of phosphate and copper production by the year 2000 is estimated at 140.000 tons U3 0e . s 4 l ES-3337 i PACIFIC CCAST AND SIERR A NEVADA COLUMBIA COLORADO AND l m PL ATE AUS NORTHERN SOUTHERN '
' ~ . , ROCKIES ROCK:ES O y /I - . , . _ _ _ _ . . { (
f k WY0MNG g"N [ SOUTHERN CA N A0l A N SHIELD g,>
-J j p DAS!NS 'p?
,q
; i - r- - --
- T g s; t.h[
'tui h I
% 2.
.~ 1 ,
1 p. -m t \ J , s-f _ GREAT g ] 7 'f yAPPAL t~ -ACH(A* j g [ D A SIN I ", L.._ l
- ANDI ;
p i 1 / A rSfa 4j RANGE _ qo p t* A IN S AOM AN p . ,,
, l
\ i PL ATE AD Ty HIGH{ ANDS l l ) - d- l - l . . , e/_ .. - A '^ x 1
l
~. {3 C0
\
N $. w T}L j ALASKA %> \
/ t \
fig. 9.2. Natural uranium resource evaluation (NURE) regions. J The geographic distribution of estimated potential resources is shown in fig. 9.4. Only limited data are available for much of the country, and estimates for these areas will be largely in the speculative category, or unassessed, for some time. The preliminary phase of the NURE program has identified additional areas with geological characteristics f avorable for the occurrence of uranium deposits, but for which data were inadequate for evaluatirm of potential resources. The location cf areas with estimated potential resources and othtc favorable areas is shown in fig. 9.5. The NURE program will develop considerable additional basic information in the next several years which will lead to a more comprehensive in-depth evaluation of the U.S. long-term resource outlook. 9.3.2.2 Attainable production levels and reactor capacity The domestic industry currently has a production capacity of around 16,000 tons of U 30 8 per year. Plans have been reported to expand capacity to 27,000 tons / year by 1980. Industry plans
9-5 ES 4104 8*onAme , m f f D WYDMING BA$tNS t
*(
Powogn n,y{n j 81 .et acx nitt, l cas sitts; . eit _. cal;o'n s c4,7 'snmt e y ,43,y i Q'
/ N
( : " p rnou]r- \ uv OIGIND WASH s AANGE \ i
^ A cHATYA , ,,.
p-M ' j. 2 usoaANT:umenlteety
'*lo"Aco Ptartaj bi Q ,
TEXAS COASTAL PUUN g j
- Awsif, ,
Q)crotocicenovmce * ( unaurune Ane4 f t Fig. 9.3. Principal U.S. uranium-resource areas. to spend $634 million in 1978 and $525 million in 1979 on new mining and milling capacity, compared to $492 million spent in 1977. Study of attainable production capability from cur-rently estimated $30 U.S, ore reserves and probable potential resource indicates that production levels of 60,000 tons of U 08 3 per year can be achieved with aggressive resource development and exploitation including both mining and milling. Although the level may be achieved by use of domestic $30 ore reserves and probable resources alone, development and utilization of $30 possible and speculative categories and use of $50 ore reserves and potential resources would provide added assurance that the levels could be attained and sustained. Considering that some imported uranium will add to supplies, it is considered realistic to plan on the basis that a ' 60,000-tons / year supply is achievable from currently estimated resources. Such a level could be reached by the early 1990s. The level of nuclear generating capacity supportable with this amount of uranium, as shown in Fig. 9.6, will vary with enrichment toils assay and recide ;ssumptions. Without recycle of uranium or plutonium and with e 0.30% U-235 enrichment tails assay, about 260,000 MWe could be supported. Without recycle and at 0.20 tails, 310,000 MWe could be supported. With recycle of uranium and plutonium and a 0.20 tails assay, about 520,000 MWe could be supported. As shown in Fig. 9.0, all the levels of supportable capacity are above the 236,000 MWe of capacity in operation (46,000 MWe), under construction (95,000 MWe), on order (68,000 MWe), and announced (27,000 MWe) as of January 1,1976. Thus, currently estimated resources can provide adequate uranium supplies for a sizable expansion to U.S. nuclear generating capacity. The cumulative lifetime (30 years) uranium requirements for all of the above reactors (236,000 MWe) would be about equal to the 1.9 million tons in $30 (or the 2.3 million tons at
$50) ore reserves, by-product, and probable potential resources. Evaluation of long-term fuel commitments on the basis of ore reserves and probable potential resources is considered a prudent course for planning. The lifetime commitment would be only about one-half of currently estimated $50 domestic resources, including the possible and speculative categories (see Tab!e 9.1).
9.3.2.3 Uranium resource recovery In regard to the availability of estimated uranium resources considering recoveries in mining and ore processing, estimates of U.S. uranium resources represent the quantity of uranium estimated to be minable expressed as tons of U 038 in ore in the ground. These estimates are a
9-6 ES-4501 i Y A 1 / !
\
- u -
e A 03 0 e 27,000 a 63,000
^-
e 0[ %s 0 f * - ' (g
- 21,000
- 50.000 - [yp )
2 I. h f .e 267.000 1 N ^ 52,000 O O M.
- 28.000 p'
(
, C. 6 o
0-e 23,000 4,0d0 " 81,000 [ e e 29,000 '
-
- 50,000
] A 12,000 A 220.000
~t
" 41,000 '
- 6.000 m 47,000 k , o-a
- 47.000 3 a 0
/ a 37,000 e 72,000 (
3 [ a 23.000 e 501.000- K{ , a 624,000 - a 24,000 I la l ~ 117A00 A 60,000 { a l [ 22.0003 t i i a d e 1,000 ) f 4 V GR AND TOTALS
- PRODABLE 1,015,000 TONS U3 0s
- POSSIBLE 1,135,000 TONS U3 0s
' SPECULATIVE 415,0')0 TONS U3Og
- Fig. 9.4. Potential uranium resources by region ($30/lb U3 03 ). j (100,000 tons = 90,000 tonnes; $30/lb = $66/kg. )
l 1 i reflection of the information available to DOE at the time of the estimate and thus are depen- ! a I' dent on the es; tent of exploration werk that has been performed. In view of the considerations ! involved in preparing the resource estimates cnd the uranium resource outlook, no adjustment l for losses is warranted. U.S. min ng practice results in recovery of high percentages of the uranium contained in a s % ..t. DOE resource estimation procedures consider the capabilities and requirements of mining systems currently in use so that the estimates are a realistic appraisal of what is minable. Because deposits frequently are not fully delineated before they are developed, it is not unusual for considerably more uranium to be recovered from deposits than was included in ore reserves before such deposits were put into production. Mining company practice seeks to recover as much of the contained mineral content as possible before abandoning a mine. Higher uranium prices provide a strong incentive for such practice because it increases firancial returns. In the processing of uranium ores, recoveries generally are over 90%. In 1975, mill recovery averaged about 93,5L Higher recoveries are usually possible if economically justified. i Also, there are additional resources that will be available beyond the currently estimated $30 reserves, by-product (i.e., from phosphate and copper production), and probable potential resources. The lifetime uranium needs of the sustainable level of reactor capacity in Fig. 9.6 would require only about one-half of the $30 resources (including possible end speculative potential resource categories) now estimated for the United States. With development of additional information on U.S. resources, it is considered likely that the future estimates of resources in the United States will be even larger than now estimated. The DOE National Uranium Resource Evaluation program and industry exploration will expand the data available on U.S. resources leading to a more complete evaluation. Additional uranium supplies will be available from foreign sources and, if needed, through utilization of higher-than-530-cost resources.
. . _ _ = - - . . . .-
9-7 ES-3340
[~~ 3. .. ..
~
~- aj p ,
3 g e ,, n s,
.:j .
,- o
, , , ,g ,. t--, g l
6' C 's .I s b- ( ?
" ~ "
1: ~ . . . . -
,V Yk i (v*
I
'.l.g.3 .i .
i ;fL--.3?
; t
<W: p;fo ~ c
,. t- .t q, s l p
.,( j \t ,2'"- l
*.y
. \ w j 7 Yr s s' g' ,4 @. t pp ,
i I}.Tk. s '
.. 4 l\ l$' ' bi i -
, f ,
f(
- s. I s I h- l g
A 1,,,e--.c4 - J 1
,.,. l r---~) I r
i
, s x s / ) .- %._. . 4
. . /
M PROBABLE POS$!BLE AND SPECULAT VE POTENTI AL AREAS C OTHER ARE A$ WITH FAVORABLE GEOLOGY Fig. 9.5. NURE preliminary potential and favorable areas. l l ES- 3 341 000 (NRICHMENT TAILS ASSAY 0 20 % 0.30 % 500 620 U hPU RECYCLE 400 g g pg UGANIUM RECYCLE RECYCLE h3,00 _ 310 U R ANIU M RECYCLE ANNOUNCED 20
! 736 E NO RECYCLE 2"
ORDERED NO RECYCLE 100- - UNotR CoNsr (CP b LWA) sc O PE R ATIN G 0 CAPACITY SUPPORTABLE BY U.S. REACTOR STATUS RESOUR'.:ES AVAILABLE
- 1 JANUARY 19 77
- 60,000 TON $ 0303 PER YEAR Fig. 9.6. Nuclear-reactor capacity (GWe). (60,000 tons =
55,000 tonnes.)
{ 9-8 j , In view of these factors, it is not considered meaningful to make adjustments to reserve end ) j resource estimates for possible future losses from mining and milling. I i 3 9.3.2.4 Prospects for expanding U.S. supply, L , The long-range (through the rest of the century and beyond) supply outlook will be influenced largely by the extent to which the present resource position is modified in the decades ahead. 1 There are three principal means by which the supply position can change; (1) through the i identification of additional resources in the less than $50 per pound category, (2) through i utilization of already identified, higher-cost resources, and (3) through utilization of foreign ! uranium supplies. These means will be examined separately. l l t 9.3.2.5 Domestic low-cost resources } An evaluation of the potential for developing additional domestic low-cost uranium resources J l beyond those now estimated involves the following considerations. 1 i 1. Experience generally has been that mineral resources ultimately prove larger than can i be estimated at any time. We are limited by what occurs in nature but also, and perhaps i more so, by the degree of our knowledge. Development of information on unknown or poorly j explored areas is likely to increase the estimate of resources. As previously noted, } there is no complete assessment of the U.S. uranium position. The NURE effort is j scheduled to produce a nationwide in-depth assessment in 1981.
- Comparing the U.S. uranium resource position ten years ago with today's can illustrate the point. In 1966, $10-cost ore reserves were estimated to be 195,000 tons of U3 0p i Potential resources then estimated, which correspond to the current " probable" potential category plus a portion of the "possible" category, were 325,000 tons of U 0s. Since then,3
{ 134,000 tons of U 03 have been produced principally for $10 resources. The present esti-3 i mates are 270,000 tons of reserves and 440,000 tons of probable potential at $10 per pound, i Thus, in the ten years, over 320,000 tons were added to these categories of resources at i the $10 per pound level. During the period, the value of the dollar has declined t( about i 60% of its 1966 value. Because inflation increases costs and moves some material to higher 1 cost categories, the 1976 resource estimates would have been higher measured in 1966 dollars. 5 2.
- Expansion of resources will depend on the level of effort expended. Increased exploration i activity can be expected to improve the resource position. Exploration success per unit i
of effort has been less in recent years, but inflation has exaggerated the reduction 4 because increasingly higher grade ores must be found at a given cost to offset inflation. j In addition, there has been a t' rend toward deeper drilling, which increases the effort required. j Exploration results in 1975 and 1976 show improved discovery rates of the $15 and $50 resources. a t Industry investment activities will be influenced by nuclear power growth and acceptance, uranium demand, and price movements.
- As is the case with other raw materials commodities, increesing expand demands and higher prices should lead to increased efforts by industry to supplies.
l 1 3. } Known U.S. uranium resources are in a few comparatively small areas as shown in Fig. 9.3. The comparatively small geographic areas of the mining districts within these areas suggest that significant undiscovered districts may exist which have been overlooked. 4. l Domestic resources.uranium resources in sandstone deposits make up over 95% of known U.S.10w-cost j environments.The bulk of resources in other parts of the world are in other types of geologic j A listing of significant types of uranium deposits is shown in Table 9.2. i The possibility exists for identification of additional types of deposits in the United States. 1 9.3.2.6 Industry exploration activity {~ i The major private responsibility for discovering new uranium deposits needed in the years ahead is with industry. The footage drilled in search for uranium deposits in the United States for the last several years is shown in Fig. 9.7. In the period 1967 to 1969, a sharp increase in exploration occurred. , Exploration derreased in the early 1970s due to softering in the uraniim market as a consequence of the slippage in uranium demands. In 1973, utilities contracted for 52,000and prices tonsrekindling of U 0a* aexploration 3 far, greaterinterest. procurement effort than had been seen prev ously, firming As a result, exploration began to increase again.
9-9 Table 9 2. U anim deposits Averag-United Sta es F or eign T v.ne deposit ur es Site ran!e (nom) -_ 10.000 to 250,000 Saskatchewan, Canada. Massive vein 4;ke 3,000 to 25,000 Aftegator River, Austr aba 1,000 to 40.M0 Colorado, Great Bear Lake, vein 1,000 to 25.000 Washington Canada, Shink clobwe, Zaire; F rance 500 to 6 000 100 to 50,000 Colorado Plateau, Nyr; Gabon; Sandstone Wyoming Texas Argent ne 1,000 to 3,000 1,000 to 50,000 Yeehrne, Austraha Calcrete 10.000 to 200,000 Elhot Lake, Canada; Quartz pebbie conglomerate 200 to 1,500 Witwatersrand, South Africa 75,000 to 150,000 loswig, South West Alaskite 300 to 400 A f r iCa 10,000 to 50,000 ihmaussaq, Graerland Syenite 100 to 400 60 to 200 0 5 to 2.0 mahon Florida, North Af Phosphata rock Idaho i to 5 rnilhen Southeast United States Ranstad. Sweden Shale 50 to 300 10 to 200 1 to 10 mithon New Hampshire. Branl Gr amte Colorado Sea water 0 00 4 bilhon ES-4502A 240 -
'/
200 - ACTUAL
- -- PL ANNED 160 -
2 o J 2 120 -
.se- #
E XPENDITURES - /
/
80 - 40 - y - 400 w o
-- j O 30 4 - 80 40 - U ADolTION'a DRILLING- $ 50 ~ I W TO RESERVES - 60 E5 s
- z 20 g
q (30 .,
. ~l - , 7 Nj - 40 @4 0 ---
E to l ' . ,; E F W - 20 $ W W [h ito'Z po M ,,.,-
~
6e 'T 2 1 I O 0 1974 1976 1966 1968 1970 1972 l U.S. exploration activity and plans. (106 ft = 3 x 105 m; Fig. 9.7.
$10/lb = $22/kg; 1000 tons = 900 tonnes.)
l
. . - - . _. .. . _ . - - . ~ . - . , J. , 1
- 9-10 t
l t As shown in Fig. 9.7, expenditures for land acquisition, drilling, and related activities peaked
- at about $59 million in 1969, dropped to $32 million in 1972, but increased to an all-time high
- of $171 million in 1976 and $258 million in 1977. Plans to expend 5290 million in 1978 and
- $224 million in 1979 have been reported to DOE. Although expenditures are increasing, the
- footage drilled per dollar af expenditure has been decreasing because of higher costs and the j trend toward deeper drilling, i i i The results of drilling are shown at the bottom of Fig. 9.7 in tenns of annual additions to ore
- reserves. It should be noted that inflation during this period has been high; therefore, the i discovery rate measured in terms of $8 reserves added in 1975 is not directly comparable to
{ those added in 1969 di.d 1970. Due to the ef fect of inflation the 1969 $8 reserves are comparable ! in 1975-1976 to reserves at a cost of around $15 per pound. The additions of $10, $15, and $30 4 reserves in the 1972 to 1977 period are also shown in Fig. 9.7. The additions to $30 reserves ) increased substantially in 1975, 1976, and 1977. About 100,000 tons of U3 08 were added to the t
$30 reserve in 1976 and 60,000 tons in 1977.
l Expenditures for uranium exploration have not been large in comparison to the expenditures in otbar phases of nuclear power. There are over 200 reactors planned, bet the cost of a single , typical large reactor alone (over $800 million) will be substantie.lly larger than the total of i
$690 million spent in uranium exploration (including land acquisitions, drilling, and related
- f. activities) in the entire country over the period 1966 through 1976.
{ 9.3.2.7 Te_chnology c development l Improved technology has, in the past, orovided a means for expanding available resources of minerals. There have been a number of developments in uranium technology that are improving the j supply situation, and others are likely to be developed in the years ahead. These developments i 3 allow use of additional sources of supply and are competitive with current sources. Of current interest is the use of in situ leaching methods where the extraction of the uranium is accom-plished by purrping leach solutions down drill holes, through the ore zone, and back to the + surface for treatment. Such plants are operating in Texas, and others are planned. 1 { An additional development is the improved process for recovery of uranium from phosphoric acid. A plant is starting operation in Florida, and several others are planned. If all of the phos-l ' phoric acid currently produced in the large plants in Florida were treated, about 3000 tons of U3 0n per year could be recovered. Production may reach this level by the early 1980s, and l f uture incretses will follow as phosphoric acid production expands, i 9.3.2.8 Government u anium aesource activities i i In view of the need to bcttm understand the long-range prospects for expanded domestic uranium I i supply for reactor developant strategy and planning and to assure adequate uranium supplieo to i fuel nuclear power growth. 007 is carrying out programs to assess domestic resources more a ! completely and to improve tecrnology for discovecy, assessment, and production of these resources, j The basic elements in the DOE resource program are illustrated in Fig. 9.8. 4 a 5 tarting in the upper lef t-hand corner of the diagram, knowledge about kncwn uranium occurrences will be augmented by gathering and generating new data by use of surface, aerial, subsurface, i and remote sensing techniques. This will allow improved estimates in known areas and identifi-
- cation of other areas where known types and postulated new types of deposits may exist. This j will increase knowledge about uranium occurrences in the United States, improve estimates of ,
the resource position, and expand and solidify the base of nuclear fuel supplies. Infonnation l is reatinely made available to industry for development of their exploration and mining programs. Industry efforts will generate additional data, which will also be used by DOE .n continuing I ] resource studies. I 1. 1 I j An important part of this strs 'agy is research and development to improve the technology involved i in uranium discovery, assessment, mining, and milling. DOE uranium raw materials budgets to Cdrry out this program are increasing, in FY 1976, expenditures were approximately $14 million, and in FY 1977, expenditures were approximately $27 million. 3 i Two activities under way to generate new data systematically are the aerial radiometric recon-naissance program and the national hydrogeochemical survey. Features of the airborne program 2 are highlighted in Table 9.3. This program will involve some 1.400,000 line km (870,000 line miles) of aerial surveys flown on an average line 5,sacing of 8 km (5 miles) utilizing gamma ray ! i spectrometric techniques. Data generated are being made publicly available upon the completion 1 j of individual projects. The hydrogeochemical survey features are listed in Table 9.4 This will be a systematic national survey of the uranium and associated trace element content of surface and underground waters
-~ _ . . _ . .. ~. .. . . . .. - - -
9 11 ES-3343 Obtaen existmg data for new areas and geologic formations and generate i Maintam know' edge on known new data. uranium and thorium occur- improve estimates in l
~
rences: Surf ace: Aerial. known areas l Characteristics of de;>osits Carborne Radios Image ggeny,ne other areas
, metry Radiometr / - where deposits of known _
Mappm'1 GeophYsict type see hk'ly e to exist. Geochemistry Geophys4cs SaMN E conomics
** .__; a.
N* * *
- d -
ng Sut>sur race Remote Sensing n[ Drilleng
" Loefging t
i R & D on.' Increased Knowledge of uranium occurrence, G eochemitry, geophystes, improved estamJtes. geology, mining and milhng, ' - better technology for E vaivation, econometrics, e x ploration. mining, arid milhng. geosta t'st'Cs. Industry Activity E xploration Feed back to industry E wnded base for _
- 2 Nuclear fuel supply.
Minmg Milhng Fig. 9.8. Uranium resource strategy. Table 9.3. DOE senal radiometric reconrWssance program Goal - Complete airborne radiometric survey of United States bncluding Alaska) on wide spaced fl<ght knes by January 1,1980, to aid m identifying f avorable areas. Program - M.nimum total flight line miles - conterminous Un,ted States, 700,000 (1,200,000 kml; Alaska, 110,000 (180,000 km). Thphtime spectng - i to 12 miles, average 5 miles (1.5 to 20 km; everage 8 6 m). Alt <tude - 200 to 800 f t above ground levet; optimum 400 f t (60 240 m above ground level,
. optimum 120 m).
5"ystems - Computerved high senotivity gamma t ay spectrometnc and magnetic detectors, mounted in fixed wing and rotary-wing aircraft operated by private firms. Output - Radiometnc equivalant of uramum, thorium, and potassium, and magnetic character-istics of enclosmg rock, statestically evaluated by geologic units. Data handling Publication - Open hie upon completon of each survey, Sumnwereddata bana - Los Aivnos Scientific Latxnatory. Tentative schedule Fiscal year Line miles Lme kilometers 1974-76 150,000 240,000 1977 147,000 237,000 1978 362.000 583,000 1979 210.000 338 f@ 870,000 1,430 000
l $ l l 9-12 i i l Table 9 4. Hydrogeocnemical and stream sediment reconnaissance program i Goal- A systematic determination of the distribution of uranium and associated trace elements j in surface and underground waters and in stream sediments in the United States bncluding Alaska) to identity areas f avorable for uranium mmeral occurrence Participants - National laboratories; universities, state agencies. U.S. Geological Survey; E nveron-menta! Protection Agency. Operatong parameters Sample spacing - 10 sq miles (26 km2) Mide areak o.5 sq miles (1.3 km2) (detailed) depending on geologic homogenerty of area 4 Analysis - Field concentration of elements from water; msasurement of conductivity and pH, determination of specifec elements. } Data treatment - Statistical analysis. Osta interpretation - Relate anomaly data to geologsc environments. j Output - Areas of favorability; open filing of maps and data; national data bank, i Tentative schedule l Fiscal year - 1975 - Laterature search and hmeted resesrch and development. 1976 - Pilot studies statistecal methods development. staffing. l 1977-1979- Large scale surf ace and sutisurf ace samphng; data ralysis, mterpretation and Nporting i i 4 e carried out by DOE laboratories. Data generated will provide a means to identify areas of
- favorability, particularly when coupled with other available data.
1 j The DOE programs involve a continuing review of the uranium resource situation, analysis of the activities and success of industry, and their relation to the desirable resource levels needed j in the years ahead to ensure adequate uranium supplies to meet the country's needs. The program is geared to providing information to government and industry so that sound decisions can be { made on energy policy. 4 i
- 9.3.2,9 High-cost resources 4
As previously noted, an alternative to identification of additional low-cost resources is the { utilization of higher cost resources. The highest cutoff cost category included in DOE resources, j in Table 9.1, is $50 per pound of U 0s. This level was selected a few years ago as an upper 3 3 i range of what might be of interest for utilization in light water reactors over the next decade or more. An estimate of $50 resources was made for the first time as of January 1, 1977. I j j The increased price of oil and coal in the last few years has been a contributing factor to the increased price cost of uranium economically acceptable in light water reactors. This impact j results from the relative insensitivity of nuclear electric power costs to increases in uranium 3 prices. The cost of fuel is only a fraction of the cost of power from a nuclear plant. In turn, the cost of natural uranium is only a fraction of the fuel cost; enrichment, fabrication, 4 reprocessing, and carrying charges make up the balance. As a result, large increases in uranium prices result in comparatively small increases in power costs. If, for example, the cost , i of U 0e is assumed to make up 50% of the cost per kilowatthour of nuclear fuel,* then the price 3 ' of U 0s would have to increase at 38% per year (compared to the assumed general rate of inflation 3 1 of 5%) frcm 1976 and 1983 in order to wipe out the fuel savings estimated in section 8.3.1 for 1983.t This rate of increase is equivalent to a price of over $150/lb of U 30 3 in 1983 ($100/lb. in 1976 dollars). As pointed out in section 9.3.2.2, nuclear capacity presently in operation, under cor.struction, on order and announced, is expected to have adequate supplies of U3 0s at t prices much lower than $100/lb. in 1976 dollars. l 1 i . Typical levelized cost of U 33 0 has been estimated at 52% of total levelized fuels costs.5 Another costs.6 estimate, of current fuel costs in 1990, put U3 0e costs at 39% of total current fuel 8
*This J8% figure is the result of the following computations:
(a) fuel costs of oil in 1983 = $13/ bbl x (1.05)B + 6.6 0 u k = $29.03/MWh) (b) Non-Va08 cost of nuclear fuel in 1983 = $5.30 x 0.5 x (1.05)7 = $3.73/MWh (c) 1983 cost per megawatt for U 0s at which fuel cost savings equal 0: $29.03 - 3.73 = $25.30 3 (d) Rate of increase in rice of U 0 3 8from 1976 ' 1983 which resultS in no fuel cost savings: [(25.30/2.65)l/7-1 x 100% = 38%.
9-13 Knowledge of U.S. resources in the above-$30 category is meager, largely because of the lack of past economic interest. There has been virtually no industry activity to search for or to develop such resources. Prospects for discovery of higher cost resources in the United States, including those types of deposits known elsewhere in the world (such as those listed in Table 9.2), ; are considered promising at this stage of U.S. exploration. The principal large, very low. grade deposits that have been studied in some detail in the past are the shales and phosphates. The Chattanooga shale in Tennessee is of particular interest because of its large size. This deposit was extensively drilled, sampled, and studied in the 1950s. The higher grade part of the Chattanooga shale has an average uranium content of about 60 to 80 ppm compared to 1500 ppm in present-day ores. It contains in excess of 5 million tons of U 303 that may be producible at a cost of $100 or more per pound of U3 0a. Although additional work to develop production technology will be needed, it is of interest that plans have been announced to exploit a deposit with similar thickness and metallurgical characteristics at current prices, but of considerably higher grade deposit (300 ppm) in Sweden. The mining and milling technology has bcen developed, and the deposits are economic. A plant of 20,000 tons of ore per day capacity is planned. Similar production technology could be used for the Chattanooga shale at higher prices. As an example, if shale were mined to fuel an ll50-MWe reactor, assuming recycle of uranium (but not of plutonium) and a 0.3% enrichment tail, about 12,600 tons of shale would have to be processed each day; with uranium and plutonium recycle (should that be practiced) and 0.207, enrichment tails, about 8500 tons per day would have to be processed. An average of about 11,300 tons of coal would have to be burned each day if 8700 Btu /lb (20 MJ/kg) of coal were used to produce power equivalent to that produced by a ll50-MWe reactor. Utilization of the very low-grade resources such as Chattanooga shale would, of course, involve mining and processing very much larger quantities of ore than is currently mined to produce the same amount of uranium. From an environmental as well as from an economic point of view, iden-tification and utilization of additional higher grade cres would be preferable. However, the shales are available if their use should become necessary. 9.3.2.10 Foreign uranium In October 1974, the AEC announced its plan for allowing enrichment of foreign uranium intended for use in domestic reactors.8 The plan would allow 10% of an enrichment customer's feed to be of foreign origin in 1977. The allowable percentage would increase in subsequent years, as shown in Table 9.5. In 1984, there will be no percentage restriction on use of foreign uranium. Foreign uranium, therefore, will be an additional source of uranium to meet domestic needs. During 1976, 2900 tons of foreign uranium were delivered to U.S. buyers, and 46,000 tons of foreign uranium were under contract at the beginning of 1976 for delivery to U.S. customers through 1990.3 Table 9.5. Allowable foreign uranium, enrichment feed (domestic eed usel (tons U3 0,) Schedule of percentage Calendar of feed er lowed to be foreign 1974 o 1975 o 1976 o 1977 10 1978 15 1979 20 1980 30 1981 40 1982 60 1983 80 1984 No restriction l l
4 8 1 9-14 I Recources of foreign countries, up to the production costs of $50 per pound category, are tabulated , in Table 9.6. The " reasonably assured" category corresponds closely to the domestic ore reserve " category, and the " estimated additional" category corresponds to the domestic probable potential. As illustrated in the table, foreign resources are largely contained in six Countries: Australia, Canada, South Africa, South West Africa, Sweden, and Niger. All except Sweden, , and to some extent Canada, will be essentially uranium exporting countries because their own ~; needs will be comparatively small. The Swedish uranium is contained in low-grade shale as { previously noted and is not likely to be available for export in significant quantities. a f Table 9.6. World uranium resources by contment* (thousand tons UaOn) + Reasonably Estimated ! assured additional ( $30/lb $50!Ib U3 03 $30/lb $50/lb U3 0, North Amenca 910 1130 1630 2310
- U.S. 690 880 1120 1450 Canada 215 240 510 850 f Mexico 6 6 3 3 j Greenland 0 8 0 11
- Africa 680 740 200 260 i South & SW Afnca 400 450 44 94 N ger 210 210 69 60 Alger a 36 36 65
}j Gabon 26 26 65 7 13 ] C.A.R. 10 10 10 10 i Zaire 2 2 2 8 2 Somaba O b 0 4 Madagascar 0 0 0 z 3 Austraha 380 380 60 60
- Europe Bu 500 60 120 j F rance 48 67 31 57 J
Spain 9 9 11 11 d Portugal 9 11 1 1 i Yugosisca 6 d 7 27 1 UX 0 0 0 10 j Germany 2 3 4 5 i Italy 2 2 1 1
- Austria 2 2 0 0 i Sweden 1 390 4 4 Finland 0 4 0 0 Asis 50 60 30 30 india 39 39 31 31 Japan 10 10 0 0 j Turkey 5 5 0 0 j K orea 0 4 0 0 South America 50 80 10 20 l Brazil 24 24 11 11 Argentina 23 54 0 0 i Chile 0 0 0 7 I
s Total (rounded) 2200 2900 2000 2800 i
*Euludes U.S S.R., People's Republ,c of China, and associated Eastern Bloc countnes.
q Source. Nuclear Energy Agency / International Atomic Energy Agency, except United States. December 1977. I s ' foreign uranium demand, principally for the countries of Western Europe and Japan, is projected to grow even more rapidly than in the United States. Projections by the Nuclear Energy Agency i indicate that cumulative non-Communist foreign requirements through the year 2000 could be 1.9 million tons of Ua0s with annual demand in 1980 of 31,000 tons and in 1990 of 85,000 tons
- (0.25 tails with no 0 and Pu recycle).
- - ~
. - .-~ -. - - . . - .
i
- j
- 9-15 Existing foreign production capacity is about 23,000 tons / year. Considering the magnitude of known foreign uranium resources and production expansion plans, foreign capability could be increased to over 40,000 tons / year by 1980 and to over 70,000 tona/ year by 1985. Al thot,gh foreivn resources are large, there are pnysical limitations on attainable production levels from Canadian and South African resources, and continued growth of foreign production capability will require enlargement of the foreign resource base or use of higher cost resources.
The prospects for expansion of foreign uranium supplies from a geologic point of view are good. The experience in Australia where large new resources were identified in the Northern ierritory after just a few years' effort is an example. The ' absence of substantial known resources in South America and in many African and Asiatic countries as seen in Fig. 9.9 emphasizes the lack of exoloration effort that has been done in these areas. There are, however, political limita-tions on the degree to which cxploration will be accomplished in such places and the degree to which uranium supplies can be exported. Nationalistic policies towards resources have made access to supplies difficult in recent years. The improvement of world prices and markets should assist in opening up new areas to uranium exploration. However, since uranium demand will be low in many countries, material should be available in the world marketplace in time to make a useful contribution to U.S. needs. 9.3.2.11 Fuel cycle practice, There are a number of management and technical decisions relating to nuclear power utilization that will have significant impact on uranium demand. An important factor relating to operation of light water reactors involves the selection of tails assay at the enrichment plants. For example, enrichment with a 0.2% tails assay (instead of the 0.3%) reduces uranium demand by about 20; Recycle of uranium and plutonium would allow more efficient use of fuel and would reduce demands for newly mined uranium. Successful development of a commercial breeder reactor would, in time, reduce growth in uranium demand. This reactor may not require any natural uranium for centuries, being able to use the several hundred thousand tons of depleted uranium which will be accumulating in the next few decades at enrichment plants. 9.3.2.12 Conclusion in conclusion, 00E assessment of uranium resources indicates that currently estimated $30 ore reserves and probable potential resources consist of 1,700,000 tons of 3U 0s with total currently estimated $30 domestic resources of 3.3 million tons; the $50 estimates are 2.3 and 4.4 million tons, respectively. Further expansion of U.S. uranium supplies is possible by discovery of new low-cost resources, utilization of higher cost resources, or importation of foreign uranium. DOE programs are designed to improve understanding of current resources and to aid in identifi-4 cation of new resources, seeking to ensure that uranium supplies will be available when needed for nuclear plants, including SONGS 2 & 3. Prices have increased to levels that make exploration and production economically attractive. Industry exploration and development activities are increasing. Foreign uranium supplies will
- be available to augment domestic resources. There is a high probability that additional intermediate-cost resources can also be identified, and there are known domestic high-cost resources that could be used if needed. The staff therefore concludes that there will be sufficient nuclear fuel available for SONGS 2 & 3 at prices which would not tip the benefit-cost balance out of favor, of operating the SONGS 2 & 3 facility.
4 9.4 DECOMMISSIONING A license to operate a nuclear power plant is issued for a period of 40 years, beginning with the issuance of the construction permit. At the end of the 40-year period the operator of a nuclear power plant must renew the license for another time period or apply for termination of the license and for authority to dismantle the facility and dispose of its components.'3 If a prior to the expiration of the operating license, technical, economic, or other factors are unfavorable to continued operation of the plant, the operator may elect to apply for license termination and dismantle authority at that time. In addition, at the time of applying for a license to operate a nuclear power plant, the applicant must show that he possesses "or has reasonable assurance of obtaining the funds necessary to cover the estimated costs of permanently shutting the facility down and maintaining it in a safe condition,"3 These activities, termina-tion of operation and plant dismantling, are generally referred to as " decommissioning." NRC regulations do not require the applicant to submit decommissioning plans at the time the construction permit and operating license are obtained; consequently, no definite plan for the decommissioning of the station has been developed. At the end of the station's useful lifetime, 4 i
y - a n ._ E ih R C o 0 3 0 0, 0 0 o 0 o. 0 0 W f 5 3 0 0 0 0 o U 4 S S 0 0 0 1 0 0 5 0 0 1 n5 - - - 0 R O i c _ E N -
- - 0 0 l
b O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 M, u T 0 0 0 p 0, 0 0 e T 0 0 0 R 4 1 1 5 1 1 0 3 W 7 R . O d s _ ._ H Y. S ' Pl < M 'e i _ S y R l . p . o e P - g _ g, i n . d u l c x e _ g s _ 03 . m U f o d n u o p r e p s ,y
- , f:,
._ i; . p 0 i 5 5 p, x: t a s I e _ v D r e s e r d e r
.,I u
.f'._ y. y s s
y c, a A L
) l y
b
.4 !; / a n .
oe
/ 's sp _
2 .
$ , ao _
_ er _ _ ru E s 1' en . cr d r re _ ut
.% os D sa eE r
f mo u i s ne at s
' . r a ut s
d l d re ot Wa i c
.o 9.
9 a ss
.d gn i a F
R S S U
!lll ll ll(
1
9/17 the applicant will prepare a proposed deconsnissioning plan for review by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. The plan will comply with NRC rules and regulations then in effect. The decommissioning of reactors is not new. Since 1960, five licensed nuclear plants, four demonstration nuclear power plants, six licensed test reactors, 28 licensed research, and 22 licensed critical facilities have been or are in the process of being decommissioned.10 The primary methods of deconunissioning consist of mothballing, entombing, dismantling, or a combina-tion of these three alternatives. The primary methods are defined below in terms of the defi. nitions provided in Regulatory Guide 1.86,11 Mothballing is the process of placing a facility in a nonoperating status. The reactor may be lef t intact except that all reactor fuel, radioactive fluids, and nonfixed radioacth e wastes such as ion exchange resins, contaminated scrap materials, and contaminated chemicals are re- l moved. The existing license is amended to a " possession only" status and continues in effect until residual radioactivity decays to levels acceptable for release to unrestricted access or until residual radioactivity is removed. The " possession only" license is a reactor facility license that permits a licensee to possess the facility but prohibits operation of the facility as a nuclear reactor. Entombment consists of removing all fuel assemblies, radioactive fluids, and wastes followed by the sealing of remaining radioactive material within a structure integral with the biological shield or by some other method to prevent unauthorized access into radiation areas. A program of inspection, facility radiation surveys, and environmental sampling is required for a licensed facility that has been entombed. Dismantling is defined as removal of all fuel, radioactive fluids and waste, and all radioactive i structures. Surface contamination levels, established in Table 1 of Regulatory Guide 1.86, must be met prior to termination of the facility license. In addition to meeting the surface contam-ination levels, the acceptability of the presence of materials which have been made radioactive by neutron activation would be evaluated on a case-by-cne basis prior to termination of the license. If the facility owner so desires, the remainder of the reactor facility may be dis-i mantled and all vestiges removed and disposed of. For a single nuclear reactor, the mothballing alternative costs about $2.45 million initially plus an annual maintenance and surveillance cost of $167,000. If a 24-hr manned security force is not required (e.g., a site with continuing operations), the annual cost could be reduced to
$88,000. , Translating these costs into unit cost of generating electricity, the 30-year .levelized unit cost would be about 0.04 mills / kwhr and if a manned security force is not required about 0.03 mills / kwhr,12 The entombing alternative costs about $7.58 million initially for a single unit facility plus an annual maintenance and surveillance cost of $58,000 for the duration of the entombment period.12 These costs, when translated to a 30-year levelized unit cost
- basis, amount to about 0.06 mills /
kwhr. The dismantling alternative for t single nuclear power reactor costs about $26.3 million to remove the radioactive structures associated with NRC requirements for terminating a possession ' only license. An additional $4.8 million would be needed to remove the nonradioactive structures (cooling towers, administration buildings, etc.) to below grade.12 There are no annual costs associated with this alternative. When the dismantling costs are translated to a 30-year levelized unit cost
- basis, this amounts to about 0.18 mills / kwhr.
Combinations of mothballing and d(layed (about 100 years) dismantling have 30-year levelized unit costs that are about the same as the mothballing alternative costs. Likewise, the costs for the entombing delayed dismantling combinations are about the same as the entombing cost. In both instances the annual maintenance cost for mothballing and entombing alternatives, on a present value basis, is sufficient to cover all the delayed dismantling cost for the mothballing alternative and about 80% for the entombing alternative. Although the above costs are for a one-unit station, the savings associated with multiunit stations are small; thus, the unit cost (mills / kwhr) is essentially the same for a single unit 1 station or multiunit station. For the San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Units 2 and 3 the decommissioning costs would be about double that indicated for all of the decomissioning one-unit alternatives. Studies of social and environmental effects of deconunissioning large comercial power generating units have not identified any significant impacts.12 Based on a 1200-MWe generating unit beginning operation in 1958, a capacity factor of 60%, an escalation rate of 5%, and a discount rate of 10%.
. - . - . . . . . . . .~. - - - -.
9-18 y Also, studies indicate that occupational radiation doses can be controlled to levels comparable to occupational doses experienced with operating reactors through the use of appropriate work procedures, shielding, and remotely controlled equipment.12 The applicant may retain the site for power generation purposes indefinitely af ter the useful life of the station. The degree of dismantlement would be determined by an economic and envi-ronmental study involving the value of the land and crop value versus the complete demolition and removal of the complex. In any event, the operation will be controlled by rules and regu-lations in effect at the time to protect the health and safety of the public. SONGS 2 & 3 are designed to operate for about 30 years, and the end of their useful life will occur approximately in the year 2011. The applicant has made no firm plans for decommissioning, but assumes that the following steps would be taken as minimum precautions for maintaining a safe condition:
- 1. All fuel would be removed f rom the facility and shipped of fsite for disposition.
- 2. All radioactive wastes - solid, liquid, and gas -- would be packaged and removed from the site insofar as practical.
A decision as to whether the station would be further dismantled would require an economic study involving the value of the land and scrap value versus the cost of complete demolition and removal of the complex. However, no additional work would be done unless it is in accordance with rules and regulations in effect at the time. In addition to personnel required to guard and secure the station, concrete and steel would be used to prevent ingress into any building, particularly the radioactive areas. Since the San Onofre site is located on U.S. Marine Corps property, the applicant must, if desired by the government, remove all of the improvements installed on the site at the end of the applicant's lease arrangement. This requirement could potentially entail complete removal and disnantling of the plant (ER, Sect. S.8). r 4
-,m-
9-19 REFERENCES FOR SECTION 9 l
- 1. U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Mines, Ninem7 Frts aid Prob! cms, 1970, p. 230.
- 2. U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, uraniw; Industry Seminar, Grand Junction. Colorado.
Of fice, Report GJ0-108(74). October 1974
- 3. Energy Research and Developmerit Administration, Sweeg of U.S. Urania: Marketing i Ac tivit;t, f.eport ERDA 77-46, May 1977.
- 4. U.S. Atomic Energy Comission, surucy <f U.S. :!vaniwn Marketing A::tivity, Report WASH-1196(74), April 1974.
- 5. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Comission Final Cencric Environmental Statement on the Use of Recycle Plutoniwt -in Nixed 0. ride Fact in Light Water Coated Reastcro Report NUREG-0002, vol. 4, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., August, 1976, Table XI-32, Section 4,
- 6. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Comission Coal Va. Naclear: A Cmparicen of the cost of Generating Face-load Elevtricity by lie; tion, DRAFT, Table 11.
- 7. U.S. Atomic Energy Comission, Press Release, No. T-517, Oct. 25,1974.
- 8. Title 10, " Rules and Regulations," Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Heensing ef Prodaction and Utilization FaaiZitice, Sect. 50.51, " Applications for Termination of Licenses."
- 9. Title 10 " Rules and Regulations," Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Liecnoint; of Producticn and utilization Facilitice, Sect. 50.33. " Content of Applications; General In foma ti on. "
- 10. P. B. Erickson and G. Lear, " Decommissioning and Decontamination of Licensed Reactor Facilities and Demonstration Nuclear Power Plants." presented at Conference on Decontamina-tion and Decomissioning in Idaho Falls, Idaho. Aug. 19-21, 1975.
- 11. U.S. Nuclear Reguletary Comission, Regulatory Guide 1.86, Tcmination of Cperating Lixncea for haitar Reastore.
- 12. Atomic Industrial Forum. Inc., An Engincerinj Eva?uation of N:o? car Ibwr I:eactor l lx a m ierianing Alternativer, Report A1FINESP-009.
I 4
, n. w .- % , .-,-- - . - , _ m
- 10. BENEFIT-C051
SUMMARY
10.1 RESUME There have been minor changes in the benefit-cost analysis of station operation since tne issuance of the FES-CP in March 1973. The most significant changes are that the staff has revised the economic cost estluates upwards to reflect the rapid escalation seen during the last few years and has included among the benefits of station operation the fuel oil savings that will be nede possible by having additional non-oil fired, base-load capacity available in the California Power Pool. There have been essentially no significant changes in the staff's assessment of the environmental costs of operating SONGS 2 & 3; however, a broadening of the review process has occurred and is reflected in Table 10.1. 10.2 BENEFITS The prinary benefits of station operation will be the 9.3 to 13.0 billion kwhr of electricity produced by the two additional units each year (assuming a range of capacity factors of 50 to 70%), the increase in the reliability of electric service resulting from the addition of 2114 MWe of generating capacity, and an estimated regional decrease in the consumption of fuel oil of 14.1 million to 19.6 million barrels of oil per year (again assuming a range of capacity factors of 50 to 70%). The staff also notes that operation of SONGS 2 & 3 will result in substantial amounts of tax revenues being generated through local property taxes and state sales and use taxes (property a taxes over the 30-year plant life are estimated to have a 1981 present worth of $396 million, and state sales and use taxes resulting from station operation are estimated to be $3 million per year) and will increase local employment (200 new jobs will be directly created, with the average income of station workers being $20,800 per year in 1976 dollars). However, these considerations are not included in the staf f's benefit-cost analysis because f rom a societal viewpoint these local benefits are in actuality transfer payments from those using the electricity generated by the station to the recipients of the tax and employment benefits. 10.3 ECONOMIC COSTS Since the issuance of the FES-CP the fuel, operating, and maintenance costs of nuclear plant operation have escalated more rapidly than anticipated by the staff in 1973. Based on more recent information, the staff now estimates the 1981 costs of station operation to be as follows :- fuel costs - $87.9 million per year; operating and maintenance costs - $14.5 to $14.7 million per year; and decommissioning costs - $1.0 million per year. The present values in 1981 of the total costs over the assumed 30 years of p'lant operation are: fuel -- $1.455 x 109 ; operation and maintenance - $240 x 106 to $243 x 10 ; and decommissioning - $10.4 x 106 10.4 ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS Since the issuance of the FES-Cp the applicants have accumulated additional environmental data and have made modifications in the station design. The staff, on making a reassessment of the environmental costs of station operation based on this new information, has found that the conclusions reached in the FES-CP are still valid. Table 10.1 summarizes the staff's assessment of the environmental impacts of station operation. i 10-1 1
. . . _ - - - . . . . . . _ . . ~ - . .~ - , -- - - . ~ ~ _ _
10-2 Table 10.1, Genefit-cost summary for the operation of SONGS 2 & 3' i Primary impact and population or Unit of measure Magnitude of impact resource affected DIRECT BENEFITS ENERGY kwhr /yr X 106 9.300 -13.000 CAPACITY k W X 103 2.114 REDUCEO FUEL OIL CONSUMPTION bbilyrX 10 8 14 1-19.6 ECONOMIC COSTS OPERATING (1981) j Fuel $/ year 87,900,000 l Operat on and maintenance $ 'vear 14.500.000 -14,700.000 ' DECOMMIS$10NING $ ' year 1,000,000 ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS IMPACT ON LAND Land use insignificant Terrestrial ecology Neghgible IMPACT ON WATE R Fresh water consurnption gal / day 1,060 000 Salt water consumption insignificant Heat discharge to natural water body Aquatic biota insigns ficant Migratory fish insignificant Chemical discharge to natural water body People Not discerneble Aquatic biota Not descernible Water quahty Not discernitWe
- Radionuchde contamination of natural surf ace water body All except tritium C / year / unit 1.1 Tritium Ci/vearlunit 300 1
Chemical contamination of groundwater People Not discemible Plants Not discernible Radionuchde contammation of groundwater People Not discerneble Plants and animals Not discernible Effects on natural water body of condenser cochng system operation
]
Primary producers and consumers Smail l Fisheries Small I Natural water drainage l Flood control No damage ! Erosion control insign,ficant ; IMPACT ON AIR { Chemical discharge to amb:ent arr Air quahty, chemical Neghgible l Air quahty, odor Neghgible ) Radionuclides discharged to ambient air i Noble gases Ci/ year / unit 8,800 Radioiodines Ci/ year / unit 0195 Carbon 14 Ci/ year! unit 8 Argon 41 Ci/ year / unit 25 Tritium Ci/ year /v ut 1,100 Particulates Ci/ year / unit 0.34 Fogging and icing None ; i TOT AL BODY DOSES TO U.S. POPULATION { General pubhc, unrestricted area Man-rem / year 442 I i SOCIETAL COSTS I OPE R ATION AL F UE L DISPOSITION Fuel transport (new) Trucks per year 11
- F uel storage in build <ng storage l Waste products (spent fuel) Trucks per year 200 i PLANT LABOR FORCE Insegra ficant
*See Appendax C for calculations and explanationis of tabie entries
. .- . - - . . - - . - . _ ~ . . - - .-_
10-3 10.5 SOCIAL COSIS The restriction in public use of 1.4 km (0.85 mile) of the San Onofre Beach is a significant cost of operation of the station. The_ number of personnel needed to operate SONGS 2 & 3 is a small
. fraction of the expected population growth in the communities near the station. As a result, the extra cost of providing pubiic services to station personnel who relocate in the area is not likely to be discernible in these communities.
10.6 ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS OF THE URANIUM FUEL CYCLE AND TRANSPORTATION The staff has evaluated the environmental impacts of the uranium fuel cycle as presented in Table 5.8 and has found these impacts to be suf ficiently small so that when superimposed upon ' the other environmental impacts assessed against the operation of the station, they do not alter the overall benefit-cost balance. These costs are reflected in Table 10.1. 10.7
SUMMARY
Of BENEFIT-COST As the result of this second review of potential environmental, economic, and social impacts, the staff has been able to forecast more accurately the effects of station operation. The higher economic costs identified by the staff would not alter the staff's previous conclusion as to the overall balancing of the benefits of the station versus the environmental costi, whereas the benefit from the reduction in the regional consumption of fuel oil is felt to add significantly to the total benefits of station operation. Additional environmental costs have been identified as: (1) removal of approximately 1.4 km (0.85 mile) of beach from unrestricted public use, (2) possible destruction of at least a portion of the San Onofre Kelp Bed during the summer nonths by the heated water discharge, (3) occupation of about 7.2 ha (17.8 acres) of land by new towers, access roads, and switchyards associated with new transmission facilities, (4) environmental effects of the uranium fuel cycle as enumerated in Table 5.8 and (5) environ-mental impacts of transportation of fuel and waste to and from nuclear power plants as indicated in Table 5.7. Consideration of these additional costs together with those identified in the FES-CP does not alter the position taken in the FES-CP that the environmental and social costs are acceptable and that these costs are outweighed by the primary benefits of operating SONGS 2 & 3. J l
Appendix A (Reserved for comments) j , I A-1
, . - - - , , _ _ , , _ _ .y, _,
l I l l Appendix B NEPA POPULATION DOSE ASSESSMENT I Population dose commitments are calculated for all individuals living within 80 km (50 miles) of the in 3.109, facility employ)ing preparation . the same models used for individual doses (see Regulatory GuideIn addit produced within the 80-km region and the atmospheric and hydrospheric transport of the more mobile effluent species such as noble gases, tritium, and carbon-14 have been considered. ; l B.1 NOBLE GAS EFFLUENTS i For locations within 80 km of the reactor facility, exposures to these effluents are calculated l using the atmospheric dispersion models in Regulatory Guide 1.111 and the dose models described in Sect. 5.5 and Regulatory Guide 1.109. Beyond 80 km and until the ef fluent reaches the , northeastern corner of the United States, it is assumed that all of the noble gases are dispersed l uniformly in the lowest 1000 m of the atmosphere. Decay in transit was also considered. Beyond this point, noble gases having a half-life greater than one year (e.g., Kr-85) were assumed to mix completely in the troposphere of the world with no removal mechanisms operating. Transfer of tropospheric air betwaen the northern and southern hemispheres, although inhibited by wind patterns in the equatorial region, is considered to yield a hemisphere average troposoheric residence time of about two years with respect to hemispheric mixing. Since this time constant , is quite short with respect to the expected mid-point of plant life (15 years), mixing in both f hemispheres can be assumed for evaluations over the life of the nuclear facility. This additional l population dose commitment to the U.S. population was also evaluated. B.2 IODINES AND PARTICULATES RELEASED TO THE ATMOSPHERE Ef fluent nuclides in this category deposit onto the ground as the effluent moves downwind, which continuously reduces the concentration remaining in the plume. Within 80 km of the facility, the deposition model in Regulatory Guide 1.111 was used in conjunction with the dose models in Regulatory Guide 1.109. Site-specific data concerning production, transport, and consumption of foods within 80 km of the reactor were used. Beyond 80 km, the deposition model was extended until no effluent remained in the plume. Excess food not consumed within the 80-km distance was accounted for, and additional food production and consumption representative of the eastern half of the country was assumed. Doses obtained in this manner were then assumed to be received by the number of individuals living within the direction sector and distance described above. The population density in this sector is taken to be representative of the eastern United States, which is about 160 persons per scuare mile. (This approach is conservative for San Onofre because population densities in f ! western United States are considerably lower than those in the eastern portion.) B.3 CARBON-14 AND TRITIUM RELEASED TO THE ATMOSPHERE Carbon-14 and tritium were assumed to disperse without deposition in the same manner as krypton-85 over land. However, they do interact with an atmospheric residence time of 4 to 6 years with the oceans being the major sink. From this, the equilibrium ratio of the carbon-14 to natural . carbon in the atmosphere was dete, mined. This same ratio was then assumed to exist in man so that carbon-14 to natural carbon in the atmosphere was determined. This same ratio was then assumed to exist in man so that the dose received by the entire population of the United States could be estimated. Tritium was assumed to mix uniformly in the world's hydrosphere, which was assumed to include all the water in the atmosphere and in the upper 70 m of the oceans. With the model, the equilibrium ratio of tritium to hydrogen in the environment can be calculated. The same ratio was assumed to exist in man, and was used to calculate the population dose, in the same manner as with carbon-14. B-1
i B-2 B.4 LIQUID EFFLUENTS j Concentrations of effluents in the receiving water within 80 km of the facility were calculated
- in the same manner as described above for the Appendix I calculations. No depletion of the i nuclides present in the receiving water by deposition on the bottom of the Pacific Ocean was l assumed. It was also assumed that aquatic biota concentrate radioactivity in the same manner as
{ was assumed for the Appendix I evaluation. However, food consumption values appropriate for the l average individual, rather than for the maximum, were used. It was assumed that all of the sport
- and concercial fish and shellfish caught within the 80-km area were eaten by the U.S. population.
! Beyond 80 km, it was assumed that all of the liquid effluent nuclides except tritium have deposited on the sediments 50 they make no further contribution to population exposures. The
- tritium was assumed to mix uniformly in the world's hydrosphere and to result in an exposure to
! the U.S. population in the same manner as discussed for tritium in gaseous effluents. t i l 1 l l ( i a l 4 , i ! 1 i \ i 4 l 1 5 l 3 4 i 9
I 1 1 1 1 I l Appendix C EXPLANATION AND REFERENCES FOR BENEFIT-COST
SUMMARY
C.1 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF STATION OPERATION C.I.1 Direct benefits C.l.l.1 n E_nergy, 1 2114 MWe x 1000 kW/MW x 365.25 days x 24 hr/ day x capacity factor {:0.5 or 0.7). This product ranges from 9.3 x 109 kwhr / year (0.5 capacity factor) to 13.0 x 10 kwhr / year (0.7 capacity factor). C.l.l.2 Reduced regional oil consumption Section 8.3.1 shows that the applicants primarily have oil fired units, which would have to be operated to a greater extent if SONGS 2 & 3 are not operated. The additional fuel oil consump-tion is calculated as follows- - l 9.3 x 103 kwhr + 10,000 Btu / kwhr 1 bbl oil = 14.1 106 bbi oil. 6.616 x 106 Btu C.I.2 Economic costs C.I.2.1 Fuel from Sect. 8.3.1, the staff's estimate of fuel cost is $5.30 per megawatt-hour in 1976. Escalated at 5% per year to 1981 gives a value of $6.76 per megawatt-hour, or equivalently 6.76 mills / kwhr. Multiplying by 13.0 x 103 kwhr / year gives the value in Table 10.1. If fuel costs are assumed to continue to escalate at 5% per year after 1981 and if the discount rate is 10%, the 1981 present value of the fuel costs in year 1981 + t (t is the number of years af ter 1981) equals
$87.9 x 106 x (1.05)t t, (1.1 ) g),) /
and the 1981 present value of fuel costs throughout the life of the plant will equal 29 t
$87.9 x 106 = $87.9 x 106 x 16.56 = $1.455 x 101 .
C.l.2.2 Operating and maintenance 1 Using the staff's OMCST computer code, operating and maintenar.ce costs are estimated to be 1.13 mills / kwhr at 70% capacity (1.57 mills / kwhr at 50% capacity), which multiplied by 13.0 x 109 kwhr / year (9.3 x 109 kwhr / year at 50% capacity) gives the values in Table 10.1. I C-1
I C-2 l i If operating and maintenance costs are assumed to escalate at $% per year after 1981 and if the i discount rate is 10%, the present value in 1981 of the operating and maintenance costs over the i 29 t 1.05 30-year operation of the plant will be between $14.5 x 106 [ *
= $240 x 106 (at 50%
29 t t=0 1*05 = $243 x 106 (at 70% capacity). capacity), and 14.7 x 106 { y y-150 Decommissioning: Based on previous staff analysis of decommissioning costs, a value of 31.3 million (in 1975) was assumed for decommissioning costs of SONGS Units 2 & 3. If this value is escalated at 5% per year to 2013 and then annualized back over the 30 years of station operation i at an assumed interest rate of 10%, the value in Table 10.1 is obtained. ! 1 4 l i I
, - . . - . . . ~ . . -. . ~ . . .. . .. . . . . . . - _. . - - _ . - - - - . - . - .
A 4 1 4 4 l 1 1 i a i i i l 3 4 i i I 2 t i i t Appendix D t , FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL STATEMENT, CONSTRUCTION STAGE, i SAN ONOFRE NUCLEAR GENERATING STA110N UNITS 2 AND 3 l b , i 4 . I i l 9 5 e 1 4 4 ll I 1 1 0-1 l
----_..__._-_.-__.--_---.n.-_.__.~.-_-_-.__.._.-.- -
- - -..._..n.-~ _ .--..-- -
I i l 1 SlHMART AND CONCLCSIONS 4 This Final Environmental Statement was prepared by the U.S. Atmic
. . O Energy Commission. Directorate of Licensing.
- 1. This action is administrative.
- 2. he proposed action is the issuance of construction permits l
S t 0.t-e m 9 n ' jointly to the Southern California Edison Company (SCE) and the San Diego Cas & Electric Company (SDC&E) (the spplicants) for the construction of Units 2 and 3 of the San Onofre Nuclear 4 Generat ing Station. The construction site, adj a c ent to San Ono f r e Unit 1, te located on the Pacific coast in the State of California, County of San Diego (Docket Nos. 50-361 and 362). Both units will employ pressurized water reactors to produce up to 3410 thermal megawatts (Wt) each. Steam turbine-genera-F90819d TO the pFOpOS9d tors will use this heat to provide a net power output of 1140 electrical megawatts (WWe) each. The exhaust steam will be SAN ONOFRE cooled by once-through flow of water pumped from the Paciffe Ocean and returned to it through a dif fuser-type system. NUCLEAR GENERATING STATION 3. S,mma , of en ir _ _ ta1 1m,act a,d ad.erse e,fects. UNITS 2 AND 3 a. Cee11e. water heated te aseut 20r abeve iniet temo ratere will be discharged f rom each unit to the Pacific Ocean at SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY a rate of 830,000 gpm (Sect. 3.3.4). The beated water will AND THE SAN DIEGO GAS & ELECTRIC COMPANY j'$ [tN$1!*but n0*se$e" Ii e S N c" anes $rUeEp N ed DOCKET NOS. 50 361 and 50-362
- b. An impact on aquatic re ources may occur in the cooling-Mi ,
water intake structure through entrainment of plankton and fish. Fish losses may range f rom 39.000 to 85,000 lb/yr
.i e (Sect. 13.2.4). This is not expected to have a significant g..
impact on the overall fish population in the area (Sect. 5.3.2).
- c. Chemical ef fluents f rom Units 2 and 3 sho :Id cause only minimal im}act on the Pacific Ocean, he total residum!
chlerine coceentratten will be less than 0.1 mg/ liter in MARCH 1973 the immeaiate sicinity of each of the discharges ana no significant impact on the aquatic biota in the Pacific Ocean is expected (Sect. 5.3.2). UNITED STATES ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION DIRECTORATE OF LKENSING D-2 ,
- _ _ _ _ _ _ --- ._ .- -. . _ ~. .-.. -- - c - . - . - - -" 11 til
- d. The progrsm for construction and malatenance of transmission g. Use of biocides other than chlorine in the cooling lines has been designed to reduce environmental impact. system (Sect. 12. 4. 3) .
Existing transmission lines and towers will be used where possible. About 10 acres will be occupied by new towers, b. Use of alternative sanitary waste systems (Sect, 12.4.4). access roads, and switchyards. No new rights-of-way are required (Sect. 3.7). 1. Use of alternative transmission lines (Sect. 12.4.5).
- e. About 85 acres of the sea floor will be temporarily disturbed 5. The following Federal and State agancies were asked to comment i
by installstion of buried pipes which carry seawater to and on the Draft Environmental StatemPnt. from the plant. This vill destroy or temporarily displace bottom-dwelling organisms, but a rapid resettlement by biota Department of Agriculture is expected (Sect. 4.3.2). Depart ment of Army (Corps of Engineers) Department of Comerce
- f. About 33 acres of coastal land which could otherwise have F.avironmental Protection Agency been used primarily for recreation or maintained as wild- Federal Power Commission lif e habitat will be occupied by Units 2 and 3 (Sect. 4.2.2). Department of Interior The beach at and near the site will be improved by the addition Department of 5tealth, Education, and Welf are of sand excavated during construction (Sect. 4.2.1). Department of Housing and Urban Devebpment Depart men t of Transportation
- g. No significant environmental impacts are anticipated from Advisory Council on Historic Preservation normal operational releases of radioactive materials within California Department of Health (Water Pollution 50 miles of the plant. (Sect. 5.4). The estimated dose control Commission, Air Pollution Control Commissim, froa operation of the plant to the population within 50 Occupational Health Office) miles is 2.5 man-rem /yr; this is significantly less than California Depart'nect of Natural Resources ;
normal fluctuations in the 658,000 man-res/yr bsckground dose California Department of Parks and Recreation that this population would receive. (Sect. 5.4). Comments on the Draf t Environmental Statement, issued in Noveder
- h. We risk associated with accidental radiation exposure is very 1972, were received f rom the following Federal, State and local low. (Sect. 7.1). agencies:
- 1. Nothing of known local histeric or archeological interest will U. S. Marine Corps , Camp Pendleton, California be disturbed by the construction of Units 2 and 3 (Sect. 2.3). Department of Housing and Urban Development ,
Depart ment of Commerce 1 4 Principal alternatives considered: California State Department of Public Health , Department of Agriculture
- a. Purchase of power from outside sources (Sect. 12.1). Comprehensive Planning Organization, San Diego Regim Environmental Planning Agency
- b. Use of fossil fuels or hydroelectric sources (Sect. 12.2). Dep art ment of Transport ation Advisory Council on Historic Preservation
- c. Use of geothermal energy sources (Sects. 12. 3. 3) . Department of the Armv Federal Pnwer Commission
- d. Construction of an equivalent plant at some other site Dep art ment of Health, Education, and Welf are ,
(Sect. 12.3.4). - 1he text of these cements are appended to this Final Environeental l
- e. Use of alternative cooling systems (Sect. 12.4.1). Statement.
- f. Use of alternative modes of cooling-system operation (Sect. ;
12.4.1), i D-3
. . _ . - . . . . . ~ - ._.-~._.-.._,n-~_...--.n....~. -._.n-._.-.... _..-.-..,---n- .
a.-.--- -n iv , !
- 6. 1his Final Environnental Statement was made available to the WNTENTS
- rublic. to the Council on Environmental Quality, and to the Pap,e other specified agencies in March 1973.
St W RY AND CONCLCSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
- 7. On the basis of the analysis and evaluation set forth in this s tat ement, after weighing the environmental, economic, tech- FOREWRD . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . RiX .
nical, and ether benefits of Units 2 and 3 of the San Onof re i Nuclear Generating Station against the environmental costs and 1, INTRept:CTION . . . . . . + . . 1-1 considering available alternatives, it is concluded that the action called for under the National Eevironmental Policy Act 1.1 STATUS OF FROJECT . . . . + . . 1-1 : of 1969 (NEFA) and Appendix D to 10 CFR Part 50 is the issuance f of construction permits for the facility subject to the following L2 SITE SE1.FCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 i conditions for protection of the environme5t: 1.3 STATt3 OF APTLICATIONS AND APPROVALS . . . . . 1-3
- a. Plant design shall be sucn that; REFERTNCES FOR SECTION 1 . . . . . . . . 1-4 (1) Cooling water discherges will be in conformance with Order No. 72-26 of the California Regional Water Quality 2. THE SITE . . . . . . . . 2-1 Control Board, San Diego Region. (Appendix 3.1). The .l temperature increase of seawater at the ocean surface 2.1 WCATION . . . . . . . . . 2-1 (beyond 1000 ft from the discharge system for at least 50% of any complete tidal cycle), at the seafloor, and 2.2 DENGRAP5fT AND LAND l'SE . . . . 2-3 1
at the shoreline will be limited to 4F" (Seet. 3.3). ; 2.2.1 Popula t ions . . . . . . . . 2-3 (2) The total residual cuneentration of chlorine and other 2.2.2 Land Use . . . 2-8 halogens in the immediate vicinity of the discharge from
' each unit will be limited to less than 0.1 mg/ liter for 2.3 ff!STORICAL SIGNIFICANCE . . . . . . . 2-15 no more than sir 15-minute periods each day (Sect. 5.2). '
2.4 GEOLOCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
- b. The applicants will expand their current environmental i monitoring program (chemical, biological and thermal) to 2.4.1 Physiography . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 !
determine environmental ef fects which may occur as a result 2.4.2 St ra t ta ra phy . . . . . . . . . - 2 16 of site preparation and construction of Units 2 and 3, and to establish an adequate preoperational baseline bv which 2.5 SEISM LOCY . . . . 2-17 the operational ef fects of Units 2 and 3 may be judged. If harmful effects or evidence of irreversible damage are 2.6 HYDROLOrY . . . . 2 17 detected by the monitoring program, the appitemts will provide to the staf f an analysis of the problem and a plan of action 2.6.1 Storm Runoff . . . . . . . . 2-17 i to be taken to eliminate or significantly reduce the det rimental 2.6.2 Creundwater . . 18 i' effects or damage. (sec t s . 6. 14.1.10 ) . 2.6.3 Oceanography . . . . . 2-18
- c. Feasures will be undertaken to assure good practices to minimize 2.7 METEUROLDCT . . . . . . . . . 2-19 the impacts resulting from the clearing of land, dredging {
eperations, construction equipment oils and lubricants, and ; cleaning of plant equipment and piping. (Sect. 4). 6 m _. . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . - . _ _ _ _ __ -_ _ . _ - . _ _ - . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . ...-____.-_._m._-.__.-m. ,,m<-. v. e* T +*"-M-e w 1-- _ _ _ _ _t .'-
tf!t ri + ( f i' g , ' ii i! rs f! i!! t 2 23 3 44 8 1 1 1 12 7 7 9 0 2 1 3 5 56 6 66 6 66 6 - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - - - - M3 - 33 3 33 3
- 4 4 4 44 4 4 4 4 4
- 5 3 5 55
. . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
NE . * . .
. . . . ON . . . . . .
. . . . . I I. . .
. T1 . .
C *
. . . . . . I' N . . . .
RO . . .
. . . TI .
SS
. . .. . NS . . . . .
OI t
. . . CM . . . . . . . n .
S e
. . . .N . T . . . . . m NA N nt
. . . . . . OR E . on I T M r e
.- . T N
- i m S AF O vn M .s RO . R . . . ne E r E e A I T . a n . PN V T . i S ei EO N N l v Y nL . RI . E . E . * . . an S i. FT y M i E
. 1 n C . L . R N . . r
._ l E o EU A e O Y t c i v T S s
. . ni os TR I T R I
R
.l o
R I . yg T I
. si et A e SS T V ra
. Ec N .
. i s . T W t si N L S N .o r u s s sm FO E E eq N4 3 C . .l R ae S i s OC P R o S TA wt E mn N iJ R .la C c N . T E s N sa O SD v E er i I eE C O C A
nn oo T ya nr I TN P T T s I O rW I. 1 aT T CA st A U c E T P a r C A D E Us U i E C . M L t t D t r N TE E P . N H e Q rt T E cc N ie O & S M3 A T d r A ea S ee A nh I EC I nr t u N L A ff at S CD R D S N ae N a q O R E ff Y SO S SS O LN E O LT O WA O E S C EE R I F AA 1 S F S U I A M T 1 T T T U G T 12 S 12 S N2 D C 12 C 12 C S R O 12 I N E E E A A E E D E L N 66 A 77 C S H P 22 P 33 F C N T O 33 A R N O"! T C M M F N A A I S 33 T 33 E 0! 3 I %4 I 44 E E R I W B 55 R R"f E I1 E 6 7 F V 1 2 3 4 F 1 2 3 E NF E 3 3 R E0 4 4 4 4 R 3 5 5 4. 5 d e 0 00 3 1 1 0 0 22 55557 78 182 3 304 6 91 22 g 2 24 6 - - 1 1 11 11 1 11 1 2 334 4 4 55 5 5666 a - - - - 3 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . P 2 22 2 3 3 3333333 33 333 1 333 3 3333
. . . . .l . .
. . . am .
r
. . . . . e . . . .
- . . .h T - t e
. . - J .
. . . r
's .
. . t
.. te .n a a -.l c ide
- . . . .w . ! .F
. ae ,lP
.S r . aer .
. . f
..f A . N M
. o .. he r
. i s . . mm ee S
Y S
. . t 1 . ts . ft enn n
et S t t m ss - S N O y C en . el
. mi r t' u . ot s
. nu s
S me m M F T yyt SS ss ym R e . I . M tet sm e i I V l o R T s d 1 u srd sR . ielc E s yt S Y rtS e en t v N E oy c g C E - E T S . t s . .t it eean . t suC aard no T S Y s yS s eF y S E t at s al ny woaS D E o 2 E l E Y nnMNd eU a . i n S et D - ol ecop I
' lle C N
- S
. unl . m euSi's ea i . reart r t ne . Esd rn E t s e sat I
C n - oe A ac iE N O A M A N
.dl t a T S W aW s a
O I i yce t r - l E r . E O . oeegef C wsnt rr eaal p . s y t T t c I T 9 T I r W A d o sW B a ay-d rd C E S T e nnaTnc I S si et ra E S P' D A P k t eeh a eed ct Oiemrlr l pr c ef m a i s 't a E icd uei D N lune cor se np V qsl A F O r eq
- t. _
R A N A T S t l r nsa nnc oie apatwsd eot uam I i ao irci erl e TA O 3 L S I ISCDHSATTDMsS T LCS L CS FC t
- F A R I C A G D N C 0 1 2 A C n 12 S N R T D- 1 2345678 91 11 G 1 23 I 1 234 L E A E C T I M _
C C T A A 33333333 33 33 D 444 5535 _ C S. 8 N 2 X E E A E E 22 E E R " 33333333 33 33 R 333 C 3333 R S E T 4 5 8 F I 1 2 - 3 E N 3 3 2 R
- t 3 3 3 3
$ 7i
. . m .. .-._-..___.._m__._____._ - -.
.----...._..._._.._m_.._.. ..m___. .__.._..m.._m.,___..._m.m.
viis ix Fage - Pare 7.2.3 Solid Radioactive Wastes . . . . . 7-7 7.2.4 Severity of Postulated Transportation - 5.4 RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT . . . .. .. . 5-42 Acc id ent e . . . . . . . 7-8 5.4.1 Radiological Ef fects on Biota Other Than Man . 5-42 REFERENCES MR SECTION 7 . . . . . . . 7-9 5.4.2 Radiological Effect on Man . . ... . . . 5-45 i
~ ' ~
5.5 TRANSPORTATION OF RADIDACTTVE MATERIALS . . .. . . . . 5-59
- 9. ERORT-TERM USES AND LONG-TERM FRODUCTIVITY . . . . . 9-1 5.5.1 Transport of New Fuel. .. . . . 5-59
. 5.5.2 Transport of Irradiated Fuel . . . . . . . . 5-60 10. IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMIIwENTS OF RESOURCES. 10-1
- 5.5.3 Transport of Solid Padioactive W u tes. . . . . 5-60 '
5.5.4 Principles of Safety in Transport. .. . . . . . 60 REFERENCES EUR SECTION 10 . . . . . 10-3 < 5.5.5 Exposures During Nomal (No Accident) ' Conditions .. . . . . . . . . . 5-62 11. NEED FOR POWER . . . . . - . 11-1 , 5.5.6 Other Environmental Effects. . . . . . 5-63 REFERENCES FOR SECTION 11 . . . . . . . 11-8 , 5.6 SOCIETAL EFFECTS . . . . . . .. . . . . 5-64 t
- 12. ALTERNATIVES CONSIDEFED . . . . . . . . 12-1 i REFERENCES FOR SECTION 5 . . . . . .. . 5-65 12.1 ALTERNATIVES NOT REQUIRING CREATION OF NEW
- 6. D;VIRONMI3TAL MEASURE"ENT AND MONITORING PROGRAM . . 6-1 GENERATING CAPACITY . . . . . . . 12-1 l
6.1 PREOFERATIONAL ENVIRON *. ENTAL PROGRAM . . . . 6-1 12.2 ALTERNATIVES REOCIPING CREATION OF NEW > 6.2 BIOLOGICAL MONITORING FROGRAM . . . . . 6-1 12.2.1 Hydroelectric Generators . . . . . 12-2 6.2.1 Terrestrial Biota . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 12.2.2 Alternate Fuels . . . . . . 12-2 6.2.2 Marine Biota . . . . . . . . . 6-2 6.2.3 Evaluation of Applicant 's Monitoring 12.3 EVALCATION OF SITE AND ENERGY-50t'RCE OPTIONS . 12-3 j Progra n for Marine Biota . . . . . . . 6-4 , 12.3.1 Nuclear Statien at Anether Site . . . 12-4 6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL RADIATION MONITORING PRnGRAM , . 6-3 12.3.2 Fossil-fired Station at San Onofre . . . 12-4 12.3.3 Geothermal Energy. . . . . . . . 12-5 6.4 THERMAL MONITORING . .. .. . . . . . 6-6 12.3.4 FosstI-fired Station at a Hypothetical Site. . 12-6
- 12.3.5 Site Selection . . . 12-7 6.5 CHF_MICAL MONITORING . ... . . . . . . . . 6-6 12.4 PLANT-DESIGN ALTERNATIVES. . . . . . 12-8 6.6 Tt'R.9IDITY . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . 6-9 12.4.1 Cooling System . . . . . . 12-8 REFERENCES FOR SECTION 6 . . . . . .. . . . 6-10 12.4.2 Chemical System . . . . . . . .12-15 12.4.3 Blocide System . . . . . .12-15
- 7. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OF POSTI' LATED ACCIDENTS . . . 7-1 12.4.4 Sanitary-waste System . . . . .12-16 12.4.5 Transmission System . . . . . . . . . .12-16 7.1 PIAhi ACCIDENTS . .. . . . . . . 1-1 7.2 TRANSPORTATION ACCIDENTS . . . . . 7-5 7.2.1 New Fuel . . ...... . . . . . . 7-6 7.2.2 Irradiated Fuel. . . . . . . . . .. . 7-6 i
4
- - - -_, .m _ _ _ .m.- .m _ _ _. >_ . . _ _ m -
X xi 12.5 TKANSPORTATION . .... . . . . . . . . . . . 12-17 ' REFERENCES FOR SECTION 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-18
- 13. COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 13-1 APPENDIX 2.2 Littoral Biota Collected Near the San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station in January and 13.1 ALTERNATIVES SELECTED POR COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS. . . . 13 APPENDIX 2.3 Plant Species that Occur in Southern
, 13.2 EVALUATION OF CDSTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1 California Felp Beds . . ....... . . . . . A 2-6 13.2.1 Land-Use Costs . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 , 13.2.2 Water-tTse Costs. . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 APPENDIX 2.4 Benthic Sublittoral Biota Cathered Near the i San Onof re Nuclear Generating Station 13.2.3 Recreational Costs . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 in April 1969 . . .. . . ...... . . . . . A 2 -8 13.2.4 Biological-Impact Costs. . . . . . 13-3 t 13.2.5 Radiological-lepact Cos ts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 APPEND 1R 2.5 Marine Plankton Diatoms of the Neritic, ! 13.2.6 Power Costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Oceanic, and Littoral Zones of the Southern California Coast Including the San Onofre Site. . . .A Z-14 13.3 EVALCATION OF BENEFIIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 APPEND 1K 2.6 Pish Reported f rom Point Icma, California 13.3.1 Educational Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 13.3.2 Recreational Benefits and from Mission Bay, California. . ...... A 2-17 4
. . . . . . . . . . 13-6 ,
13.3.3 Social Benefits. . . .
. . . . . . . . . 13-6 13.3.4 Power Benefits . . . . . . . .. . . 13-7 APPENDIX 2.7 Fishes (Larval and Adult) Observed Off the Coast of Southern California. . .... . A 2-19 13.4 COST-BENEFIT BA1ANCE . . . . . 13-7 APPENDIX 2.8 Atmospheric Diffusion and Transport Model . . . . . .A 2-22 REPEFINCES POR SECTION 13 . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 13-10 APPENDIX 3.1 Order No. 72-26 Waste Discharge Requirements
- 14. DISCUSSION OF CO*NENTS RECEIVED ON DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL for Cooling Water Discharge from San Onof re Nuclear Generating Station Units No. 2 and STATEMENT. . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1 3 into the facific Ocean. . ...... . . . . . . .A 3-1 14.1 FORMAL RESPONSES TO CO'HFNTS . . . . . . . .. . 14-2 APP EDIK 3.1 Order No. 73-5, California State Water Resources 14.2 RESPONSES TO ENVIRotMNTAL CONTENTIONS . . .. . . 14-22 5.1 APPENDIX Intemal Dose to Biota and Calculation of 14.3 LOCATION OF PRINCIPAL CHANGES IN RESPONSE TO COMMENTS. . 14-28 BioaccumulGion Factors for Waterfowl . . . A 5-1 APPENDIX 1.1 List of Govemment Agency Applications, Permits, APPENDIX 11.1 Yalues for Southern California Edison's Capacity and Peak Load for 1961-1980 .. . . . . .A 11-1 and Actions involving Units 2 and 3 at the San Onofre Nuclear Generating Staticu . . .. . . . A 1-1 APPENDIX 11.2 values for San Diego Gas and Electric Company's i APPENDIX 2.1 Vascular Flora of the San Onof re Site . . . . . A 2-1 APPENDIX 14.1 Comments Received on Draft Envi ronmental Statement . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . .A 14-1 APPM DIX 14.2 Prehearing Conference Order and Stipulation . . . . .A 14-49 .
4 l D-7
, ,- w
i i > p* j i< <l' tI ! . m g1 a 4 9 1 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 9 2 0 3 3 3 4 3
. F- 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 m
. . . . n . . . .
. s s s s s a- y . t . .
. ^ t t t . eo . e .
t . t . n . n . n . n n cm . v . f . . e . e e . e . e . Or . r c 0 e h h m e m e
. me . m m e . u i 0 g p.
t t _ e e ch . s . f . e0 r p
. . r .
u r u . r u r u
. u .
r . s. t it f y . r .
. i c . f r3 a h
e-d . d e . . s s s s . s . n . ih . r . e a ot c n a a a a e e P . nus t . . . e e m e m e .
. m .
e . me . ct aa te 3. t e e)
. Doi t e -
e .
- s. r Pb m o na bd j j .
m . - d0 mt m . . . h9 . d . d d d0 u el . t 6 l l e . r e r e r e7 e7 s . h a . oh mg . is . 9 Sa .i a a . r9 r9 a t c ri aT f 1 At i . i . a . r2 a . r2 a . r2 a1 r a1 r e . m nn i . hF el rS F o t t ann i i t . t . i . 7 f 7 f 7 f r f r y es oU n n fn9 n9 n9 ne ne hp ia . h . t g b8 c u si i i . i1 i1 i1 it nc t n 4 ag t tf ( ( yy yy yY id ye ye
- a r
oe . k s ei d5 e1 f u rA nao ec T T 3 bN b% d e1 d e6 bN d e6 b c dD e e b c dD e e g . o . m r im t uyn bbo i i b s c n ue n - i5 m3 r4 u - s4 e9 6 not ol p m ,o s a E J. M Y . E . J M Y d in1 e me . cot c. o n n1 n1 n2 n2 rdt e1 h1 S S . n i i h . t ea ot i t t a m rT
. im rT
. mrT. m rT. m rT . t y
s nr ii e r o f m. e . d9 f a y iw t t o r o r o t 2 eD eD eD eS eS h d mp e . 6 oM( nad f f g s t F t F e t F e t F tP t . r o sr s9 et g e e e a ee m m1 s rS t s . s rg ee m t i n d4 1 d7 3 d7 0 d2 2 d5 0 b . rt1 ue en r e , rr r ug f m r m r s4 m8 s4 s0 s3 f tdt hi h9 uf cn0 e . e . U e1 m1 m1 t r . _ r o r eo a 0 r eo e1 r eo r eo r eo o . t7 2 a ren erU i ou9 sd6 t2 o s . t o an rO f t0 oa1 i0 h t e h . t o . h t h t h t ht h t pf i g e r s _ f t o3 t t t t r9 a1 mog enn i s1 9 eA u pn ma yed rnn i b l s5 e2 s4 o4 is5 o2 s3 o0 s3 h c , t Oi ee. cr c eS oea d . d . l e w i3 e 1 i 8 ecg 0 e 3 1 i 9 e 0 i2 ecg 1 n1 o-7 l nu aad r au9 f t 2 ra a . f 3 r t ea t t G s i rr e l e i . i t l e) _ r cg cg c g i5 cS ur t ut g h ao f) ff e e an an an an an t1 i h ses sh an eh - t - r fi f i f i f i f i a t rp - pu amg
- g ra el s rf r8 r r r r rr r r r r cy raa ai ee mcf a a
. t uu uu uu uu oa eer eeu el vc i uf e0 e2 S Sd S uA Sd Sd sd LM Vng S tA SF AO TN o N4 N3 . 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2. 3 4. 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 ig g g g g g g g g g g g _ i i i i i ig i ig i i i i i F F F F F F F F F F F F F F =. E 2 3 4 1 _ I 2 1 7 9 1 1 1 2 4 1 3 D 1 2 4_ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 g3 3 3 3 3 3 6 3 7 8 3 9 3 1 3 1 3 3 . , . . . d ,. . . . n . . a .
. S. . . . .
e . Uh.c 2 . . . t . s . . i . d a t . . h . . s . ee . c . . 3
. i . r a _
. o nb n e n .
e . e d U - _ o h . e . d e . 3
. . t b n 1 f i t . h .
nr e. d a a _ t . t . . . af s t. e y e 1 - a f n n n b o u n s a' t h . 2 _ S t ooi f o o an e o w . i n n o t t . oi O n e p h . U i . mo i s st n ._ g n oa i t sa t n o
. ai .e mna t
t i t i w m r o r p ig H r e t a. n r U r
- . i t
n _ i dS iut S s a f r o .. U _ S t a r a r g n d ag l t e S g e s
.S ee o i n v n h e e .
t sr S e c o I f o t c . r - - E e rni d n r ih I e t t a e3 r a o - P n ei n i f r e e t r e f U limra i t et e t o f t t g t s f d i e r _ G e l a P a n l f i l a n r w o on h n t s G r r O i o na t U n f e I F r
- e 0 n me p e c U n i i r w e t O r
e o. r
- n n n t 2 m c u l a 5 e 5 e m
a e a as t e n . d n o o m _ i F e G G C G f r f s h I 1 n aa r f n am t x O l e e S gs e o e s a S t f o re c u c r m n e t h r h r r nu r n i l i gt r _ T S u N t a e t a e i a h i t n e o o i r n e s hU en n o l a t as t _ h e t pr o a i y s _ I L e inl c nl i c t i l c r mo r t i t f U i n t f i t w a mr d s _ r h u h u w u a af c f r e a I r l ro a e o wc l a f t 'i t N e t o o s n _ o i p N n d1
, n f o
S t f n f n S t f n i r ni n O iwer wer m a e r n0 i n e i n d i o di o f h e i f t i m t a1 h O r U r c r yf yf c f s c s rt o t ce e n a t o i n t o e o a gy a f o f a y s ea yl g 'sr il t i n n o na e m n o i f t e S nO nO s O c i w b $ o h c m hl ca n o o a - e e i i a kh w s n i t mm k h icna icn a b n a a e rg e e n a e i t a i s t t w a w i e s ea h e a T VS VS A S S ai PH N h 1 S i w V S T r wn r i i ct t n Si D V V S s I 1 1 2 3 4. 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4. 5
. . . . . 0 6 7 8 9 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
_ g g 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 g g g g g . . . . . i i g g g g g g g g g g g F i i i i i i g F F F F F F F i F i i Fi i Fi F F F i i i i i F F F F F l
' [ ' ,i >F i, Ii pa 6 6 2
2 6 2 7 2 0 3 2 3 5 3 9 3 4 4 3 4 7 4 9 4 2 5 a - - - - - - - - - - - ~ ~ - - P 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
. e . . * .
y r . . . * . t . . . f . . . i . . o y - . n . . n r
- i . . . D a .
- c . ut . . * .
i . n e . * . v . . a h . s . . .
. S t E . * ' . .
e . . . . .
- t .
h . f e . a . . *
- s t . . o d t .
- a
. . u f *
- o n . a . . y l r . *
- c i n t . t c a - . d
- o e o . . in n g ' d 3 n a f ni t i . i r e ' n 6 . u
- i o ot i b . e i a h . a - o d *
- n i a s . t c s M t ' . s 7 f n r s .
d e 5 .
- o e .
t t uS e n
. i i s v g a e ' l a . 9 . s u
o * " f l b h a e n . t d ' u ' a n 1 ne. ar f
- i i ig t . e a n t . . # l m rn s . r h r a l s i m ef s a .
t i r m f t . S c a . . o co k c 0 . S ia st d r a e n f r o O o n d e e . s o h e i n o c i s e f r an t i s t l u" s h e 5 . n . E L B nn oe e sp d n e r a n a l u c h . w
. f t s e
g d e u c . e . py d . di ea un ra cS l o" m"
- t g
i h t . A iG a n s . o n st rn n i v x T t ar c m a l e. t d e S e i ee l r s a r l cs. ne f n i or co tf no t n
- ol w F l a f i b h s if u ii oum ef a a a h O ue e os r t e t o s g t ri t e t
- s pl s u g pn n n si em l rl r
- d e
i T S oc pu N b a ne or if t i s f o n a r eO r n e i c t s en g a nm co nc a i sa eC oi pn m o* p m v r f f e IL d n t o d a d a d e ae d a c , iI i e ot ee t r o pn iD e r o e s nS a r n rn e mnu ea pl yt y
- b s
t s i cf eo l t e r cn h t l f h o so f i b e s e se b-a af sl o l u l o l l
- o s i e jn d sa w n y o on n lJ ab a a l r oo r
n e d eS f o r a s ay r o h h a ei v a na i ca c* r o so f i t w wt n i P n 0S a P p lh at e a r l u c i m i hi e bi n t r a d s so d m i e t e at uL a f r mn oi nh o" m n i v n iO en c 8 9f m n of a l o s a r a pc mi ig i r r s ii l t eo i a pe ot ci e c
- r a
en pa v 1 o C Z o F M Av M B B e 0 Rb 1 En 2. E w 3 4 E 6 C SS 7
- 1. 2 3 4. 5 6. 7 8 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
- e e _
l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b _ a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
- a a
. T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T _ 9 _ 3 . ' 5 9 6 2 7 5 3 8 8 8 6 2 4 5 E 3 3 4 5 5 6 2 1 1 2 4 5 8 - - -
* - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 1 P 3 1 1 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 1 1 1
. . . . d
. a
. a. o h . t .
e . . . l t p e j . r . d a . a k e . . o a d f . e l e o e g t p t . n
. . i . n k je . o r s .
i l . a s a m . e n a h . a s. e i . h . e r o e . t t d c a p 'E l t c t f i t e a i . . e i e & i t a l a u . i d s s y . n s n . O . i s s i d a t r u d y w s n a r. e d n l g o r a s
'E C
D S i c . m e c t p m ii o y C n l e3 e n s m u i e . sa i l S f i a t g a n m r c o f nh d p o ( c . sd r S a . i t i r o oc a p f l en a r s x g . c r u o n T f e wa h r t . e o e d s o E
. ao fd -
e2 c. s f o d f r k e t l a r u no oo r . o r n i o t U t M v i3 . e o a e g s yf f e c T S s t is t t d d m e . n e o n t n i n l a
. o p
n ah s w o itc di es ci en t p i r x Cg n p i e r o h r an t a s s y o . na e o g . e u o d r ti oU r3 n oo s e p er i l f H i a2 s p S h h o n t t r v . nif d e w d t c me. o th a i p ) . i x e ar s e f n f - ar i at c s r o rf et d oa o t u l u t M o d ) e d - o vi i a st a e l ma n s 'E ee d n i n c m2 p o u ea i ns a & h ms i O t U o a a b d gr d ao nr 'E G c e . s uu l on c ae i rs rt m a i ne ap a r Sd og n C D s . sy sa or b 3. s i o o S S ai l s e h m nf t r i ( ( i ab S if d in a n r ce r io ap g d d o nd dU c r t o t e s s d sn nr an an i e f n f mt sg R l e . no aof rO a cr h t o on r n n 't 't i . oi is - sn l a2 i o tf p a t a y ii t s y ae f r gi nr t s n a n a f) t r d m ua c a r p r as a s i o e c c . t ie i e cS is ms g a l g w k s l t W i i rf d p ns ut qs e sr mt ee e w o e un h ce pi l l a e0 oi iy ao ei h n h n ci b p l n u pa oh t a us rs mn ao e h p p p p N2 Cd Ls Gf CU Sl T F S Pc P T a S m T A A
- 6. 7 8. 9 0. 1 . . . . . . . 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 3 5 5 6 1 1 1
- g g g g g g g g g g g g g e g g i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i - F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F ii 4 " '
.. ~ _-._.m.___._...m._____..~._mm.. .___..__.__m._ _____.c..m..-.. m m. _. . _ _ . _..,...__m.m. ..
I xvi xvil Pate fage, Table 2.18. Relative abundance cf larvae of the principal families of deep-sea fishes (mostly Mesepelagic and Bathypelagic) in the California current Table 3.7. Estimated annual releases of radioactive materials , region off California and Baja California in gaseous effluents from San Onofre Nuclear , 2-56 cenerating Station, Units 2 ina .. . ......... . . ... .. 3-55 during 1955-60....... . ....... .. .. .. ........ ... Table 2.19. Relative abundance of larvae of the major Table 3.8. Estimated concentrations of chemicals and saaltary wastes in the circulating-water , families of fishes in the California current discharge from San Onof re Units 2 and 3. .. .. .... ... 3-58 [ region off California and Baja California during 1955-60. .. . .. ... .. .. . ....... ... . ... 2-58 Table 3.9. Estimated total chemical composition of discharge water of San %ofre Units 2 and 3. .. ... ... 3-60 Table 2.20. I.andings of Pelagic vet-fishes in California in tons; 1964-70....... .. ... . .. . . .... ..... .. 2-59 Table 3.10. Description of ransmission lines an.1 their right-of-ways... . . .. ... . ... .. ..... ... 3-66 Table 2.21. Anchovy landings for reduction in the southern and northern permit areas; 1965-66 through 1969-70.... .. .. 2-59 Table 4.1 Endangered animals whose ranges include the vicinity of San Onofre.. . . . . . -.-.-. .. M Table 2.22. Commercial landings and live bait catch of anchovies in tons; 1964-1970.... . .. . .. ...... .. ... 2-59 Table 5 1 Temperature tolerance of embryonic and ,
.v Table 2o13. Bottom fish resources of the Califmnia current postembryonic stages of some marine fish. .. . .
system...... ...... . ........ ..... . . . . . .. 2-60 Table 5.2. Probability of thermal exposure of randomly distributed l Table 2.24. Southern California wetfieh fleet preliminary log plankton passing by San Ono fre Units 1. 2. and 3. .. . . . 5-11 I catch, effort. and catch per effort data....... .. . .. 2-62 5-14 Table 5.3. Founds of fish entraincd at 5an Onofre Unit 1. . .. .... I Table 3.1. Volume within and surface .reas of stated isotherms.. .... 3-36 Key to Fig. 5.3. Exposures of aquatic organisms Table 5.4. .... 5-19 Table 3.2. Jet radius and surf ace centerline temperature to total residual chlorine. . ... .. . . .. .. predicted with the Hirst Model for five Ef fects of chlorine on some meine organisas. 5-20 representative cases.. .... ...... ....... ....... . ... 3-40 Table 5.5. . . . . . . . . . , Effect of copper on urine organisms.. . .... . . 5-23 i Table 3.3. Vertical variation of jet centerline velocity and Table 5.6. .. t emperature predict ed with the Hirst Model. . ... .. . . .. . . 3-41 ' Effect of nickel on tun mrine organisss.... .. .. . 5-24 Table 5.7. Table 3.4. Releases of radioactive materials in effluents Thermal tolerance of marine bioca.. . .. . 5-29 ' from San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station. Unit 1 Table 5.8. ... . for 1969. 1970. and 1971.... ... .. ... . .... . ..... 3-44 Table 5.9. Summary of estimted potential radiattor eses to adult individuals at exp: .t locations .f interest Table 3.5. Conditions and assumptions used to estimate for specific periods of evsure to gaseous and , releases of radioactive materials in effluents liqu'd ef fluent discharge. . .. ......... .. ... . . 5-49 j f rom Sc.:= Onof re Nuclear Generation. Units 2 and 3. .... ... 3-47 Table 5.10. Estimated population doses from exposure to . Td le 3.6. Estimated annual release of radioactive materials ef fluents per year of release. . .... .. ... .. . ... 5-51 i in 111 ufd effluents from Units 2 and 3. .... .... ........ 3-51 I i M0 i 5 4
xviii mix Page i Table 5.11. Summary of estimates of external exposure to the population from the gaseous ef fluent per FORE N y ear o f release from S an ono f re Uni t s 2 and 3. . .. . . . . . . . 5-53 Taole 6.1. Sampling Schedule for Units 2 and 3 environ- This final statement on environmental considera*
- 0,r* associated with mental radioactivity monitoring. . ... ....... .... .. .. 6-7 the preposed issuance of construction permits fer the San Onof re Nuclear Generating Statien, Units 2 and 3, was prepared by the .S. .
Table 7.1.. Classification of postulated accidents and occurrences... 7-2 Atemic Energy Commission. Directorate of Licensing (staf f) in acec-dance with the Comission's regulation.10 CFR Part 50. Appendix D. Table 7.2. Summary of radiological consequences of implewnting the requirements of the National Environwncal Policy postulated accidents. ... . . ........ .. ... . ., 74 Act of 1969 (NEPA). Tsble 10.1. Purchase price of major equipment and material. . ... .. 10-2 The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 states, amm other things , that it is the continuing responsibility of the Fd ral Iable 12.1. Summary of costs of alternate heat- Gove rnment to use all practicable means, c ons is t en t with otner dissiptation systems. . .. . .. . ......... .. 12-9 essential considerations of national policy, to improve and co-ordinate Federal plans. functions, programs, and resources to the Table 13.1. Cost and impact analyses for Units 2 and 3 of the end that the Nation may: San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station...... .... ..... . 13-2 Fulfill the resronsibilities of each generatico as t rus t ee Table 13.2. Cost-benefit simsnary of preferred (applicants') design... 13-8 of the environment for succeeding generat ions. Assure for all Americans saf e. healthful, productive. and aesthetically and culturally pleaning surroundings.
. Attain the widest range of beneficial uses of the environ-ment without degradation. risk to health or sa fety. or other undesirable and unintended consecuencer .
Preserve iroortant historic, cultural, and natural asperti of our national heritage, and maintain. whereve r possible, an environment which supports diversity and variety of individual choice. Achieve a balance between population and resource use which will permit high standards of living and a vide sharing of life's amenities. ' Enhance the quality of renewable resources and approach the maximum attainable recycling of depletable resources. Further, with respect to major Federal actions significantly af fecting i the quality of the human environment . Jaction 102 (2)(C) of the NEPA calls for the preparation of a detailed statement on: (i) The environwntal impact of the proposed action. D-11 L
-_ - . . _ . _ . _ mm m...-_m._m~_._m.-. -m. ..._._m.m.~_-m.--m.mm.__._mu . m u-_ _ mv.m xx -
1-1 (11) any adverse env'.ronmental ef f ects which cannot be avoided 1. INTRODUCTION ' should the proposal be implerected. (iii) alternatives to the proposed action
- The San Onof re Nuclear Generating Station is located on the Pscific coast of the State of California, 62 alles southeast of !.o Angeles
-(iv) the relationship between ices! short-term usen of man's and 51 miles northwest of san Diego. (Fig. 1.1). The a tte, about 84
- environment and the maint snance and enhanceoent of long- acres, is located entirely within the Camp Joseph H. Pendleton Naval term productivity, and Reservation (U.S. Marine Corps Base), near the northwest end of its 18-mile-long shoreline. The ut its proposed are two 3410-Wt (v) any irreve*sible and irretrievable comitments of resources pressur ized-water reactors (3390 Wt core power) with rated elec
, which would be involved in the proposed actien should it be trical outputs of 1140 We; they are preposed to be installe> aouth- i implemented. east of and immediately adjacent to the existing t' nit 1. 134 7 Wt - (total), 450 We (gross) (429 **.We (net)] pressurizedwater react or Pursuant to Appendix 0 of 10 CFR Part 50, the AEC Director" of s 1.icensirig prepares r. detailed statement on the foregoing cons * .er' atio=s with respere to each application for a construction M mit As required of the 1.SAEC by th Natio.* En6ronmental protection or full-pcwer operating license for a nuclear power reactor. Act (NEA) of 1969, this environmental s* stement presents the regulatory staf f's assessment of impae that may reasocably When application is made for a construction permit. or a full power res ult f rom the construction and opes n of these facilities. operating Ilcense, the applicant submits an environmental report to the AEC. The staf f evaluates this report and may seek further infor- 1.1 STATUS OF PROJECT metion from the applicant, as well as other sources, in making an independent assessment of the considerations specified in Section On June 1,1970, the Southern California Edison Company (SCE) 102(2)(c) of NEPA and Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50. jointly with the San Diego Gas & Electric Comoany (SDG5E), This evaluation hereinaf ter called "the applicants," aap11ed to the United leads to the publication of a draf t environmental statement, prepared by the Directorate of Licensing, which is then circulated to Federal, States Atowie Energy ComissL a (USAEC) for a pemit to evn-State and local governmental agencies for coment. Interested persons struct Units 2 and 3 at the San Omfre Nuclear Generating Station. are also invited to comment on the draf t statement. Herein, "the Station" is used to mean the total of facilities After receipt and consideration of coments on the draf t statement, that now exist or will exist on the B4-acre site designated the the staf f prepares a final environmental statement, which includes a San Onof re Nuclear Generating Station. " Units 2 and 3" is used discussion of problems and objections raised by the comments and the disposition thereof; a final cost-benefit analysis which considers to mean the additions to the Station vnich are mder consider-and balances the environmental ef fects of the f acility and the alterna- ation in this erironment al stat ement. tives available for reducing or avoiding adverse environmental effects with the environmental, economic, technical, and other benefits of 'se 1.2 SITE SELECTION facility; and a conclusion as to whether, af ter weighing the environ-mental, economic, technical, and other benefits against environmental In 1963 the applicants were tranted an easement within the Caw costs and considering available alternatives, the action called for is Pendleton Naval Reservation to construct, operate, maintain and , the issuance or denial of the proposed permit or IIcense or its appro- use a nuclear electric generating station consisting of one or j priate conditioning to protect environmental values. more units.1 Unit No. I of this statto began operation in 1968; two additional units are om proposed. The staf f has considered this proposal and believes it to be recommended, as was the initial Single copies of this statement may be obtained by writing the nelection, f rom smral standpoints. Deputy Director for Reactor Projects, Directorate of 1.icensing, IT.S. Atomic Energy Commission, Washington, D.C. 20545. Mr. Richard W. Froelich is the AEC Environmental Project Manager for this statement. (301-973-7241). i
1-2 1-3 The Station is located appropriately with respect to the applicants' load centers. %e existing righ ts-ef-way that serve San Onofre are N an environmental asset, as no new rights-of-way will be required. The (_ location within Camp Pendleton minimizes sociologic and aesthetic impacts, as has been de=enstrated during the construction and operation of IMit 1. Finally, the site is endowed with adequate cooling water (f rom the iccific Ocean) in an otherwise arid service area. Alter-native sites are disassee.1 in 3ect. 12. 1.3 ST ATUS OF /PPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS Permits and approvals from various Fedtral and State agencies as related to the San Onof re Nuclear Generating Station Units 2 and 3 are #4 cen in the applicants' environrental report.2 Appendix 1.1 lists :.hronologically by agency the applications, pemits, and environmental actions. LOS ANGELES SAN ONOFRE 2 - SITE /* SAN OtEGO J O 300 600 t i I MILES APPROXIMATE SCALE i Fig. 1.1 The San Onof re Nuclear Generating Station site. D-13
_.__m-.m.. ....mm._m.~ _._~m._ m . . m. . . m . m .. _m.___ - -- - m._ .____..____.___.___....._m_ t 1-4 2-1 REFERENCES JVR SECTION 1 2. THE SITE
- 1. Public Law 86-82; 77 Stat. 115. "An Act to authorire the Secretary of the Navy to grant easements f or the use of lands In this section, the site and its environmental features are in the Camp Joseph H. Tendleton Naval Peservation. California, described and evaluated. Data related to che location of Units 2 for a nuclear electric generating station.+ and 3, demography and land use, and the historical and geophysical ,
features within a 50-mile radius of the proposed units are pre-
- 2. Southern California Edison Company and San Diego Gas & Electric sented. This information will be used in later sections of this Company, San Onofre klear Cenemti*g S*mim 4%its
- 4 J, report to assess impacts caused by construction of the units and SuppZement to Applicants ' geoir~r ed ggpcrt, Cenarruetion to estimate potential changes that may result from their operation.
Pe mic Stage, sett. 12.3. vol. II, Docket Mos. 50-361 and In considering possible impacts and changes, the staf f visited the 50-362, issued Dec. 22, 1971. San Onofre site April 6-7, 1972. The group consulted with the following: Representatives of the State of California - Secretary for s Resources, Of fice of the Governor; Department of Realth Water Pollution Control Comission, Air Pollution Control Commission. Radiological Surveillance, and Occupational Health Office); i Department of Navigation and Coastal Development; Department ' of Natural Resources Water Conservation Board, Water Resources Board); California Department of Parks and Recreation; California Department of Highways; and State Planning Of fice. Representatives of San Diego County - County Environmental Developmet. Agency, County Department of Education, County Department of Public Health (Air Pollution Control Of fice), County Tax Assessor's Office, Regional Water Quality Control i Board-San Diego Region, County Agriculture Commission, and ) County Flood a id Sanitation Control Of fica. In addition. the group talked with officials of Camp Pendleton Marine Corps base and of the city of San Clemente. 2.1 IECATION Units 2 and 3 of the San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station will be I constructed on 52 acres of land on the coast of southern Califorcia in San Diego County (Fig. 2.1). Of the applicants' 84-acre casement, 16 acres were used for Unit 1; thus, only about 16 acres of the original tract will be left undisturbed. ne coordinates of the site are latitude . 32' 22' north and longitude 117* 33' vest. The site occupies a J stretch of coastline about 3/4 of a mile long and 1/6 mile wide which I t J-14 r- _ = --- , . _ _ _ _ _ - ___ _ ___ _____._____i._
f i f 2-3 e U. y , is part of the United States Marine Corps base, Camp Pendleton. l Unita 2 and 3 will be located adjacent to existing t%it 1. u L -- /.,,
- g
- -' , . .ag . The site is bounded by the Pacific Ocean on the southwest, by
,-'j beach and low sea bluf fs on the northwest and southeast, and by low hills on the northeast (Fig. 2.2). The nearest privately owned j
d
- A.- land is about 2.5 miles from the site where the Camp Pendleton base
_ ~~ j)* ,h
.- 1 k / ,
- 5 joins the city of San Clemente. The reactors fer lhits 2 and 3 will '
O '
} 'E (l ' I be located about 200 f t from the San Onof re beach at an elevation of
/ , _ ~ ,. j h$d y g. JO ft. The section of land on which the new units will be built is e
; y ,/
j 3 u?, an easement to the Camp Pendleton Maval Reservation granted by Public E q#. j g,X2 e t ,i Law 88-82.3 Abandoned U.S. Highway 101 passes 300 f t east of the site; l l l
/
/ O j'
,p ,
((g55
,.f - 3; $
i 4 k the San Diego Freeway (Interstate 5) passes 500 f t east and coenects San Diego with Los Angeles. The Atchison, Topeka, and Santa Fe Railroad p ' 3 runs parallel to and between these two roads about 400 ft east of the
+ l * / '/ ;;l ; $ E l / # , 5 proposed units. Elevations within the property vary from beach level
(;$35 [i: 5
- i, (
[ l l
/ S# o+ -;, to 95 ft.
> . 6
- 2 I g
; g l
l
*d 'c
* %"9kg..3$
4 1*
*4a 1- -
2.2 DDtX:RAPHY AND LAND USE
,, e , . , -c s ur l*j 's J p * *
- 8 8 r ia t
$ i l l - g f p\ q 2.2.1 Populations 5
o l I 1 l l 1 {I Q 'J,Efk l j> g y * *p' , The habitations nearest the site are a cluster of beach cabanas i
;;g%;5I tRhg *
,' 3 about. 1-1/2 miles nortinrest. Camp Pendleton's Enlisted Men's g l1 ,.e i i;
jg gg; (%y , '
/ _ l %
l 3 h g Club is located 1 mile north of the site. A military housing complex is being developed approximately 2 miles northwest of the 7 ff
; q .
c F j ~ ', g, .py' site which will contatn a total of 1.150 family units (estimated population 4,025) when completed in 1975. The development will os [' . f ,, ,e :. , contain 200 units by the end of 1972; another 200 units and a 600- {
- \
,' k I
e s < ., G pupil school are planned for 1973.2 The San Mateo Coast Guard E . I s
/ I- '
/[II' P2 E
Station (approximately 60 men) is also within 2 miles of the site. g: 4 g N-~ j [p It is noted that the Western White flouse te located approximately , f, - g
.40 / 3 2-3/4 miles northwest of the Station.
2
, g '
l y b/ d i S $ \ s' ~,
.' 1
.,. The nearest cities (Fig. 2.1) and their 1970 populations are:
San Clemente (17,063), 4 miles northwesti Mission Viejo.10 miles p g N a o \ ,/ E northwest; San Juan Capistrano (3781),10-1/2 elles northwest; t ,
", N * , ,' . the coastal city of Oceanside (39,100),17 miles southeast; and E 3 . / ,
San Diego (722,000), $1 miles southeast. Also, the headquarters E 8 ; of the t'Em at Camp Pendleton is much like a city (pop.,11.000); it is located 12 to 15 miles southeast. h[ N i %
% *' 8 G ?
t-t M5
_ . . . m _... _ _._m ._-m- a - - - *- * < ' - - -- -- - ~ ~ - 2-3 n Table 2.1 gives the projected 1990 population distribution within 50 miles of the St ati,:n. ne tetals are given in concentric bands
.u
-" centered on the midpoint between the reactor buildings. Each
$e -$ ,C band is broken into 16 sectors, 22-1/2* in width; the north 4
-R #F.#
sector is centered en true north. Th e 19 8') population distribution E projection is an estimate based on informat io.. from the 17.5. Census E (( 7' A E N, n Bureau.3 the U.S. Marine Corps." the California Department of Parks y , h hg3y!!h'j, g/ . and Recreation.5 and the applicants.2 The 1980 population distri-but zon will include individuals assigned to the military housing p s yi Ej ! ' ;<;g gj development and to camps on the nurine base, persons visiting State 7 { p R i ; t'( gg , beaches northwest and southeast of the Station or the State park E R2 ,1 in San Mateo Canyon north-northwest of the at te. s mn y ;;; i,Qd k N Yp9 Q. M; jysp y 4 I e
. y ,g The 1970 population data frca the U.S. Census B areau3 was projected un LV a.j ,,,"g E; p# (;' 1 \q;
, ' \
- hi to 1980 by a linear extrapolation from 1960 and 1970 data projected separately by district.
/r 3 IE" \ N h 7g ) [J ' N \'. [N Re aflitary-housing development on the marine base has been
,} '
~7' 7 ,
described above. Inside Camp Pendleton, seven base camps (Fig. 2-3) e i
'-Q ,J y ."&gh 4 ;: b S are located within 12 elles of the reactor site. Table 2.2 lists these
,9 !=2 /G
'[ l J <
camps, their distances and direction from the site, and their approximste E [ $ i 7 1fin ( j [h populations when occupied.2 These base camps are in more or less
& i; ', S* i C. C. ,, / '?. continuous use, although the personnel ch enges regularly (a 90-day
. fi. +
;? w; jj g,i; tour cf duty being typical). The present population of Camp Fendleton
- r
(' .// f
. j). \ y ], {
Q
,'p -[ is 33.000, and no major changes are expected in the near future."
s E i
, f .
! [w$ ^
N N ! k*; 52 )f.'ch The beaches northwest and southeast of the Station are currently expected to accommodate about 1000 persons per mile.5 By 1980 it is k b g4 ' [ I 7 , Ej F* >
<y g.4 yf hgjpNi' O, estimated that the 3-1/2 mile state beach extending southeast of the
= , ;g -- -g -
,M; Station will acemmodate a maximum of approximately 12.000 persons a z jr g / / j/ ' ' ;
dev; similarily, the 2-1/2 mile beach extending northwest of the E
,,3 *
. [ s Station (and including the Marine Cogs Enlisted Men's Club facility E 2[ t g, pg
'! and beach) will accommodate a maximum of approximately 12.000 persons per day.1 The contribution of this group (1990 estimates) to the N
c1
;"l . 7 ,f \ _. s 3. . N' j .~ f population in Table 2.1 was estimated by means of an asstuned 402 use
'G N 'vE (, /
factor. The numb +r of people that will be aceoenodated by the state f. qs , (7/ , Me * : s A 3l% [ /N' park in San Mateo Canyon 1-1/2 to 6 miles no-th-northwest of the
' Q / ,-
site cannot be predicted precisely at this n j 4 apparently in the range of 10.000 people.2.tiec; 5 Forhowever, is it in the estimate ( y/ 9f , Table 2.1, a 40% use f actor was also used.
' & af.
l ' r Y
, h, i
Y n ?
'l. ?
/ j_,.]f . ,
!Y
\
i 'y.f'
~
.E N1 \ ) D-16
.. -. . . . - . -. - . .. . - _- . _ . . -~. - _. __ _ _ - _ _ . -
1 k ' 4 m s a
.f b -
{ i f l d! k CD14
- r,m ,
o i N I l l l I fig. 2.3. A base camp within Camp Pendleton D ch a i I a. a n s t a n.; 6 ===essges c 4.,we, &*o4 o. s I $ " ~ " 7, C f 3
* - 3 - c
~5ETA 4Ue-4 - "Pe E j n'
'g qggC y99EoooOR9EG& E I ,
55- 65-? W f E. S. Ro E W $. 4
'.; **$ n.
o . , ~ 3- -k. T N. - ,
** Y 7 y l ) -
t p;goqcire
., 2 2
,p:oce: e g si g g ee'. f.
f 3 s*,:r:.? p p p ( y
, 4 g E S 0
*'.,"2 11 5 ?,
l3 n -... f C s r gy , k*5 g 5 Y
$ yI j j Nd y oc.1.'2II&EoccoCCGE,1 7 77 E32 ? il 2 5 e
I [' J t
- < +9
<~~5-~ ~r ,. yljr
- si -
j 7
~-i*e gi gg [
3
=: t;,;_eceor.e32 ; 3. - ,,xt i i
O 2 4a#; 3 5 E s
! [i ! t
-"~'
5L f. / J f.l' i/' ~1" e}~ !j
,E ! J- s=c, = ce.2-s Is j i, b' i t,71 . $ 0 7 $ i.
2.-= 2&?s a 31 4 4 4
-l3:
H, u G
~t 1E :
1 I ,, { e ' ' E ; ? ?I { l. I 3- 2; I g; e l % - m e g e c e e n o c e c 3.o- r ; ; ;- g: > i j7 i st ? F i n
"~)'-
=
,I - a ;
~.
l1" E"'"~^ 2 =a F7 =g i l
.& 2 +
l L l T = ,5
* =;*
s
==G *
*32 i k
a.- {y
~ c h ,
i 3, 1
.[z * - * "} ; ; ; 'h A^ l, [,-
V. 1 q , f: L, ' e ;,,A
$oc.:,ere e
3*IE i ) i? h
") .3
}~ ,-l 'J = ,
) j' l l *
~
I {Ub i c ' 1 i f I f.
-. ; c c :$ l J 3-f e s e, s .r ,e I
} ( {j;maj y
{ [ g
, l; 2 l s;, ,
( -- a< i r 7 x r i .; >e lce2 - - . i *; - - c. eei .e e . j . ~,
-i -i . 7a 3/
.- - $ .f -r
* ,y y+ !. .y -
* * ' 3. l k% l *b i J r tre.y 1 z . v.
--m .L , . .
- 7. 3 % l i
,<<-v I
_ . . .. n_. - - - _ . _ - . . . . . _ - - - .. - - - - , . _ . - - - . ~ , 2-8 The 1980 estimate of traffic on Interstate 5 in the vicinity of the -/ N / Station is 67,000 autoex+ iles per day.2 Asstseing a speed of 65 tiles / -
'[ \ ; 'J /
hr on the highway and an average of 1.5 persons / vehicle, these data f f *- \ * - S' yield a calculated concent ration of 64 perisons/ mile of highway. di ! /Y. )*gl j2 e' ,7~' h / /[E-Since this neber is small compared with other entries, it has not \ / #c been included in the table. i = t e fJ' d 4 / - +/ 3 Land Use e' 2.2.2
.n 5
E
/
/
{g '[M 7 s es U s'
; V W.
fv e
. \Eh' ,. 7 '
The reactor site is surrounded by Ca o Pendleton on the landward ' side (Fig 2.4). Almost 95* of Camp Pendleton is unimproved and is used E \/rI D . /\4 r.4 !
) . , M1 # {Q
[ for practice maneuvers, storage of supplies, firing ranges, and other je purposes that vary from recreation to wildlife protection. [ { /
/'
, - -f(* //fj)\ / 9[k Camp Pendleton encompasses about 196 sq miles in the northwest
* ,I I /, if y !, l,l s ,j,.j j3 f ty
.q 1 corner of San Diego County, Califemia. At the northwest, the camp y / , y . G) d5}/p ' ,[/' }; p ja " {i
'; y t y 'Q.g - djj fA'/JgfI x-s is contiguous with the city limits of San Clemente, which is the S / f southem outpost of the Los Angeles megalopolis. South of Camp g i / Y 'y i Pendleton is the city of Oceanside, the first in a series of suburban " l / Y ' .# {j+ i developments that lead to San Diego. 40 miles south. South of the p f I M S[,Ihy I i h't 1i eastern boundary small f arms give way to rugged mountainom terrain in the north shich rises to 3009 f t. ne topography of Camp g
i j MQ . g4 r,tj'fy;, j { i j' J L s/ / %
}
i s Pendleton varies from flat to rolling to mount ainous. Ms than 5000 ; l l . [/ 'f 'A /. ! I f / 's jj [ acres of the reservatien is classed as improved land; the remaining 120,000 acres is used largely for military projectile impset are as , j i i ":Vj j -[ i w I
// 6 ' . /' '
5 /2 i 'ij ., ': 9 recreat ion, or conservation. A study of the southern-California ; l } // -[ ;7[' ' L
>}/ i l ,
coastline reveals that Camp Pendleton is the only remaining large ; i 3 g $/ .jg i ! J unexploited land area on the coast. Most of the activities of the
*3 1
2 /{tv
*' I I Marine Corps base are conducted inland from the coast. No activities $ $ [/ Q s h' #.- j f are permitted in the area around the reactor site or near Interstate , 1
-I ff5b Ys /*
k, y), l f 5 "*E > i 8
; '\ ,/ 'i i
,o.2,-
.p s 'N '%. g . .wg'4 v i
Three sectors of the Marine Corps base have been leased for 50 "
. i // g j / 3./ ,
f j i years to the State of California for recreational use' (Fig. 2.2). .- \ /f , y g 3 j 1./ j / " f' These parcels include the previously discussed beach areas north- n i / # /; e ,- / ,./ j i i
/g 'jl;g i
west and southeast of the site and 2700 acres northwest in the San Mateo Creek Canyon.' The State plans to develop this last 3 rg
<' , g ,' l 2 hs T", , N e / i area within the next five years to provide full camping t'acili-ties for use by 10,000 people.2 3
j/ .h.-\ 7 .[d I l' I g 0
/ , yj ,
/
Within a 10-mile radius of the Station site, agriculture and gras- [lN ,b' 's 5
^ Q ,,./
,, s s'k i[ k .
j# I ing are minimal because of the topography and the use by the , f j) N ;; ~ !j . . C'j g /\ Marine Corps. About 1-1/2 miles northwest of the site, parcels y y ,;fff; j ,, . f f, - f g a . , . - . - t 6-C
}l8
2-10 2 11 are leased to truck farmers on a 1-year renewul basis for crops such At present, kelp cutting is not practiced in the area but may resume as celery, lettuce. tomatoes, and poinsettas. These products are in the future. Kelp is harvested for its algin, an emulsifying agent marketed in San Diego and Los Angeles. Throughout the Camp used in paint and in ice cream and other foods. It is also ingortant Pendleton area, about 1200 acres is under cultivation in this sa shelter for sea life (Sect. 2.8.2). Underwater observation 3 and manner.8 Water for these cultivated areas comes frem wells on catches f rom the waters near the site indicate that fishing in the the Camp Pendleton reservatien. Beef-cattle grazing is not area is productive. Nearer the reactor site, surfing appears to be permitted on the marine reservstion; however, a limited number the most popular use of the ocean. A limited amount of surfing was of sheep-grazing leases are in effect and are erpected to be cow- observed north of the site in early April. The staff was told by tinued. Dairy and poultry farming are alnest entirely limited to the California Department of Parks and Recreation that surfing will areas near large centers of population, such as San Diego. The increase in early sim!mer, particularly af ter the State Parks and nearest dairy farm - Whelan Dairy Fares - is 16 miles southeast Recreation Department develops the 3400-ft-long beach area, formerly of the site at San Luis Rey. California.10 *II The second-nearest restricted to the San Onofre Surfing Club. northwest of the appli-dairy is 20 miles southeast of the site; two here are within a cants' property. The beach area adjacent to the Station would radius of 25 miles to the south. The milk from these dairies is presumably also be part of the state park were it not for the pre-distributed in the San Diego ares.ll Feed for dairy cows in sence of San Onofre Unit 1.5 southern California is produced in the Imperial Valley 80 miles from the site.17.11 Outstanding natural features are associated with the outdoor environ-ment in the vicinity of the San Onof re Station. The seacoast near Nine schools exist within an 11-mile radius of the generating sta- the site is an extensive natural, wild, and undeveloped area (Fig 2.5). tion. Current (January 1973) enrollment is approximately 7400.12 The beach of coarse sand is about 80 ft wide. The largest is San Clemente High School (enrollment about 18n0) located 6 miles f rom the site. Its football stadium has a seating in the San Onof re area, the besch has nearby parking space beyond capacity of 5000 Three hospitals (total patient capacity. 324) the sea bluf fe since a portion of abandoned U. S. Highway 101 are within 10 miles of the site. The nearest (5-3/4 alles away) is being used for parking and camping (Fig 2.6). The 3-1/2-m11e section large industry is the Capistrano Rocket Test Facility (stationary of beach southeast of the Station was opened for public use in July tests only) which employs 85 people. Several small ir.dustries are 1971. The average daily attendance at the bea :h is about 3800 located within the city of San Clemente. people.5 Such usage indicates the popularity of beach recreation in the San Onofre area. The San Onofre beach on both sides of the site is being developed by the California Department of Parks and Recreation for recreation.2 Beach space available on the California coast for public use is The beach south of the Station for 3-1/2 miles is attractive for its limited. In 1970-71 the State owned 1.005.250 ft of ocean frontage, swinning and sunning space, hiking trails, and camp sites as well which was operated locally for recreational purposes.I' The beach as beach parking facilities. Fer 3400 ft north of the site, the in the vicinity of the Station (18.500 ft south and 3400 ft north) area vill be developed into a surfer's beach. The southern la considered to be a unique and scarce recreational resource. During boundary of this area is 2000 f t north of proposed Units 2 and 3. the construction of Unit 1. use of the beach in front of the Station was restricted because of the presence of construction equipment. In the vicinity of the Station. the Pacific Ocean offers a wide but the beach is now open for public use (Fig. 2.7). The beach will variety of beneficial uses, which include: kelp cutting, fishing again be restricted during the construction of Units 2 and 3 (Section (sport and coemercial) shipping, sail and pleasure boating. 4.4) but the applicants will ni timite interference with recreational swimming surfing, stetbathing, bird-watching beach-strolling. use of the beach during construction. Use of the beach will not be aesthetic viewing, scuba diving, and cooling capacity for industry. restricted af ter construction is complete. Prior to 1960, when large areas of kelp were killed by naturally occurring high water temperatures. help cutting in the area was limited to two beds 3 miles north and 6 miles south of the Station. J-19
i t G 1 t t un-W.wr)5 h., &DR9y#v% dnOlD3;>2 - w' i t ' 1 I #@? tQX ab$$% p , , %Qj;.oy.lt;-G r;d]' . a ~; : , ' $wp'b "'ni% : l j %~ ' ' '\ 1, . , A Ng" t". 1p - c 3 gg % ' l ,. y. aV: - -~
.e e.
1 an ~ . p- [, i i
- s. ,
4
'c**'
Wit ~
~
G r.
~m;7 -.
..,s p.e,.w,% ,d.INy
*>g.,-"
-.g..
l " Qff f Y ?;&} q 9 ,.;d
*f t ,et s+..
2 Y'
'? ,nja :Q Q p* . __ ,,: e"'*
4
;,(- fx,, DJ ',w"** , E.g' Q'g @f ,,'
- 3. 77
, l"' f>, . . -, ,93gglglfg%
; )
) v.. ,.
l -
.ya.j,1 l ' .J. 0, J ,.s,'
;g .;*, g. g /f NG ' .. , .
c7 m.m. nsammt,;z M
?
+TI.9 a2,~.-, f%w 4"N ' 4, S,
a , r. l
..,w g..v_ :0f: . '
- 4 '..,jgq,,.;q c
s3 g'--,~%:;, .%,He, L.pp 4 du,fh. ..w ' . 3 ,a . e t s 1 ! Fig. 2.6. Parking and camping f acilit ten on abandoned U.S. l Illghway 101 for users of the San Onof re beach. l 9 ! k i a 0 I , i . T ,
=
+
5.- 9; i r f i , j 6 {
,a. ^
} ' , ; ,' t s
a , s. k i. D 4% , Df: './ sg ,
', . 4 4 'r 4h*..3\_',
.g
-h d J,! .f. b[~Q.j$ pe s f.) "
N fgr 4 0, ; . h e
\
l 1
,y
'I t.,
n s ,. r > d [fNf s. .t , - , ' [,;;.' . , . ,. , .U. ". e
. 3. * .R, .
.f r . .
~
e
.i
\ g e. Q ' 4 s t i i Fig. 2.h. Sea cosat near the San Onofre site. 4
,\. 3 [ r .}! f i i jl I! l ] 1 s d
. e s 5 l a e et tee e o y 1i ,s e s n heh c eeeo t dah mt e rr e on i nt t t ad l r h gh c t rt i a d c s ,nwc uea e b2 oihk rl eeahl si t o i rnix aI e ,h g , pa a xi d yn1 oee ga7f rb o/pmt rt i d1 e asn
- m. h t t nc M t sncat ena hie w tolfoe knrn ree oi9 F A 7- r2f mea s3t au vr n .aiarirI e ok oaet sa s a od ld1 p e /c p1 u d ptf ns on ueh s l1 eoS o et t ecl b s ee p nd . e l sisiua . eI roht et a - ehl ss l s oah nl ws h t tb g n ert rut 4 tTcdi oon i l e en r o l r e dChlh eiant enondh swsiaha r C nn6 c d '0 r nta ro lb ers eooh c n t at et a
- seeg Aeesa F ame .h nt s eo P egs g t b al sg t e n a gnaf aa7 cvier nk e9t oa it waw wro n t naneS vh3 eot orl1 eeoHno h rS ad LoiOt ar orh6 7 sTt t t a p aooov mMl cl ael a o ecd nr oceoohhl l reey t ah vnt t r t
t a . as f sl srf ef s R v nl ead s 1 i
.lpe s e al hp t Cn a a g Ahh t ab e er Ter a oa t au t aeat l neal t f asn .tar e sf y - le e dh nt .ao reff e vo o e l
l eech m.aeb n l ss i er ec a lMid oinsn ra at Ci i m r o e i s h eSei l pd h a tf i ont ee oml a N vdv ol e e e gplh ehbi t e eel no rt eu2 a4 t t ac f sl s oni r .l d i ot zt il h et hF I t el h r E r pnt vrt a reerJ y ma rp otf s oyrf f
. abbat c pI t l ast n , t pi d efl f - m a i rni .e a n munektd one om ra eest il ot w l oin a arc oreo h enca P ga enee d o MS t I rrl nnaR eaaeOS f i n nh nnrcif oe C a s rt ee e s rr _
Wgwt w i .l ehre .ts mCP il . e n rl st eu J n nni a out ct ao0r a _ . 5 tdi ,i onn r or Doi t l Moeierpaout gh emSiL l t an co sevise ner8s ns 1 ul sordi o C urt a ce mo o m _
- t ri ceesf y L oav ; nieTpa s '
2 i oaJ t t si be f c t osR pC esn ignm ssorrf et aa _ E t WrP nil t e s! ? t u hi a eesr eon e 4ah a tMS oo wl ah i0yr t t t tesc s t ama ieeaM.i f C hi rnger6bt N nodos r C Bl r nc o;n l r t ma i aa s A et niagr rS iei df d oi e fnoee st ao ev r f rhi mf n C t aPl ed voo f srR oo gn o2 e oa) I F s t ugoeafi st e og ecl cent t me POoisit r s ei e n dhe' y ed I aonth wap ceeh c r nsirs as s t otath abt ce N hii t u nirtd e epn t sa i t e e u t. hov C t vmd o1 c uDe nh t maeepdreM nl y n h o ,r nsg i aaao mieiel I ereec4 c vd ac saSvraneh eb tb en e r iC afbut td si p c eh - S sr acmiSe es a r e ,f rsnht t L ePf aaPI r rc nc h caay nS ees e
,a g eeh Ed i t sOa eh e nnbir on r an rs po . r g
ad r enan ea t t amo r A C c.o a rt e b .ii df areoe rv rf . t iel i, pn e na odas oh I 2f e o h i o up t f sf nnt h aeh f 7 n o i s l i raihr s R 04 bdcww v e e a gi anoaast c rt ogi snat atd cf( O 09d nia eth r ns +: i cSi iar X i nt y i or cws a 0,1 saenaxl rnr o U ti a h i eear gedl 5 T e n ne ntl ci l sh e Ussl ti ehi osn n O c rr eee P et nr eenr ea t aeist o t r l i t 6 nuc1Mni3 2i aa omt e t ir ,th ot M i a ph C h t ept t s ee t iith E G sd p io 1 i v gd sr en l sae f rm 1 hh8 rcp d rbE sn !?hha eshdirf ae 3 ycc1 eiS evnn d x eaa s ph .lot a r ct 2iueor sswh st 9 4 iss h on nd 4 esi c n s e i ph h eh aeivl ep h a aanney aenroue oh risf 1 o 2 TN rriuMb BDiDtbn Nhwst tfi omt 2 T c a 2 TRt et Pocse 1 2 ~ ~ t t f# - C W*- e h g ,i C hw, -4 [
$Q%# .C.
- g7: " Z M'd:
4 4 r r1 ;gm(pf i u W
' 4 #hDb
?
{ - Ry:n Q
~
% y; - ,
f r 4' ()*- 1 - : g jQ3tk y p;gyk _ g(r
+
hJ(' p g'f j 7 7[(y MO+ , gQ@Mm"g(%{e:cl .D$ { f y% pT#g
,whgy!
f 7i
. ]&MpM$; ?
mrC i I EMO y, b3 z
<QY'2 jiij%
A j ghqh b 7p $ khg%E ;? ff WaM('4 /. x( gy:f 1 M ~. y I 3s ;F ff- 3 &w WtV WCigM
? f n@hM" "i[L W E
_ < $p (hN .' 2 y- gg ,j, 3 ?o % E . S' 7, ~ EE g g.;- _ ; ! l ;, > ;< ,
_ .- .,m __ = . _ m m_____.-_m--m ..__.~__o__.___ _m._ m.m.m _ . _ _ ~ m _.____ _ _ _ _ m - ._ m _ _ _ . 1 I 2-16 ! 2-17 portion of the coastal plain, and several deeply incised barrancas have been fermed. Pleistocene terrace deposits, some 30 to 50 ft thick, overlay the San Mateo sandstones. They are crudely stratified mixtures of , 2.4.2 St rat t eraph? brown to gray-brown sand, sitt. and clay with scattered lenses } and layers of gravel, cobbles, and some boulders. Locally, the ; i The geolegic structure in the vicinity of the Station site is re- formation consists of a mixture of gravel, cobbles, and boulders latively simple. In general, the San Mateo Formation and the other in a red-brown silty-sand matriz. : I for'sations in the area dip gently to the southwest. Locally. these dips are reversed and form gentle anticlines and synclines. which 2.5 S7JSMDLOGT do not appear to be important structures. , The geology of southern California is dominated by northwest-
- The Santiago Formation is the oldest rock exposed in the general oriented and lateral faults related to the San Andreas-San Jacinto a area around the Station. It is of Eocene age and is cowosed of fault system. The Cristianitos fault is the nearest large fault fine- to coarse-grained white to light gray sandstone. The rock to the Station site. It passes 0.5 mile to the east and comes is poorly cemented and erodes easily to form a rolling topography down to the beach 1 mile southeast of the Station. The fault strikes north 20 degrees vest. is about 20 miles long, and dips with few exposures, steeply to the west. The west side is downthrown; thus. It is a j Ihe San Onof re Formation of Middle to t*pper Miocene age is composed normai fault. The estimated vertical displacement near the center of Jf breccia, conglomerate, and sandstoce. The breceta and conglow- the fault is about 5000 ft but is much less near the Station 4
erare characteristically contain fragments of dark-colored schist site. The wat recent movement along the fault occurred before , which range in size f rom a f raction of an inch to several feet the pleistocene terrace deposits that form the terrace along the ac ross. The dark-colcred sandy mat rix is well cemented, and the head of the beach and cover the bluf fs were laid down, for these rock is hard and resists erosion. The San Onofre Formation is deposits are not displaced by the fault. Thorium protactiniwa well exposed between the coast and San Mateo Canyon. disequilibrium determinations indicate that these deposits are ' between 70.000 and J 30.000 years old. Faults and seismic cemditions The Capistrano Formation, of Upper Miocene age. near San Mateo in general are not considered to be of major importance to the Canyon consists of very thinly bedded light-gray and light-brown environnier.tal ef fects of nuclear power plants except with reference shale. To the south of the Station site, the formation consists to postulated accidents. A more-detailed analysis of faults and their safety significance is presented in the Safety Evaluation for of dark-brown, brtvn, and dark-gray laminated clayey siltstone and of thinly bedded siltstone. The rock is sederately hard and is San Onofre Units 2 and 3. slightly resistant to erosion. Low-ro11 Log hills marked by numerous 2.6 HYDROIDCY landslides characterize the topography. The formation is well exposed west of the Cristianites fault near the San Mateo Canyon and is 2.6.1 Storm Runoff extensively exposed east of the fault along the San Onofre Bluffs a elle or more southeast of the Station site. The maximum probable 1 hour rainful is 4.3 inches.17 Much of the , country to the north and east of the Station site drains into the The San Mateo Formation, of F11ocene to Pleistocene age, consists San Onofre Creek, which flows into the ocean 1-1/4 miles northwest 1 of massive light-brown to light-gray arkosic sandstones with cf the site. The land immediately east of the site now drains scattered interbeds of rounded gravel and layers of fine silty into a 12-f t-wide ditch that parallels Interstate Highway 5 (I-5) sandstone and siltstone. The sandstone is pnotly cemented but is just east of the Station. Both lanes of 1-3 also drain into this dense and forms steep canyon valls and near-vertical cliffs along ditch which discharges into San Onofre Creek. Storm runoff from the coast near the Station site. The formation is widely distri- the hills above the site drains through a 72-in.-diam culvert that buted west of the Cristianitos fault and is exposed for miles in runs north along the highway right-of-way and then turns under the , the cliffs that lie back of the beach. site to the beach. This culvert is designed te handle a flow of + 570 cfs, which is that of the one-in-a-hundred years storm. t b t 1 l
. _ _ _ _ m . . . . _ . . _- -
2-18 2-19 2.6.2 Croundwater The average elevation of the water table at the beach line ts +5 same Period. The maximum recorded wave eight was 13 f t above MLIN, ft mean lower low-water level (MLLV); inland, the utvard slope of it van measured about 1000 ft offshere. - Tsunamis (sea waves caused ! the water table is 13 f t/ mile. Some groundwater can be obtained by submarine seismic dutdanad an expeted to k cf Ge same
# " ** E" * # "" *" * " " * "" **
from the San Mateo Formation and is so used et Camp Pendleton; but is not a resev re used by the Station. The Station obtains its r se in na e at San eso. M Cu suht, cawed W seisak sea w e Nerated by major earthquikes over the peried 1946 to 1964 - 3 domestic supp1r of f reshwater by flash evaporation, as discussed in Sect. 3. 2.6.3 Oceanography 2.7 mem The climate of this area is characterf red by warm dry sumers and Currents cool wet winters. The temperature seldom exceeds 00*F in summer and infrequently drops slightly below f reezing in winter. Average The Station site is adjacent to the Pacific Ocean on the Gulf of annual rainfall is about 12 in., but 7- to R-wnth periods without Santa Catalina. measurable precipitation are not unc oma,an . The continertal shelf is about 5 miles wide at the Station site, and the water over the shelf is, in general, shallow. Several
"*"""#* *** *" * "'*' * * "I*
"" ** " E" ' ""* * * * * " * "*
ocean currents superimpose to produce a complex pattern. The most important are the tidal currents which, in general, are back-and-forth esc 111ations, although they of ten circulate clockwise. Precipitation and temperature records are available from both the A typical patte m is the sequence of a 0.3-knot current down the Camp Pendleton Weather Station and the weather base at the Station coast for 4 hr, a 0.2-knot current of fehore for 2 hr, a 0.3-knst site. Precipitation occurs mostly in winter; the average total for current up the coast for 4 hr, and a 0.2-knot current on shore for May through September is less than 0.5 in: January is the rainiest 2 hr. Superimposed on this pattern are the seasecal coastal currents enth (av, 3 in.) and July the driest (av, 0.0 3 in. ) . The daily ' which produce a steady drift of about 0.1 knot; the southeasterly California current in spring and sumer and the northwesterly tem.perature ranges f rom about 40* to 60* F in winter and from 60* to 72 F in summer. Davidson current in fall and winter. The wind also produces surface currents, which sometimes have speeds of several knets. The pattern The San Onof re area experiences f requent periods of treperature cf wind-generated currents is less pronounced, although in the day- inversion. Subsidence inversion is associ&ted with the semipermanent time they tend to flow shoreward and in the night oceanward. subtropical anticyclone which occupies much of the Eastern North Pacific Ocean. This inversion, which occurs principally during the Water Temocrature warm months of the year, is caused by air sinking dwnward as it spirals slowly outward in a clockwise direction f rom the center of Surface-water temperature varies mar. edly with the seasons. In the high pressure anticyclone. On the coast, the average altitude suruner (August), the mean maximum is 73*F; in winter (January), the of the base of the layer is about 1500 feet. The layer' acts as a venn minimum is 56 F. Very minor variations in temperature occur lid to prevent vertical moisture transport and heat convection. daily. During the summer months a marked decrease in temperature i with depth (thermal stratificatian) is significant; at times it is M Wi h% h 6 % e h h h4 h@u v ut releasing mMatu n. as large as 0.3 F*/ft.I8 During f all and winter the water is essentially isothermal. Surface layer (ground) inversion is caused by the nocturnal radiative cooling of air in contact with the ground. Ground inversion at the Tides and Wa 7 site occurs only during the colder half of the year. Data on the Tides in the ity of San Onofre are mixed semi-diurnal in nature. The maximum high "a of record is +F.2 ft MLLW; the record tidal excursion for a l's .r per oi d is 8.8 ft. The average high-tide and mean-tide levels are +4.5 and +2.7 ft MLIN, respectively, for the M
.__ - ~ m. . - ~._ _ _.m .. _ _ _ _ _. ._.._ _ m _ - _ _ _ _-.__.__..__.._...__..._.__...____._________.._l me w yg r + .n
- 2-20 ,, h;l ,
, yt flf^ ' S [- ' ? ' #
l If ;' .
~ ~
-e 'e * , 4
$P -
- 3,a '
7 t frequency of surfare inversions on the Califortita coast are available from the Naval Air Station in fan Diego. They show that surface p - "
' *' j
- k. $ }j inversions occur on wre than half the davs durleg December. January. [p
- 6tg((p ,
and February (av, 55%). In March, inversions occur about 251 of the jgy':.s, e 1 k time; they are absent durin% the warm nunths until September (li'.) } 34 and October (24%). ~f ='gt 4 -
'(e
<e A wind-mea.suring system vss Installed at the Station site in lat e 't '
1964 to determine vind fi:v and diff usion. Data were cellected for # . 5' January 1,1%5, through December 31,1%9, and are summartzed in $ - the applimts' environmental report.21 They show that enshere vinds y'
- f (wind flow frca s<a to land) can be ev.pected to occur 53 percent of g J*
4 the time at San Onofre. %re-detailed information required to calcu- + late atmospheric dispersion for radiological-dose calculations in N
1 ,
~
Sect. 5.4 were obtained f rom the applicants' safety analysis report 22 g , 3- . Y and are summartred in Appendix 2-8. 5 3 - ,f . , , ,4 2.8 E&)!.OCT OF SITE AND FNVIRONS - k-w e r, 2.B.1 Terrestrial Ecolg a t 3 . , ' . , G ,c?' The construction of San Onof re t'cits 2 and 3 would require about C 3
~
52 acres of the 83.63-acre San unofre site. Only 15.S acres " of the planned constructien area contain natural vegetation.2 3 , g , The biota of the site was surveyed in hveder 1971 by J. Hendrickson, E
/
'.N; d #
p 3 pi A.: Associate Professor of Botany, California State College,1,os Angeles. E D. Taylor and C. C. McCleary of the *;atural Renovrces of fice, [ ., , ' '; , ! a MW - ps
*/ T [i -
a [ // < .7 ,- Cantp Pendicton, assisted in reporting the results.2 3 San Ono f re E A', j ^ ,. f ,q g% g g terrestrial environment (Fig. 2,8) consists of several habitats: the m -3 / f '. k .i gjj aandy beach and narrm terrace at the base of the San Onofre Bluf f s, upland terraces, a series of deeply eroded ravines perpendicular to the
.. kp%-,, r q g $g - 4 C*+
g/? 0 ~p J ,g o .,y j ;i coast, and areas disturbed by construction. Table 2.32 gives a zonal
.ff M' ;). ,[ ,
'A. O *a ,5 Ed /;
description of the flera of the different San Onofre habitats together with the associated fauna and Innd ictms. Aleng the transmission 3 j j gp . ,' 7,
* ;.* . o'
- _=
lines, both coastal sage and chaparral occur. 5, Plant Comimities i ^- 1 ( t- e #- '
-h The coastal-strand vegetation is found along the sand beach and the narrow terrace below the San Onof re Bluf fs. Along the flat 4 *h, he
\
beach, the sparse vegetation is mostly herbarcous. The species that occur most f requently are beach bur (bf ?cFid ch2SFBcW[e), .#./f.h j ,\>' d IM M4
e ~ v "= .m - j ... ...... .... ......... ..... .... Ij
\
\
i !;! j .. . ......... ..... .... 4j p 5" I jj -
]
.. .... jf A 1 i i i a l 3 } j a-
)
] l ll ........ j .. .... 1 ~ j-j .. .... .. }a}
1! ill ih
,p I;
.t
!! .lil!!!!!!! II!!! !!!llIII! IIIlls;I l1!! 11 l!l I
l
\ L .
9q-
)
is 3 {l j .... . .. . . . .. 1 ....
# 1 2
le r! 'll
! Ili 1 l
' ~p}ll Il .......... .... ......
I ; 5
$8
- 5 3
! 8 E o
' j, I!lll!!I1l!l:j' i 3l11][!!.11!!!!!l1 1
- . . m- m.__- m _ . m _ _.m .__. m m m - _ _ ._ - _ _ _ . ._m_ ._.~.m.,m__--_.mm._.__. .
2-25 b2 t, e Australian saltbush (AtMyler seilumta), ice plant (Mcem- vegetation. Only four speeles of plants were found occurring in h ?2Mthem chile +tse), and beach saltbush (A rripl.tr ?ceg;;cy, the area as shown in Table 2.3. Several acres of the upper ter-The vegetation on the narrow terrace at the base cf the bluf fs race were disturbed during the construction of Unit 1 and of the - is much denser than the beach vegetat W and contains man, associated switchyard. The areas vary from those completely shrubby species. Goldenbush (hap Eept a wwtas ssp. tSeniofies)
- devoid of vegetation to those that contain soccessional stage of a fall-flowering shrub 1 to 3 ft high. is dominant. Other asso. vegetation. The e st abundant species in the disturbed areas are
, ciated shrubby species are: quailbreb (it @Zer !ediferie ssp. Russian thistle (S2?aola pestifem) and telegraph weed (Netererhaea brewd) and coyote brush (F2Mur9 pildade esp. egne2npinea). gradiff om). Table 2.4 gives a complete list of weedy species.23 The total area on the San Oncf re site occupied by coastal-strand vegetation is about 1-1/2 to 2 ecres. The elevational separation of coastal sage and chaparral in nearby nills similar to those above San ono fre is clearly evident when The vegetatien of the upper terrace is coastal-sage scrub assoc 1-mapped on a small scale.25 Coastal sage is imortant near the ated with pockets of grassland veg-tation. Half-woody shallow-sea coast and inland up to an elevation of 1000 f t, but chaparral ' rooted subshrubs, rarely over 5 ft high, dominate the coastal-sage
~
becomes dominant above 1000 ft. The chaparral vegetation of scrub in California.2 The mest common widespread species is southern California is a woody scrub connunity, characterized by chamise (Alemstom faaefeuIctze ), which forms pure or mixed stands Arter'faia eclifmier.(5 feelis e2lifamim, ids empyig with dif ferent species of Quen us, Ceanothus, Cercocarpus, G2rrya, Ersore f2s+ie=2Iatu7, Vipe=2 I ri i.2!c, several species of EModiofpn, and five species of Salvin are associates in the Rhus, or Arctostaphylos.26 Near Ims Angeles, the chaparral type coastal sage.25 Coastal sage is highly sensitive to drought stress is subdivided into four associations 27 whose environnents are: and is unable to control rapid water Ic.ss under severe drying conditions. The .lants appear to be " drought-+vading" by' virtue Assoc ia tion Environment of their summer deciduous habit. It exists in areas of lower Ridge tops and south-facing slopes Chamise-chaparral rainfall than the chaparrai.25 At the site, the coastal sage comprises about 6-3/4 acres. The dominant species varies from Chamise-sage Keric (dry) sites with steeper-than-average slopes or with shallow soil California sagebrush (&ee-dsia califomfe ) to coyote brush North-facing slopes and protected sites Oak-chaparral (ScoA2ris pila! ads ssp. ms.2nqui wa) . The dominant vegeta- Mixed chaparral Mesic (moist) protected flat areas tion, which can be very denze, is 2-1/2 to 3 ft high. The aparse understory consists of the crystal ice plant (Wac+9an theer.m c2?stc!iim), Amblyopappus (AY?rpappus pusiliz.e), and foxtail In one study, a total of 23 f amilies, 52 genera, and 63 species chess (3rce a rubens), of vegetation were collrcted f rom the San Onofre site.23 Table 2.523 lists alphabetically by coisson name the species collected; Pockets of grassland vegetation are interdispersed in the coastal-Appendix 2.1 lists them by family. sage scrub vegetation. The grassland vegetation throughout Vegetation Along Transmission Lines southern California is dominated by naturalized grasses: soft
- chess (Fms milis), wild barley (Orim Ieporinu-), foxtail The elevations along all the transmission lines except that running chess (Fervms rWm), and M id oats (Ant f2tua). Scattered f rom the Talega sikstation to Escondido vary from 40 to 600 ft.
i among the grasses are shrubs of goldenbush (&WZop2ppas peneras Shus, the dominant native plant community along these lines will be esp. remoniMdes), coyote brush (3-2e4. ads gitalada ssp. coastal sage. However, along the Talega-Escondido transmission consanpf wa), and California sagebrush (4rtemisia e !ifamia2). line, both coastal sage and chaparral vegetation will exist, the chaparral should cotsnence 7-1/2 miles east of the Talega substation, on the vestern border of the site approximately 3 acres are deeply eroded ravines having nearly vertical walls. The upper layers of where the elevation exceeds 1000 f t. This area has been shown on vegetation maps as chaparral type.28 Osastal sage and chaparral the ravines are composed of alluvial soils which support a sparse have been descri' ad above. N
2-26 2-27 Taben 11 Vascutw nors of the San Onorve ette' 4 arranged alphabeelcaBy by menee") Tobis 2 4. Fkwa et tem eins ,sbed ames*6 Coatmon name $denefic asme Frequency' Ambtyopappes AmetropappespasiEas H.and A. Annumiice plant Afesembryearkemum ==AffenwnL Anoyo *1Dow Jaus cf Asandepse Benth. Tree toteces y Amplez _ ' as R BR. Assuahme saltbush Catsfornh angebreak y Duech bur Ambrosas C . dr ilms.: Gemene Beach amitbush A 8Piples lesorq*ySe (Moq ) D. Detr By grtadehe Grandens so6esas Nett. var roomses Califanna andemed g Bud o4oot u=foli Loses seeparder (Nott in T. and G.)Ottley was stepmus Robust verwets g Bisck mesa,4 sessmee narie L Biert ease Saf*es moretfhe Greene Aamunis Bladderyod faowearsar6eres Nutt Cat fonna bricketim aw*e#= costrar=km (T and G3 Gesy a_ m A Morens basckeneet E- f
^
Benth asp fssedendrasm y p **#***d Ta5 see " F 4.,',,,m",,,ggjg,=dras
, . (Mag ) tank c, gig,,,,, ,,,,,4 f *"** ' ^"**""
Aumeratas ok y Raresses . _ .is L Castes tema MM phet . p Omsstal backwheat Erwgonuni persefbnum Sm. in Rest Crysaises phas F Esadasm spinasehne L var. essesdcase tMiR.) T and G. Cacthbot I r' carethrogyne Caredstwyer fDagentfnes (H. and A.) Nott. Var stigata (SouthJ B Gr Fontas chees 3 g_ p,, ay g ,, % D 3 Coyees brush sorcherir piadore DC. sg. - (DCJ C. B. Dolf C* M 1 Oystal m:e plana Mesem6ryserhemum ayr - .L andwh y Chdeoed GaereaName biocolar Bsoletti I Carty dad,yeBoe dock Rommes crispus L Californen pigweed a 8'omas em6 ens L FoxuS chees Nghtshade a p,,g,,,,,,,,g,,,,n, g - au bravalens A. Davida. Goldenbrush Napiqpappas yceerms (HBK ) BIske esp. . - (Nott.) Rs3
. Whem Cahfornsa Edesoe Conrpeny and San Deego Gas & Ebetric fee plant Afcermbryanskeseum cA#enar Mot
- . See Duofte hucdear Ceareenar Sasfion (/mirr 2 end 3 supptemen, so 3,ny,,,,,,g penne neeredosdre A. DC.
' I"****'r*8'I #88"8pt. Gastrurrdon PWrmir Sarse. eat t.Sece. 2 7 3. bomonade berry Rhas sesesnfbas (Neft.) Beach and Hool Dodet Nos. S4361 and SS342.asemed Dec. 22.19?t. gg,,,c , ,,, cne apaga,,,e asebrosdoddre L
. Mas acerntific names meTabh 21 New Zeniand opensch Temqosua expe== Mure.
*Fmruenct: Nghtshade Sodemeuse doegiend Donal he DC A = ob==d= (occurs thseighoes the aves) Pbrper noe Sc48erc aso#e L F = frequest (found se 7 to 20 emmping seations) Pickleweed. perenmal emitwert. nmeagram. Jahremede serpedro L I = befrestunne (found at 3 to 6 ammpiens stations) woody gleswort R = rue (found at I to 2 anspike seattone) Pbe cloves. alfueria Erodtum ekwmura,= (L) L14er Pnctly peer Opueru irrsormia (Enseim.) Cackerell war. airsoreNr Quaa brush Ampdra fronfbrais (TortJ Wats. sp. W Mets 4 HmB and Case.
Red 4 ash monkey flower Ansessius penscums (Nett) SM. Sett grass DussdrAdr spicom (L) Gemene Yes. saodonejken Beetle
$sne aperry, marine send spurry Sperguime memes (L ) Grueb.
Sand verbenn Abemede usefrims Nott. en tats. Scarlet pompernet comsmos pompernet Amaralhs arvetsfr L See bum sos.ss anfa,ece net .es.p.6escear sep Sea socket,maritsras see sectet Q&Ae misernnes Scop. Seep wtBow 6 Sarchere 3 ssemose Pers. Soft chess 8sonous esoam L Robust verwusa l'erecis so6mses Gseene Rasman tlusste Sainoispesrefese A Nels Storksbia Eneinem baseva (Ca= ) Berect hh
. ~ _ . , _ . .m.m.m_ .m ....-_.._.___.._m.._._m._,. _ ~.mm_m=__ .._ _ _ m_ m. _ .. _ .m _ _ _ _ .... _ _ _ m. _ __ _ m._ .__ _
2 23 2-29 1 Yebte 2.3 damtmuod) Aninals ~ comma same saccur.c e N#mpafa wm m s' e number of species of animals found on the San Onof re site is Sarf s a.ren re nsi re,, , g_ rather restricted. Table 2.3 lists traces of animals that inhabit Tali a.phano ee s., peon , m yyu s in. .., p. or frequent the site. The Camp Pendleten Marine base, which occupies I Yarmd Ne=nroas katidew itt i f .ad c. about 196 sq miles and encloses the landward side of the site, has Twape need #ct oAces r=adiporw Natt
- a variety of martmal species and, to a certain extent, serves as 3 C'"***""""*"' a wild 11'fe reserve. Table 2.6 lists the species of mamals that have uud berte,
, ( j"" ranges which include the Camp Pendleton area. Although some movement so,4,.m % tma of animals from the marine base to the San Onof re site probably occurs, r udd esstard. Chame manard. near sensars er maree s ta re Histh way 1-5 is a barrier to their free migration. .
a.u+tard ! "d**" d "** *** L I Table 2.3 lists the reptiles found on the San ormf re site and Table 2.7 list s some amphibians and reptiles whose ranges include
'some sombern C-idoe in Os company and s.. Diese c a uccever co nps ,.sr.<xo., wri, , ***
Geneumu Soetwo t *mes 2snd J. SuWromt to Awwaars Lavaanm, mat Repau. comsrucem remuu ss.w. i =d ( sect 17 A Dmtec h. 5S36i =d so361.asued Dec 22. ie7t, Sixteen of the 55 mamals listed in Table 2.623.,a_L, and 14 of the 45 i
*see Appendi= 21 fue nre cme t of p se. by pia.i farem. herps listed in Table 2.72 b2% 30,33-37 are restric ted to a single type of habitat. hs, they would be mst sensitive to habit at alteration.
I h est corimon birds found in the di f ferent habitats on the San Onof te site are listed in Table 2.3.M Table 2.8 lists the migratory-bird-census count taken at Santa Margarita Pstuary about 12 miles southeast of the site during the sinumer of 1971. A total of 58 a species of birds were sighted. huong the1n were several mtables i including the Peregrine falcon (an endangered species) and several species that were beyond their nortnal rance: white-winged dove (sumer breeder in desert arean). Lewis woodpecker (high-tm>untain resident), and an immature little blue heron normally found f ar down the Baja California peninsula in Mexico. Two endangered species of birds now inhabit Camp Pmdleton ; the Califo rnia least tern and the southern bald eagle. Tabl e 2.9 b 3 0. 33-% ,3 9 lists nesting bird species whose ranges include the Camp Pendleton area. Of these species, 38 occur in the coastal-sage chaparral conuminities, 51 in' the grasslands. 6 on the seastore, and 8 on the coastal bluffs and ravines. Of the 38 species that nest in the coastal-sage (.haparral comunities, 15 are peculiar to these comunities in southern California one prefers coastal sage, and nine pre fe r chaparral.2b b " Table 2.102 h n,n-35 list s those species of birds that might be found around human habitation , in the San Onofre area. Corresponding mammals are listed in Table i 2.6. The nost comon characteristic invertebrates found along the coastal strand in the vicinity of San Onofre are sand crabs, rove . beetles, tiger beetles, beach amphipods or " fleas", and square- ! spotted blue butterfly. In the coastal scrub, comm inve r teb ra tes I i i k bb
... - _m . . =_. .- . .m. . . _ _ e _ . . . ..m_.-_. . . _ .
Tatie M. Mesmanols ehuse tang m.atiues the $na Omurre assa' teessaged by nebeasse*) 541swesee t reiheneer Coenat Blulls
$sentsfer assne Common name Riperaen ( easest seed tomentends Cheperral L/shan R us4i 1 reeners j l
Rossess Prrammemur meesuvisstes Dese miew a a a e ' a ('arr#us brecri Califerans ssoused assusseet a s s a Hirerster nehArrians ( shforme ease a e ' Mus sensawks Hauw musee a e n
#deswe earwettrars Noewet *r a a {
forugnerhut vekturneos a Cahtonese pmkee asustee n a s fusemos maresent Mesnam's shipnwat e a AeL8tOHGs MM M DIBthW lOGEfd #9013789 4 5 perognathur te/dse $4e Dugo poskei muew
= =
l3prsIAdf8Ip3 agrJff Postfh' kaqstge fat & R PffEMfu rdsis) fah/f>P8pfstif (aillOtete Stoaste % B thpodiame, hearwinmar Heermann = 4wagereo set
= a asians sein,s pisck est
= a Fbasisessert earnere Valley pustet gs gedies a a Mf0f0Nue IrpeM D9 test Desidtaf 2 AssstranAmsomre one,#ersy teste,n harvees moisee a
Penmesure kselse $ ruth nuevet Pweser, arse preputssa a N (46tuo mrassie PWmeryerws fewes Panon e6over a a h Cr Bass Pfppfis/4ss Artperns Wettres pepaattetir n e a Fadnesse sae bis free'a4. led bei s a a Aptasa ht fberus flig brotta bat s 4 9 Myosts psites 8 ong esasd m,iesas e i e Mwaffds DIHsMsWI $ men 640 led Ahntet E 4 8 44(3 Art.4st pd#aRIb4 Idlliql thed 4 % (hest #t#ff yf fern supAksste Hiisneste has it t l'adryanuthicept sitsbedfspell %elleen big varesl bet S A immopt pemons ucsrero mandsl7 6sa a a AfstfpAld$ ttphfar81st48 L.8afnOge bat 4 A
$8 Weit $ iWIIfdP4fE &# (4hheffHe Alyttist Arneses be4A,pise 5 1 Leerse hausse be a a Muuhs tAismeArt f ungef stols.
Mrosas sndem *
- inng eresed io, vies Mt'uf ff9 Fff 8pInsI#454 a i
% = Rte llagout 9 4 A
u u .s,.o ed, j _ . - - _ _ . . _ .. u.e,. i es ,... . r roa *""' n ,p., ,, co S st AftIn narStr i ( tattiftH-st 18490er and f 'p t.ejegry,gy Ugtygg g gg4) plgef uja Ir mart lI 64tJD4l W4F.'4El= bage
,.u... -u - . - - _
. . - . . - _ . . - - - .-..- _ftp Edwi
_ - ---. .. . . . . - ~ . - . . - I hhh $$'00N s'5h de h$$'hJ0bd h.8$ % $ j l d3f6dM'I $'We'e3'f% Efd b40 & I dleert5 t heNfu Iltkap) ltJ1 9 last% teetsson 4 $ arpagnJeg Ishingts psv.NB leisti,d HMe$r Lirra sar.wri.: (sin..si <hsra i ] , , . .e.r > r,s. (...,.-. s. niassiopeta [hridffet.tB fradF5drjeesssi *
- 06sa**esial Lapanerphs f rpses i chersue u e #64.k Iarid p.m 6 t##ut = t
.I,h ddrit4 h ih88'f 8N Bf ted tablHI A a .i..,ui s, *,. , .,, n , . .u,,u i , u r 4 t
!aet W ea thir'etaffews heerspoets lielf dro e
( senseusea Wernun mesaster Sery=d dont s a s Spehgele es Jhs pe,nes % egon , poised 4.nh , e a FS4f 5 Is&d8tp 9 % ( Ot $54e Ph*t evade halppf A as t tend 4 Teamka JWam# #4dger Aatasessias sedwaare R,ogi ant 8ff43 foofervisir Mounseen 6reet i s-us eastan 8<Ms Mun<4 frasene 1ong tested eraset E-884 P8'89 $f fiMPth*WWftfPp.T bf dT It'$
-.,y.- . . .
+--.ew# - . ~ . . ~~
OEMNO $h
% e appeims,i J li e etimais< meet =8 *Pe in bi fam'le**
_ - a - 5 4 e
) Iaben 2.7 Heeps taniplubesas and septisms) whuse eenges erheds elee San Onofee erus'(arenaged by habasete*,
4 d' 98uffe 1 kornsdis name ( omsnon frasew
$418 watts Feeshesist (esesal Repassaa Conseal
,,,, , , , , , , , and ,
(,e s estanila (.hspernel Orhan R eval A usennes 4
, Frugs and Taed.
Af Fh Gre#d0 dIfW b4MyoS $ fee lfUg a n
#rde regeus passfa ques frog a a
&, , . 4emmondss Hsmmond spadefoot a n Sw/o turews sep Aplopedue tapern load a Asseawrens esp &wvtime Red-segged four s Asur esteseeseses BuNfsus e 1,
aufo marosespear Saulhoenese hsed n } wp catt{nenores Balamandern h A=eader Asse,6,se esp Atlposeal asismandef 4 s e a a hegubres i Sartswerseeps arsensiasse Risulheen eiendet t a .} nap deusropsis sessesuder Setser'hosere sfirmaerst Casdra esaansandet s d Stp slushbr a i IMfw8tr8 80rtuart (4lifornsa neet t y 4 d esstsee certarsa##dtrif Red salamaaJee, g 8 Oseg'en anismataler i , Twism Cererm , paofk bisserfwad tustle a n y 1sp geges Clemarys mesem=#w#s $nu thesa f 4hfuesse s g esp pallade pond estrede $ Laseds farmwtophoress (Jiange throesed a a k' hopervehous op brhimes resenunnee a formeefoperwins terwtures neuern seineitased n 4 a esp assreepert te stuness I ) 3rydepurks ureatests/as tettssa frase Istard I a a esp essereriws Ger. ' - me.ismarusses.s $4a Dwgo aslagnene a a selP9'ahA4 lsedsd (!m stearseasrwe, weSeetn g#ound was a 6 esp 4espears l 'f 4 i a T abee 17 tomtenuest Stufb 1.senadh name ( mwamn name Eehmater Freshestre L asst 44 R tptinesi ( pastal mment matSh st:4ad end (ef asdand. i .haparr al ithe R usal moede sage 3 Asemen es sad /srusw er, Scorin dsnh g n emuelto pah ksw betweep itavneo lussd a wp perds Asp ( swame> s reesesutus bettgated ground gr. ko n pruyman,aw owisswrum La Dwgv horned haard 4 1 ssp himmeelhe hashen J e eseause essecuhen a (ebiutata boa 4 t t t
- i
.P ,g-a,n e l (n>#sdue einher ng ember Red lisaniemd s.sellemde n i e 4 a
- s (ofwhee rnertfro nts Setersc etikte bellsed 1 e 1 e 1 L ssp sennmue es te
, lesrepropefra getuist Sovie s Amg and asik n a e a a up reiffurgasr awac. IBendesi tovh phaset Idaspro#wisa gereers (steforeu hmg and ottin e e t t t , sap assetiasmase tessiped estdes N sehfwaar phdiet I
, t.iJ
('fsstedsas pernhs sep laulhess pe.Lfk i a e n
- AeWere estilemde i pasmapAo rescaller ser he (seepen pop 4wt ende s a t *
, sneer vens Dumf* fan emee&du ,$p Lot Ansetes ting nest s a e a spladrts6pl enabf APd Sea isesmes dine t'ng-seshed snahe i Omdapan oms &do up 5,e Isagen enig ass k snake s e a t kmds l and neuthsta f shfuerus i , steg at.4ed ende i Astrises viesem esp Eeiseen taled inske a a s e darvatensens and fanal inde i Afette12p4fp Mme I.ed Bedt er 9 4 4 4 see pavens t/nemerus eeswim whip ende os ved phews i epfsptp4&sps heestdse asp t'(stern enwes soebe e a e hereaks isemmnade
#4emartedes Jeepa#es Lc sqt sooned inde os s a i sep fasmeter L et onse's sube
,. . - - a -. , - - - - ~
Tatie 21 tvantarmed) 6 seih 4:et Compas " *
- 5. wards nasise (mme R genen C.49e imawe.ies . .i..
e, ..
,,,,,,,, .ase mesaropest Answeise Cahl unsa unped peer e e a i isp seresies et( ahternas taes N=masAn sarsedas l Passa seeret enske or u a t as/arsanfas Cahfonnu sed tensd parles snake .fs/vedrwe Asselspes (hepesral patsh enaed s i wp reste/fe snake of Pasif46 petsbaused snake Td=8dde ess**f l
( eidosaw imatdle or a e ser ersret tshforne blaon headed tabeke i i Trenecephuske seedes- feasfo#nas lyse snake ce t e aurs4d v4e Dereurgh's dyre estehe Neem >phit edrs==s Southsea ra#efornia sarres a sip Aasemmands sn.as os t eitfospra DJ sattes saate e C#efeerdd8 offd( Arift $3emheaf listflesetske et n ' isp pyrrese $<susin.coren speskied f 4f f hrtstehe fspassisss praiss Failm earliesnake 4 one nervsmane Nrpustrar fearverede Sea Dwpas syneerd 4 sep Assubres aght anake 8Soupes $es teor
*$ee Appendas J fut aprengesnest of sposars by farnshes.
I i
-H fO b
i l l l 1sbh 2 S. Map sturp tord venessof the $snes Wargarsee EMiesty88 _.._...__/*i6 fus se. .aeg a _4eg e Aug te Aug () Ang W M G 4ep is dee $m Sep Se_ @ e,e,so ,1J_ tset sa kee 4,0swe a _8dey (6 How Es we etonse osa e s i 6 s s a a a a e a 1 1 1 i_ i c t e. s s a.s n-eae ese. 6.e.em.t.o. s sesen teseas il e e 4 e s 6 30 M el se de W essee benen .. 4 i e po
.g. _
_ . , . _ . , . ,. ,. ,. ,. ,, . , . , ~ . . . _ _ 4 e
- e,... a, we e, e ao e n i s a r- .e. pie c, e t ei e si o e e i es n s it-a ce.e.a e=e e e s a e e 3$ u t a t a e e i e e Es***.====en_.-...g.. ~ 6- n '~ ' n 'D~ 0 -~ h f'N -h' - M ~~ h ~~d' 7 ' 7 '
me s eue sue a s a e 4 s 1 s h.=e== n a l=.= re nghi a as as sa se e at so a se a a : a e n== A a, wee ~ _ - . .g - __g_--.,s_. 7.. i .lg a.a wwee I s 6== s a 1 s i I I i i i 3 e e G.omesem C es Anwruns eenneen-Ss--M He . . se . go .. les ses .. sta , Sie less . sede .1989 . See 1180s .t.sese H, eep.. the .eles . . 9 P1.use en.wy as H si 14 p al t se e j s a E ttemmer et as se set si is is is to to is 11 e e to l'i l is N H
._.e.__._._..'.' _ .ais .
Pl 8 es es el 61 le 3 1 7 s As a.sser sg. e .s.as.s& te hee. _,. -... _ ._-. p .., .. . _ . - .
=======
^
s f is u as 4 3 4 1 i asettes 1 6 1 i e sha._ se se se so w e is is se e u u is e e se e is PJ
. 88. .- sa _ i . _ m ,_ __ s_ _ _ _ se _ e__.si,,__i. _ s _ L _ e, J _ 1_._tt 3
{**"s f **' ._.__ -. _ 4. _ 4 so-aegee , wess V s^ ^een 3 e e e S a e s i.,.r. t.ossem
=s ses suo tus.,_ L es . , ,_at is _ et_. . n a s6 LL,_ s _._ as . .. m ,_ jss _ *e Imee.- a se m # es eh=enaise as se to is si e ses an ei w e s e e is e o e meme e is e is us ami we u es es as es es is s en Desse H 1e Ff e as PT a 3 e e 1 to 11 l J1 sa Lee.sebes.name w. _ ,he.. . . _4 H s.. ._ is' _,le ,. .a.1 a 3 . s_i _ , s. e ._ e. __ g ,, . . y _ - ,e .. a ... 7.
i e as set es se as si si si to u as e is te ss so a sia..a.t em .e=.=enes w ee .e es a s Pwanees moewuns an su see er se no as as e a a gy*"".- _ p__j_ ist
-.7._7.._7 g . ) _ . g . y . . . , . . , __ . _. . . .- y.-
a e e r,.ni r,em me,=.e t ns se i e se a e a w e==s man e e is es as u as is ta es a es a m se # p a w- a,s e. .g u ._._. u .._ u.. y, 7 _y _ g ._ g . .. . 7. g an eam sh heese 6 esmessener 9 t se gas Ms es ses se es M se se i se 51 es la le es som emenme's
- se se M pe ese se 93 se a e a I 3 gg term even.
. } J86._ "s _ _88.._
e _ ,a ,, , u _ e ,,g_ _ _ _ , , , , _ _
,,_p, g .,
(== y at a a as sg se et is j s 6 s
*ne emeermesene ses sinenend be a5 Osteerse fasessrussesse of Neesse Assenspeen Aansas aspeed, 48.4 Montes forse Base. Camp Pesidesas. ( eHt.1911
i ' ' ,, i) L , i '
- I 5 vh A
4 4 4 1? u '#" 4 I
- j ;'
= = e dn
- nu n
- a t l1III* II2 5 I4I2
,dau +
- Re
~
- i15F s
D' - W l a t s. a g 1I 7
+
3
~
w C. o
- 2 1
+ 2
] 211t1? 1BtiiI2I11I2 I22Ii1iIII1
+ eG,
- 1 9
8' + su M ie . s n
=
h m w a s u rs e s u ts ari r-- W w n e- m u. r s e c s m w ** a w' s p e s uc e=e w "5e* t e 4 p e& r
'~
* - ==
r e s
** n =s"* h' p *" $
u
- e. r e
w r o 4 r s e idc s v_eua as h 8' se 4,
- s o e ohe s
- tsI n we r. e s -ka e s * ' ==
r s 8 a c e c e 9 h' e h c 3c, sva =s m stswe rsW 8 n A" '"' e m a pa _ n: se r Wesw s e c e 8 waeir M e m'='@y"de "
- n. t s a rpd r r
*ac '
n = scr r = *p e m A m er " *** w e o res e ea as D - r m arm" s' s eN*s a
- s s e . a
- rs p - m r su%sfenes se 8" 4 gt re'P='
#' rs 8*. "ts - e e #' s u,
r rg
- sear n * 'P s
u.ee eym a e
*h :m.
me e us rh se e ' a ( a ss p= wew #"*=* w8 t s ed e r wArhe e8 sap prmi s nosue p e s s a
- eu o N* '" * 'P
- 58ea ser6 e s= s.esA P=r oe -
- es =
o e ** re'm " s c a mr a s i Wes ea ep y de *8' h w efehid ses etruts - n'A v 8 s8 se rte*'d" emo mievr =A 'v e '* a.*" r* ** n '# da r e Aeno n e ,e.*a j v4e4 4 ss w6 e 4 u sy* *
- a ern,. !a E"'aO*f
+44* * "C *C Y "k*#a S
h r I '*Nm*hOM%B%eR e
*f y
r r s nw~S . ra h 8'r ea eP4eh
*
- M*5*#S
- T # % *5 ss *M w *r
- 4 d'* A
= ' R ** C C (~ C r
O' m *PNsh*'*Nwe r s lo*C' (E r t s h . y43 gg3g24g3)}53 223gg 3333 g 14234242322 _ W 1 ( 3 4 ggggl42 23gg33ge3 fg41
=
f u "8* n
- 8*
"d a
1 38 2 g149e)5g l 25223443234t,416} tm '** a S
- s a
. y d em o n, a ,
, 6 t 112223 m
h e b ,, se d n a 6 3 e e s r
*d
C" 4 4 6 3
- 'W 2 =
g r n e e v ts g e 242 - 213231'tg2 22aIl321 en eu ss e F aes r a e es ne s m 435 3334j2) 32g e _ o em 5 g 9 2 e _ t h s T e e re** s s e rs
=
u w ru sa ma s he*c s A -
- i n
i es e s wa
-w epa et
_t - ep e r e ei e
, e 3 se m- s as _ kekie es e em _p,,
_ s r _ g 4s m_es er _ s . ed wrb=ss e r e sd _ rsse s e .ace s A. e - 4d r m a i m, e, a
/r h= e e= a .- =* '-_ rne ep s r e v e v, r ep aw _ a, wuas s or bsee aer re r - ,
snn ru,s -.f,, . ro n e v. e __ mr mcrt e ee ramww e e wmd
. mes s y
. r c
s er 3 a_ n u , n u . _ sk ,, c m eran e u 8 ene e e; , v< t ,aa m _ ms er - e . g rdmmAm s c ne Per e s s, e e ,se d paep _ es _ ou ns es mb . ry b sl _ le l _dn ra ds ., .- . rer s a. e _bs e m ru e_pr fsu, e sk n s aeei , m u^_a r d_ m e *r et. p "w e oo nsmeJea , ar a ee- & e n as. re e eas ef eas e, _a a4
- hcd r e* "e. -
u ee m . 8msef a _ e
- sad w^_mrr sep
~
ires- teme u" s pg^_e r edraE. sm. y c u _1s8 w 8e r n 4 v a _ sdb a Fr 4 m h .".w=esep nrda kl aar ms i
=
Fp-_ eh s r- e u 4 _e C
- 2 *O O 7 3 3 M
- m T A A D G %. rene er p e yR r -g e u ee LCry^
. p h a-s-_
pyi 4 *t7F O 9' '9 as _ _p ies eh A o. 4C *L T T r
- F. P5T*
* *'t* G* *
- NR2SaJ7AMPP
* ;4 l1i j '
'ilII11i ![lj!ldN l fili!!1HI I I l' Hi n
, 1
>Illinin!!!il}n!il l
s, mmIm!. mn!I = l ! l { l I J j ,
..'1,l31 .lj]_] .
2
]
_______ _.___ j
}
y _ _ - . - - l Ill f ' 2 : 11
- 1, 1.
l il Ii ,
!d llll1li!!!llNl.III!!llll1b
2-40 2-41 include ringlet, commm checkerspet, bramble hairstreak, and morman metalmark butterflies. The chapparral types include such species as over sand grains and serve as food for grazing foraminifera and ceanothus sllk moth; gray hairstreak, hedge-row hairstreak, arota for various other sand fauna."3 *H This special habitat is found copper and callippe fritillary butterflies; flat-head borer beetle; on littoral sandy beaches and includes horizontal layering of and California timema mantid. n blue green algae, purple bacter blackened by iron sulfides."" "ga, and a thick bottom layer 2.8.2 Aquatic Ecology The staff has assumed the San Onofre littoral microflora and Littoral (Intertidal) Biota bacteria vill include the following: Blue-green genera are repre-seated by Micmcystis, Gloeccarsa, Qu'occoccus, Merismpedia, The shore at San Onofre is a sandy beach with interspersed regions d #0dW M2a M C#"Cs DMi N
- M* "gPya,"8*Miemooleus, and hydmcoleus.4]7' 9 The pre- 080illdf0 Fide of cobble rock. The insbore areas (areas less than 15 ft deep) are generally tearse yellow sand, whereas further of fshore the dominant purple bacteria are Thicpedia maa2 and Larfrocystia mse2-sea floor is a grey sand or sandy mud with occasional patches of perstetna. They all are cosmopolitan. Most species of microscopic cobble rock. The ocean floor slopes gently seaward to a depth of phytoplankton, bacteria, and blue-green algae have extensive geographic 40 ft abeut 2500 yd offshore.so dis tributions. They readily form resistant cells (e.g., akinetes) and are well adapted to various dispersal vectors (e.g., wind, water.
The action of waves and the regular and relatively rapid changes birds). Thus, species of any of these genera might be found at in temperature and i' light intensity influence the seemingly San Ono he. lifeless appearance of the sandy beach at low gide. No large stable substrata for attachment of holdfasts of benthic algae exist, The littoral diatom flora is a very dynamic comunity of vertically and thus no protection exists for the invertebrate fauna characteris. migrating organisms."8 They exhibit very distinct diurnal vertical tically associated with both the attached algae and the lithic migrations in the sand and are known to disappear (migrate down-substratum. Life at the intertidal zone naist seek shelter in the ward) when covered by the tide and then, if the light intensity is moist sand or must egress with the ebbing tide. sufficient, to reappear about 2 hr after low tide. 9'M Although greatest numbers of species and individuals are usually associated Flora with small-grained sediments, attached species of Ach-rtnthes, Cocooneis, and Coccinodiscus have been found on coarse sand in The primary producers of the sandy beach are fragments of benthic La J lla Cove."9 During stable periods at La Jolla Beach (about 40 algal species that are washed ashore, plankton that filter into miles downcoast from San Onofre), motile species of Nantaschia and the sand, filamentous blue-green algae, and littoral diatoms. Nitsschta (diatoms) rendered a brownish coloration to the aand. The seaweeds are ephemeral (lasting a short time, e.g., one day), Ephemeral areas of pigmented (photosynthetic) and colorless and their presence is determined by tides, upwellings, currents. (heterotrophic) dinoflagellates and euglenoids are also present life histories of the particular species, and of' ire physical nt san 4 ades . and biological activities responsible for det- of the algae. Often, they do not represent the reg' ara. The sandy-beach and littoral microflora is somewhat more compli-cated than might be expected; it includes the relatively stable Each new wave will carry ashore many species hytoplankton, blue-greens, the standing populations of mottle diatoms, and the with diatoms and dinoflagellates usually pres nt. Many locally ceasi nal dinoflagellate and euglenoid blooms, together with interspersed and underlying bacteria. This layer cf microbial occurring neritic (relating to shallow coastal water) plankters life is relatively thin from sand surface to t1m deepest-lying may be found in the sand. bacteria but is common to sandy beaches throughout the world. Blue-green algae inc rp rate atmospheric nitrogen,1 berate substan-Sandy beaches have a distinct and relatively stable algal flora.41,42 only a few millimeters below the sand surf ace, micro- a amants of soWe nitrogenas substances, and serve as scopic coccoid and filamentous blue-green algse form a thin film M
t t 2-42 2-43 animal food supply. The lower bacterial layer decomposes the spent blue-green cells. eineralizes substances, and returns to Sublittoral Biota the sea numerous life-supporting compounds. Benthic Flora 4 Rocky shores generally support the most varied and most luxurious littoral algal communities. The cobble rock at San Onofre serves The sublittoral benthic flora of f the coast of southern California as substratum for at least 29 benthic species of green, red, and is dominated by the giant kelp. M2cacoystis prifcP2. Thalli (stalks) brown algae (Chlorephycace, Fhodoph iesce, and Thaeophyceae, of this, the world's largest plant, may reach lengths of 200 m and respectively). Most of these species are low-growing filamentous grow f rom depths as great as 40 m. The massive holdfasts usually and foliose (resembling a leaf) reds and browns and lime-encrusting grow on bedrock but are known to also grw from cobble rock and corraline red algae. Appendia 2.2 summartres the intertidal living abalone shells. Appendix 2.3 summartres the diversity of sea-macroflora. weeds associated with kelp beds in the San Onof re region.55 The major brown-algal constituents of southern-California kelp beh are: A2m
?
Fauna fidriat;rr, La-inaria fariwii, &"c^ustis pydfem, Feugycun porm, Egregia laevigata, Eisenia arbc=ea, and Fte*yyphore The environment of intertidal sand-dwelling fauna may be very dif- ealifm:iaz. 56. 5 7 Additional information is available in an account , ferent from that of superposed microscopic algae. Those organisms of the ecologynormally of less-conspicuous turf-forming sgecies (the that live in the sand, as either permanent residents or transients Partesiltese) associated with kelp beds. 8 awaiting high tide, usually experience minimal environmental change. Sublittoral benthic microcomunities of algae. fungi. bacteria. The fluctuaticns in temperature, salinity, and light intensity that and microfauna (e.g.. resident invertebrate benthos, eggs, and are conanon to rocky shores and tc the sand surface generally are l not experienced in these subsurface (i.e.. below a depth of 10 nm) other sedentary phases of meroplankton and nekton) are normally sand communities.52.53 Although at midday the surface temperature found in sand, mud, and cobble-rock substrata. Diatoms, blue- s of the sand may be 28F* (10C*) higher than that of the returning green algae, and bacteria are found in bottom deposits; many seawater, the temperature a few inches below will remain nearly macroscopic attached algae support epiphytic (lising nn the surface constant throughout the day. " Likewise, fluctustion in salinity of a plant) and endophytic (living within a plant) filamentous red will be minimal, even when freshwater may run over the exposed sand and green algae; and mollusk shells may be foted with internal and surface. external growths of diatoms and of blue-green, green, red, brown and golden-brown algae The microscopic attached algae photosynthestre The fauna at Sam Onofre is typical of that of southern California and thereby aid in reoxygenation of neritic waters and produce organic sand beaches; it includes: the polychaete annelid Gephthya matter for bottom-dwelling herbivores. Unicellular and filamentous califomiensis), the bean clam (Donar putalii), the sand crab marine fungi and the bacteria found in bottom sediments" aid in (E+rita analoga), and the Pismo clam (Fitula atuitorwr)."8 Sur- hydrolysis and in remineralization of dead fauna and flera.w61 veys at the cobble reef have shown a much more varied biota than i
- that of the sand beaches: many mollusks (45 species). arthropods Benthic Fauna (19 species), and polychaete annelids (16 species) (Appendix 2.2).
The 5 t o2.12.g' 10 m ee ) of a covesand-bottom epifauna at La Jolla is shown in in shallow wate{2(and Tables 2.11 able 2.11 Fauna collected within sampling areas at San Onofre indicated the shows the relative abundance of nine dominant species, and following: snails (gastropods), hermit crabs, and sea urchins or Table 2.12 gives the epif aunal species recorded for the area in sea stars exposed on cobble rock; small crabs (e.g., Petmlistuea the period 195h63. Benthic animal communities are uniform over ericcurrus). chitons, and brittle stars just beneath the cobble; wide geographical areas;6W this homogeneity has been observed and clams (pelycepods) and polychaete worms in sand-cobble substrata along the southern-California coast.65 For this reasen, the data to depths of 15 ca. the sampling limit.*8 shown in Tables 2.11 and 2.12 are considered to be representative of communities M the san onofre area. i e t
.. . . , . .- . ~ - - -. .= . . _ - - . . .n . . _ . - .
I i i I i-g' i i y f I l I ! 7 E j
]
, 1 i l i 11 1 j g
- ! o!3 5 ,
} . kj .
I s [ I !- j
! ll!Ik!,'iul!!lll_
niniald n siilmiin!!s!!jli a ii
!,!1 !
r a ch j i 2 $ l 1 i l 1 I h I sa:!!hhhh!5l$f
~ -:su ==- ~t, p oall 3 - - :
I f I EEis**.*** f!$$ i 4 ! J 5
.I e-lj i {r
{ :1 1 . i~ ll !ljIh 'll 1 ! Ihj)llj}l y!,gi -
-11ny!}l}}!<!Illi
!il 4
I
+-- --
__. m - . - ._ 2-46 2-47 Benthic samples from sand and sandy-aud substrata at San Onofre Taw 2 63. Eamomedy imponnat eemsucenassomad =*mm eba.i include macrofauna typical of southern California: sea enemnes, 8 =d' d 5aa tda sea stars, the heart urchin (Towric cordifbr=is), and the white sea urchin (Ljf teeMmes ettmesms). A mire-luxurious fauna is found _ . ,
- in cobble-rock regions. Various sponges, enidarians, polychaete (,,3xe, c,,,,,,,,,,,, ,
J annelids, ectoprocts. crustaceans. milusks. echinoderms, and omb. penauw ,ed ripoecades pamures ascidians are recorded from sampitag stations near San Onc*re. Cr*6. =* Cow" u '
'*'"d Offshore cobble reefs are considered to be the mat productive g ,, '*'",*
in southern California (i.e., south of Point Conception) for reah, yesoe mk erade (sie<w prodi.cris littleneck clams ( Wt sther efeinea), clip nemeles (Scraa te womp, s., c.,, p.,, n,,,,m ; dec-isa) , and sunset clams (Czr i dzlifbr*:im) ." Appendix 2.4 shnmp. ber Ouro *u'icande is a list of benthic sublittoral macroflora and ascrofauna s% ts, onee=e wwsses collected in April 1969. P '"*E **N"'*"' 5""a*np*shom shr . (damssm enbem Shrump gned Cdapeeses refrAwimrases Marine Resources stem p. shone casa =esar riest shnep. areas ro*Mus pdew Crustaceans ** '"88' M f"""""*"*"" Ptawa, spot Ftramidse pistweror Table 2.13 lists the economically important invertebrates whose ranges include the vicinity (about 1 mile) of San Onofre.66 so.rce; u. w F y. c.nfamm s n.ne es s se ne.;.,res end Thee nwrim. Although figures f or the southern Calif ornia area are not available, tw rahror is Depnetment ar fish a.a came, R o.inces asency. n971 the crustacea (and mollusk) bait industry in California generates over
$200,000 in annual income to bait dealers. The State-wide market-crab
. harvest provides $1.7 to 3.6 million annual 1 resource generates about 5300,000 annually.64 and the spiny lobster Mollusks Mollusk resources in the vicinity of San Onofre include numerous % 2,H Easseosnrasy mupansmi nesuuks imad withan clams, some abalone, and squid. Clam species of major importance abu.e s mon et ssa oaorm are Pismo, gaper Washington, and littleneck. In 1968, the State-C********"* * * * * *
- wide California mollusk resources contributed nearly $2 million to commercial fishermen.'** Table 2.14 lista commercially important 3% ng,,,,,,, ,p, mollusks whose ranges include the San Onof re region." cam bend 4hiese G==r eshfamseems Osasi.ssenoth cbsons Oscar Jfuefifhtfo Kelp and Red Algae U***"7'b'""' O*""***
Gsen, sneer Tsesus nortsmE Gam.Pitmo Timees sradawman Kelp has been harvested in California waters since 1910,48 Along ,g,,, g g,,, 5,,g.,,,,,,,,,,,,,s the California coast. 74 designated help beds (av area,1 sq mile o.m. s.p.m hw rap sc des == each) now exist.03 Products of commercial value which may be amin.consheded hter==k Phworksce s*** rase ' O*" mews.s nianiert w r==eais extracted from help include iodine, potash, food additives, and 3*"8 #8' " alginic acid. The annual California harvest exceeds 100.000 set tons and is worth over SL million.69 The lobster, abalone, and 3,,,,g,,,,,,c,3,,,,,,,g,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, fish that associate in holdfasts, stipes, and floating kelp mats rhew t reezer rantars. Department as tah and come. Remeasure Agency.1971 ,
2-48 2-49 rahte 2 i$. reitecos chearwed shug the Calironne coast extend the economic value of kelp. The two concertrations of common eame soennre man. N crocystis pyrifera nearest the Station are the San Mateo bed (3 miles north) and the Barn bed (6 miles south). M M*'"' commonws.no ocran==*esame seem The red algae (agarophytes) have long been cf economic importance Leas +enhed siense e=,4ravae for the preparation of such materials as agar-agar, food preserva- N*"*""*M8* L*"*'#**" tives, glue, waterproofing agents, components in pharmaceuticals. # and dried foods.66 Consnercially important species represented at ($ p c.n. ,n,,4 .n,,m 3 $ t,,,,,w..,*w oe, is, San Onofre include Pcrphym, Celidim, and Cig2rtimz. an cs Go am.sansew aoisb*oenee se=o emsear=ars Ancillary economic significance of kelp and agarophyte harvest is % realized directly by the State of California in privilege, royalty, and bed-leasing fees. The San Mateo and Barn kelp beds do not new ** *8 *"
, ,g,"""*
have great economic significance and are not being harvested. cg% ,,.y E.nerdrw m c c ti kee Ipher we80sMt Cetaces and Carnivora Off California Coast Fanne kaire Pse=*=== c= a8e=s Fmback or fim 3 sere =vecs74ymbs There are two suborders of Cetacea: the Odontoceti whales and the "'****** "*#"*** Mysticeti (baleen whales). The Odontoceti includes dolphins, beaked whale, sperm whale, and pygmy sperm whale. All have teeth and feed ((h t,ni. pa.4 , ,m,,me 1*""
- saw ,,,,, miin, m primarily on fishes and cephalopods (squid and octopuses) and hafk peo, croe.repn.h ==== oar occasionally on other marine mammals. The baleen whales include ha'k '** 8'6'"" 8'a'd* 8*****
the right whale, fin whale, and the California gray whale. They 8 *"P'"" 3 have no teeth but have instead sheets of a f ringed horney material g,,,, m,,,,,,,,g,, that hangs f rom their upper jaws and is used to filter the seawater for plankton and small nekten (mestly fish). Most Cetacea are not socce a E Dee=ty. warar womastr e/ Oid@an=_ cantor Doo.rt. selective in their feeding habits.71 a*at er M aad Game. R=*oatw' Ascar,. t 9es The sea otter (Fa irydra Zutris) formerly ranged as far south as Baja California; now, however, its principal distribution of f California is from Pacific Grove to Cambria, 250 miles north of San Onofre, with occasional sightings in recent years both to the north and to the south of this range.72,73 t!nder the protection of Federal law, the California sea otter is slowly increasing and gradually extending its range.7" Offshore kelp beds serve as T.6ae m. Car == ors ob==d isomsee cabrores cour habitat for the California sea otter. The sea otter's food consists c_ _ %,,,,,,,, i primarily of crabe (Cancer opp., Pugettaa producta), abalones (H2!iotus app.), various other mollusks (e.g., Mjrilus californicus, w no cantarma I son nw est@rasmas Tresus nuttalli), some bony fish, sea urchina (Strongylocentrotus ses h stenar Emawsopus phem 5"'"** "" spp.), and various other echinoderms.75 Table 2.15 and Table 2.16 'j list the Cetacea and marine Carnivora, respectively, observed along 3,g %,,,,,,,,, the California coast.7I $aan, nordure
- Ahshs) fw CsNeesuse waam seen, northern eisphant arrosase evnerroens Seet. bben Nerenopheare /ssrom Sawce A E. De= shorty. Meme Ms=me6 of Cartjbr==
Cahroree Deper* ment of Fish and Game, Resources Agency. 1965 h
i i 2-50 2-51 Plankton Table 2.17 is a species list of fish observed wittin 50 miles of Meritic (near-store) and pelagic (open-see) waters of f the coast the San Onofre site. The studies consulted",79-9 3 cover a period of muthern California contain abundant numbers and species of of unre than 60 years and thus gives data relevant for determining bacteria, phytoplankton, and zooplankton. These may be ept- the abundance and stability of the fish populations. Since no plankton, mesoplankton, or bathyplankton. Most apecies are holo- comprehensive long-term studies and few short-term studies have planktonic (true plankton), although some may be meroplanktonic been made in the immediate vicinity of the San onof re site, the (e.g., larvae and genetes of various invertebrates and reproduc- staff has chosen to consider reports that cover s milar habitats tive stages of benthic micro- and macrophytes that exist as true within a distance of 50 miles of the San Or.=f re site. In many Plankters durics only part of their lives) or tychoplanktonic instances, the studies included broad geographic regions. This (benthic organisms that are opportunistically carried from the course of action is believed to be necessary to an inclusive bottna or that have vertical diurnal migration into the pelagic assessment of the fish biota of the area. zones. Most coastal plankton inhabit depths of 200 meters or less, and most phytoplankton are found in the upper 40 to 50 meters.76 With few exceptions, the fish included in the list are considered eeasonal changes in the phytoplankton are effected primarily by to have connaercial or sports interest or aesthetic value or to the light and by the availability of nutrients. Along the southern contribute to the stability of the structure and function of the California coast, productivity is relatively low from September to ecological community. mid-January. A marked increase in the volume of standing phyto-plankton begins in January and reaches a peak in June, when light Point Conception, which is located 160 miles north of the Station intensity and coastal upwelling are near maxistun.77 Zooplankton site, is generally accepted as the southern range limit for cold-abmdance and production rate will vary according to the abundance water species of fish and the northern range limit for79warn >-water and production of phytoplankton.76 Calculations indicate that if species. Early in this century, Starks and Morris made inten-the. zooplankton derived all nut rition f rom phytoplankton, they sive studies to determine the marine fish of southern California, Collections were made by Starks at San Diego from Deceeer 20, 1902, would constane 54% of the average plant production. Crazing by zooplankton may le the most impo rtant f actor in the inraediate to March 15, 1903, and from May 20 to August 15, 1903; by both rapid decline of the phytoplankton.76 Marine bacteria, like the Starks and Morris at San Diego and at 1.a Jolla from May 18 to June zooplankton, may depend largely on the phytoplankters and are of ten 18, 1905; by Morris (a small collection) during the last week of in grestest abundance in the wake of an algal bloom rather than June 1905 at Laguna and at Newport Bay; and by menbers of the Marine during it. Most bacteria are located in the neritic waters and Biological Association of San Diego at moderate depths during especially near land drainage, benthic algae, coral reef s, plankton their dredging operations about San Pedro in the suunner months of bloons, areas of mass nortality, and where mnditions are favorable 1901 and 1902, about San Diego during the same months of 1903, for high concentrations of organic matter.78 Interactions among 1904, and 1905, and about San Clemente Island in 1905.79 the plankton are numerous; the equilibrium of bacteria, plants, herbivores, and carnivores is continually passing in and out of Starks and Morris endeavored to list all fish recorded on the balance. California coast south of Point Conception within the 50-fathom line.79 The list comprised 76 fish families and 246 species; it includes all the species mentioned in the applicants' report. Fish _ A diversity of habitats are present within the general vicinity of Chapman studied Mission Bay, which is about 43 miles south of San Units 2 and -3 construction site. These habitats provide shelter, Onof re, to determine whether recent changes had occurred in the food, and protection for a number of fishes. Included in the fish fauna.81 The Mission Bay area is noted for its sport fish. bebitats near San Onofre are the tide pool, rock cobble, kelp bed, The 1961 survey began in January and terminated in June. shallow reef, deep reef, surf area, Pier area, shallow sand bottom, deep aand bottom, and drifting kelp. 0 8)
l l i
- 1 1
1.tes a r s,==e an .e ne ane so a es s., o it.e .w l adaev tumaese nome knurk name ""**'*" Y
***== ces.si s,ea . . er h..o.
n,,,,,,,n 1 in estaeus'seen
--~__.--..--_m Awied uaisnia ameiem anu apeewnis C omeneenet har meen hand, Ahas.m ep,w t*
Re, honey st,esobesens panom uniaesirh Sima treates sheese as esere. rte Or,desreens tecernwa here hert purina 3, ,,nnen, an,e, re ,eecue. 4 naaeriets inasume twi man yarr Am tr 4ewmia.se spent ee nmerewse eteet arap Dre Dwa ssmeta t triseers eesnerwsame 4 t4 seers ksIp teine $whv khouatrq tpe.ws tesses.te ] l enasmi 9eind swe' haws. sms.misweness 1 t DNepna g abr* * (arepaaparaus eaves es 6aissi,dn So.wns emse reegee enseesiaat sq=6, benswer si..sen area.s, I se reces L00 ha eare males
- (esusun L.wporgh4
- 4,s aws,av es.gs fa s=*
inaenneef aswo shaik s verlo W in ky %suaane in ee al eA=M 4atestat j ineon m hiieries and e.asMG Petgm j usesses j CaWierms kuuto6 ' r- .e .wwe+ .tn.se me ,,ma teerdem
,w..I, e w.w. n .e Lars4enes hwNe sure,.e,ars .swinen. Oa=ceempt (=ep wa time, nenrap lsee=* a triaison es=J+ h w en ebetos l@ fi' ares gam eaffa tempene (alaf uems anoso, rosumaAsseee somme Isup me 4any %somes meherp theaue 10filis Ceieleets asweisistsah8 Sivesiseer gustsee G ameruss e lasep we 3
2 man (#t o.sred I se,eies ata; ri, '+ lahirweems ehseptese ig #heefwanese o pea 4 rem heesess.se2 teneurt w messewe hedy bash, deep R une harm e ster hpecws shietent esa obsu. bwi m saep noe j
- n. I y Canfk ewse' #'rem e i=*.4>s ievereeni ,
Disaw> (emmeasse lashew w nsa, esse teatwo andr l 1 c. .nd eveecert 1 #,a,wneera, a -,or,es,. aire
- e. =c.e. h. n,*
e,s e, s. ore,ee a l Gese emste Jeammar, emprest.c, femmem64 Ine.n e neuem A .g, j wear
- ha6laneope adntwege wit /egsegees Cuernestaar t)ffease anluna heap te4s Rosas by amit naseer pe.gm marus 1
mewe ne mo u sea s s s a cadem t sua n nuesa c reeze.,. rei,e. w. .meon r mes . in,n e,
....,,r . < m.s w i ,
i ! e ri t kwes einanteg w=wenesweeaw t asep ,warre 3,armesra esrisevan - s'emirame ' In*<me .n ewee kaip tu si #=st, hum *mes erntsen i Wert affaipes 4 &eg besse Areer*ea 4486erslere l ( urnmentant beg beh drop i .,.se. E.m ke is. ase i.m , ita i> f ] . 1 I e I 3 4 4
)
1 4 f ate # 17 feseenisest j 9aa I
,,p.,s.w gue beual itswet 1 I
(seensen usae S.ser,tWe aarne (eennesala 1
'* edd* Waras - - -$esufts
- - ~ - -bewee e( ensiusa s to e.couS'4 e"l'
.h ..e,s.. ,s.orire me.e e, a. . se .e. . a.
- 4erse r martsb8 1eeenmpes seesano*888 6he4aw seek I tsy.n s e
- t.reae menwea t es meses mewnans .htt- hmp nee. act R*A Sum aanes epsens eesdam 7, it.wed newse eman use pocan l
< swd> bee. esta* * .tpAweew arse.ine Lasi soasa mes* *atee ocase
$k(4 Draante 35744 thesweet ets Mi tenMee 88r forantfbde Otef6 sit ageCut 4tggregsts.
OpfpiB's j wor' puesw ensrisi eseeeie, ipews
. Ps.et swnww*
- 4"coce me=urve ( s.<menes.ia#8 Weses ene wen ior.ws
- 1) Pim enr# #4sitsrenar ee-a O a, mercies * :amees w amaronore Pm areas very head, se no. -6m t.
.e es.&s e,.perses e ,,,,,,,,,, no.no mothp es ween,e Rat erasme* F*moMrmwes e84r'c=es Nsaveween arensene I >$beffag erageri&# Saatfatepe br#deos (4sES545t443.8 I44&'arS es leisefeldfe PW Sfete SIssi Iadd i IdrHb nalen Sphlde sha'Sa341
! we . .e4.
leief liee8 #le%F aseses tu4 fur (.eetenes.ap6 Asip beds %sadt ist tprast rese s j lasge 4mmersev=ums eregrave, \pue treshes ee meareare Pwl ereas bety Swes es h -adesg eptsma eadgaegate toda esep McH&t etafum espaniasee tisemenaar rh pg,ges .enpy.swm (smesptaal# Wm m erst he W eesk lep petsom o psemEur yu { spast u.s.= ,m<a n ar. ew, mr.e,.. we =a. we.e = =neme em an. asesia.m w e .* a.. -s . . , l s ,on ,4 mai,ee usaines sp. , i
$tesped gesperte 8 eaundsae desesg!e Iaquesset hat Pier eseos help 56m 4, I prM4 bedL Thotet ama Phsenemisrinsrs anserede head.
Timemieste erstarseepoen n abanisasi
# 1ssyt 4 eeffeme#6 sf eprepmfoppe A*fredtwel f aanecenamIB I Pier sea 4s omrf %endt es htssidug yeiusa iagpegate affet delp bedt istu4y casesi abemesse Ikit W4Es0'O W Meg 9fullsi$tAreibs l'L+dR4ats' 04b e ve 9hom mereses,e P%sese mue rhr.asms ( ammais ord thovesieme tsn4n Pies seems $eedyiest y ist meesobsee toast a wipse ( Leim wetet empres latertsdal Amt, tebelte onasse Ireparwis svieosen Spuat8 lurt mean Shallus acess harmeates teriast
~ - . . - - - - - - - - - - - . . - . , , n - -en-n_. - . . - ..~-.------~~--~*~-n-~~-
eug waewt pues es pset H SWm su erWe ese(s gepe *WI he bested cuqAs i Sp8 ms of Ghe $4essee d M Nraessme6 g4 gad ettee g3e{ Itamt afti time Me ge> of d6ppdf 4 Ash DisMr f4e unmie Seeevaaerser a an, toisaw, ist 8ast.or 84,quea Sto tue insie'reas see Asa puispa heesse Imenneenes bassise etta het f ie.,g g,,,, ist(eg p,,,, ti M swie ist as u amenosacen t.w n. pe ns== ,,w % m. u,,,, en., d m.,s .,, ed Pist and (Aer. 69106.
- -. - --,-..--n..
2-54 2-55 "N" * ** * " E*" " Previous surveys of the general region of San Onof re include the ones by Fry and Croker in 1933,82 by. Fit ch in 1949." 3 and by ""* *" " Taylor in 1950." The results of these surveys have been com-piled and are presented in Table 2.17. which also indicates the abundant species, the important sport fish. and those fish that are relatively rare and are not to be taken at any time. Ns t of The fish species in terms of their occurrence in the ocean may be classified as intertidal or subtidal (epipelagic, mesopelagic, and the 9pecies listed are also found in the imediate vicinity of bathypelagic) species. San Onofre. 1 Intertidal Species. All the species presented in Table 2.17 More recently, several investigations have been made in the San Onofre i vicinity. Their objective was an ecological assessment by direct are subtidal (pelagic) except the following, which were observed observation, where possible, of the numbers and diversity of animal about 6500 ft southeast of the intake:92 life and associated vegetat ion. Turner and associates s tudied the marine envirom-nt offshore from Point Loma, about 50 miles southeast Clinxof tus analia (Wooly Sculpin) Abundant of San Onofre."2 n e study area van the nar row-to-ederate intertidal Cibbonsia sp. (spotted Kelpfish) Common zone at the seactiff base and the broad, gently sloping, pavement-like GireIIa nigriezns (0paleye) Common-mudstone-sandstone submerged terrace that parallels the Point's Mican recesodm (Clingfish) Cosanon j western shore. It is noted that habitats at the study area are not Hypsoblennius gilberti (Blenny) Common the same as at San Onofre. Appendix 2.6 lists the fish observed in
!L jenkinski (Blenny) Common this area.
Of the intertidal species listed. Ginfla nigricete (opaleye) is Duf fy conducted studies of fshore f rom the San Onofre Nuclear Generating t e et im m tae e m d Q . R h camWm wh h h e Station, about 2.5 miles southeast of the San Diege-Orange County i nger than 50 mm and ists on a mixed diet when its length is line." The study sites were within a 3- to 6-mile range of Unit 1. een and M mm. M Man msh de game t be the second most important species. The intertidal field work took place in January and February 1969, I and the benthic setveys were made in April 1969. The fish species Pelagic and Bottom Fish. Table 2.18 shmts the relative abun-observed in these studies are identified in the species list given dance of larvae of the major families of fishes in the California-in Table 2.17. current region off California and Baja California during 1955-60. The collections represented in Table 2.18 are dominated by the The Barn kelp station of the study area was located about 6 miles southeast of San Onofre Creek. The biota at the station was typi- anae q two f ammes - bgraMu, esQ heem Movy cal of that found at similar areas in southern California; the " * * * '" *
- prcic ka). ese two families make up 65 to 60% of the larvae.
fish observed at that station were numerous and diversified; they are included in Appendix 2.7. Based on abundance of larvae, nwsepciagic and bathypelagic fishes More-important Fish Species off the California coast are predceinantly of three kinds - myctophid (lanternfishes), gonostomatid (11ghtfishes), and deep-sea sneits Certain fish must he considered very carefully bycause of their of the family Bathylagidae. Larvae ef these three families make up over 90% of the larvae of deep-sea pelagic fisbes taken on California importance to man. They can be discussed conveniently in terms Cooperative Oceanic Fisheries Investigations (Cal CD FI) surveys.92 of the division cf the ocean into zones and its further division into regi.ons. Awng the nat ural barriers in the ocean are movements of ocean currents, tr .141r4 and outweiling, gradients in many ch a ract e ris tics (e.g. pressure, light, salinity, and temperature), character of the ecen octtom, and activities of tides. Because of these and many other physical phenomena, the ocean may be dLvided into intertidal OIttoralt and subtidal zones. In the benthic J41
2-57 s gne * -ung > I EF
- e. ,g =;a
-i
-[a5:!'I'ief
-g= l h ir Table 2.19 92 stamarizes by family the contributions of all deep-sen h.g (h [f [h. 2il pelagic fish that enter significantly into the Cal CD FI catches.
3 ;= . f: . f
.j Wenty families are included plus the ordinal grouping of " eel hg 1eptocephali ." Failles that made significant contributions, in y[ -
addition to the Myctophidae, Gonostomatidae, and Bathylagidae, include gj [ _m Agrentinidae, Melamphaidae , Centrolophidae, Tetraponuridae, Stomiatidae, y -
!E and Paralepididae, he 'bther" category in hble 2.19, although not 3j large in nunber of specimens, contains larvae f rom at least as many jg ${
"" f amilies as those listed separately.92 Members of six of the a4 indicated families have been obserwd in the San Onofre area.
g{ Ih IP 3 n 5> Tables 2.20, 2.21, and 2.22 list pr ncipal pelagic species in north-
.3 ern, central, and southern California; they were determined by echo 9 Rgl sounding and midwater trawling.95 k,
f
..- g o,$
m n EEISE2KE335EEnt:2.III3 $ The pelagic species listed in order of their abundance are: Northern f I _ $$ I){k g anchovy (Engraulis erdar), lantern fishes (family Myctophidae) and I y 3 h*E" deep-sea smelts (family Bathylagidae), juvenile rockfishes (Setustodas 15 2 2 -+ ssp.), Pacific hake (,Werrefus pmdwtus), jack mackerel (Trachurus yp $ symetricus), Paciffe sardine (Sardivps ocertJeus), Pacific herring t* I .- A 53- E E Er!*$EoEE5l52.ut5di$$$ E fyn>>g f (Cupaz pa!Zasi), and white-bait smalt (Alloserrus alongatus).M f l At times, these fish were locally abundant in northern and central California but were almst always abundant species in terms of biomass, E y D 8 _ 8 gu_ .-
~! g!;
a" Very likely, the bathypelagic laternfish and deep-ses smelta constitute a fairly large biomass, but their dispersed schooling habits make
! b$5553E:$$$5hE55e]$$$ b .hf ggg difficult their direct use. Rockfish, although not a true pelagic p species, constitute a large resource. The remaining species occurred E
I" 33 in relatively minor amourts due either to ineffectiveness of the E 3*g surveys or to actual low density of the species.96 Three of the seven j g, , EE j i , _ k "= ;g species or groups have been observed in the San Omfre vicinity; they g gg;ggnggggg-.q*
""
- gd.g
[ are: Nam?is wizr, rmeh:ns e:metries, and sardieps azeruleus. g 5h Table 2.23 lists bottom-fish resources of the California current
=>
i system.96 9 I3
! u
- El* Bottom-fish resources as included in the report are the marine
.- F i
$ 65$ .s :f = t:! c.h.2Bx: E m m$s l 3,, 8 species of flatfish, roundfish, and shellfish traditionally caught with gear on or near the ocean bottom and used f resh or frozen.
a The principal fish species are soles, flounders, and rockfish. { Species of lesser coemercial importance are lingcod, sablefish, n E UU - and Pacific hake.9'
>I ES$3d!Ed3fi$sg!$:3555 I -f In terms of pounds and dollars, the bottom fin-fish resources of California are being harvested to a yield of 41 million pounds and contribute about $14 million.96 One of the speies, California M -Z N
IIIIIN .(EEEEEE e g' g g g g l
& C B S 3 b g A, I 1 A
[!))$ sa-as f - T y m; 5 8 1 3 EIIIIII.
- - es y s
I g =!) *
. ! II.--[],
J a ! g acvig g g rgssess j3 j d-- f
~~~
h lge tiill !!8 3 I! .a. j ~g -g>g g jj] IHIIII :: j! ' I1 :: j 1 Illgggs ,
= .e n
I w 0"l 3 3282 ERR 1 < A --III e4 es 3 === -*a i@ R #* j]E pjb E
$i
- r
- g
- - 3 tj jj ggg g
- 2. .. s J j antain gb!
, 7 sluts: J1 j J u. -
, a
$"$88 I1}}